680217

Draytek Vigor 160 Handleiding

363
Verklein
Vergroot
Pagina terug
1/366
Pagina verder
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
ii
Vigor160 Series
35b/G.Fast Modem
User’s Guide
(Applicable for Vigor165)
Version: 1.0
Firmware Version: V4.0.2
(For future update, please visit DrayTek web site)
Date: January 23, 2019
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
iii
Copyrights
© All rights reserved. This publication contains information that is protected by copyright. No part may be
reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or translated into any language without
written permission from the copyright holders.
Trademarks
The following trademarks are used in this document:
Microsoft is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corp.
Windows, Windows 95, 98, Me, NT, 2000, XP, Vista, 7 and Explorer are trademarks of Microsoft Corp.
Apple and Mac OS are registered trademarks of Apple Inc.
Other products may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective manufacturers.
Safety Instructions
Read the installation guide thoroughly before you set up the router.
The router is a complicated electronic unit that may be repaired only be authorized and qualified personnel.
Do not try to open or repair the router yourself.
Do not place the router in a damp or humid place, e.g. a bathroom.
The router should be used in a sheltered area, within a temperature range of +5 to +40 Celsius.
Do not expose the router to direct sunlight or other heat sources. The housing and electronic components
may be damaged by direct sunlight or heat sources.
Do not deploy the cable for LAN connection outdoor to prevent electronic shock hazards.
Keep the package out of reach of children.
When you want to dispose of the router, please follow local regulations on conservation of the environment.
Warranty
We warrant to the original end user (purchaser) that the router will be free from any defects in workmanship
or materials for a period of two (2) years from the date of purchase from the dealer. Please keep your
purchase receipt in a safe place as it serves as proof of date of purchase. During the warranty period, and upon
proof of purchase, should the product have indications of failure due to faulty workmanship and/or materials,
we will, at our discretion, repair or replace the defective products or components, without charge for either
parts or labor, to whatever extent we deem necessary tore-store the product to proper operating condition.
Any replacement will consist of a new or re-manufactured functionally equivalent product of equal value, and
will be offered solely at our discretion. This warranty will not apply if the product is modified, misused,
tampered with, damaged by an act of God, or subjected to abnormal working conditions. The warranty does
not cover the bundled or licensed software of other vendors. Defects which do not significantly affect the
usability of the product will not be covered by the warranty. We reserve the right to revise the manual and
online documentation and to make changes from time to time in the contents hereof without obligation to
notify any person of such revision or changes.
Be a Registered Owner
Web registration is preferred. You can register your Vigor router via http://www.DrayTek.com.
Firmware & Tools Updates
Due to the continuous evolution of DrayTek technology, all routers will be regularly upgraded. Please consult
the DrayTek web site for more information on newest firmware, tools and documents.
More update, please visit www.draytek.com.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
iv
T
T
a
a
b
b
l
l
e
e
o
o
f
f
C
C
o
o
n
n
t
t
e
e
n
n
t
t
s
s
Part I Installation.................................................................................................................i
I-1 Introduction ................................................................................................................................... 1
I-1-1 Indicators and Connectors .................................................................................................. 2
I-2 Hardware Installation .................................................................................................................... 3
I-2-1 Installing Vigor Router ......................................................................................................... 3
I-2-2 Wall-Mounted Installation .................................................................................................... 4
I-3 Accessing Web Page.................................................................................................................... 5
I-4 Changing Password...................................................................................................................... 7
I-5 Dashboard..................................................................................................................................... 8
I-5-1 Virtual Panel ........................................................................................................................ 8
I-5-2 Name with a Link................................................................................................................. 9
I-5-3 Quick Access for Common Used Menu .............................................................................. 9
I-5-4 GUI Map ............................................................................................................................ 10
I-5-5 Web Console..................................................................................................................... 10
I-5-6 Config Backup ................................................................................................................... 11
I-5-7 Logout................................................................................................................................ 11
I-5-8 Online Status..................................................................................................................... 11
I-5-8-1 Physical Connection ......................................................................11
I-5-8-2 Virtual WAN ...............................................................................13
I-6 Quick Start Wizard ...................................................................................................................... 14
I-7 Registering Vigor Device............................................................................................................. 19
Part II Connectivity ..........................................................................................................21
II-1 Internet Access........................................................................................................................... 22
Web User Interface.................................................................................................................... 23
II-1-1 General Setup .................................................................................................................. 23
II-1-2 PPPoE/PPPoA ................................................................................................................. 25
II-1-3 MPoA /Static or dynamic IP.............................................................................................. 27
II-1-4 IPv6................................................................................................................................... 31
II-1-4-1 Details Page for IPv6 – Offline.........................................................31
II-1-4-2 Details Page for IPv6 – PPP .............................................................31
II-1-4-3 Details Page for IPv6 – TSPC............................................................32
II-1-4-4 Details Page for IPv6 – AICCU ..........................................................34
II-1-4-5 Details Page for IPv6 – DHCPv6 Client ................................................35
II-1-4-6 Details Page for IPv6 – Static IPv6.....................................................36
II-1-4-7 Details Page for IPv6 – 6in4 Static Tunnel ...........................................37
II-1-4-8 Details Page for IPv6 – 6rd..............................................................39
II-1-3 Multi-PVC/VLAN............................................................................................................... 41
II-2 LAN ............................................................................................................................................ 48
Web User Interface.................................................................................................................... 50
II-2-1 General Setup .................................................................................................................. 50
II-2-1-1 Details Page for LAN1 – Ethernet TCP/IP and DHCP Setup........................51
II-2-1-2 Details Page for LAN1 – IPv6 Setup....................................................54
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
v
II-2-2 Bind IP to MAC................................................................................................................. 59
II-3 NAT ............................................................................................................................................ 61
Web User Interface.................................................................................................................... 62
II-3-1 Port Redirection................................................................................................................ 62
II-3-2 DMZ Host ......................................................................................................................... 66
II-3-3 Open Ports ....................................................................................................................... 69
II-3-4 ALG................................................................................................................................... 71
II-4 Applications................................................................................................................................ 72
Web User Interface.................................................................................................................... 73
II-4-1 Dynamic DNS................................................................................................................... 73
II-4-2 Schedule........................................................................................................................... 76
II-4-3 UPnP ................................................................................................................................ 79
II-4-4 IGMP................................................................................................................................. 80
II-4-4-1 General Setting ..........................................................................80
II-4-4-2 Working Status ...........................................................................81
Application Notes....................................................................................................................... 82
A-1 How to use DrayDDNS? .......................................................................82
A-2 How to Configure Customized DDNS?......................................................87
II-5 Routing....................................................................................................................................... 91
Web User Interface.................................................................................................................... 92
II-5-1 Static Route...................................................................................................................... 92
Part III Security.................................................................................................................97
III-1 Firewall...................................................................................................................................... 98
Web User Interface.................................................................................................................. 100
III-1-1 General Setup ............................................................................................................... 100
III-1-2 Filter Setup .................................................................................................................... 104
III-1-3 Defense Setup............................................................................................................... 113
III-1-3-1 DoS Defense ............................................................................ 113
III-1-3-2 Spoofing Defense...................................................................... 116
Application Notes..................................................................................................................... 117
A-1 How to Configure Certain Computers Accessing to Internet ........................ 117
III-2 Central Security Management (CSM)..................................................................................... 121
Web User Interface.................................................................................................................. 122
III-2-1 URL Content Filter Profile ............................................................................................. 122
Application Notes..................................................................................................................... 126
A-1 How to Create an Account for MyVigor ................................................. 126
Part IV Management ......................................................................................................131
IV-1 System Maintenance .............................................................................................................. 132
Web User Interface.................................................................................................................. 133
VI-1-1 System Status............................................................................................................... 133
IV-1-2 TR-069 .......................................................................................................................... 135
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
vi
IV-1-3 Administrator Password................................................................................................ 137
IV-1-4 Configuration Backup.................................................................................................... 138
IV-1-5 Syslog/Mail Alert ........................................................................................................... 141
IV-1-6 Time and Date............................................................................................................... 144
IV-1-7 Management ................................................................................................................. 145
IV-1-8 Self-Signed Certificate .................................................................................................. 148
IV-1-9 Panel Control ................................................................................................................ 150
IV-1-10 Reboot System............................................................................................................ 151
IV-1-11 Firmware Upgrade ...................................................................................................... 152
Part V Others..................................................................................................................153
V-1 Objects Settings....................................................................................................................... 154
Web User Interface.................................................................................................................. 155
V-1-1 IP Object ........................................................................................................................ 155
V-1-2 IP Group......................................................................................................................... 158
V-1-3 IPv6 Object..................................................................................................................... 159
V-1-4 IPv6 Group..................................................................................................................... 161
V-1-5 Service Type Object....................................................................................................... 162
V-1-6 Service Type Group ....................................................................................................... 164
V-1-7 Keyword Object.............................................................................................................. 166
V-1-8 Keyword Group .............................................................................................................. 168
V-1-9 File Extension Object ..................................................................................................... 169
V-1-10 Objects Backup/Restore .............................................................................................. 171
Part VI Troubleshooting ................................................................................................173
VI-1 Diagnostics ............................................................................................................................. 174
Web User Interface.................................................................................................................. 175
VI-1-1 Dial-out Triggering......................................................................................................... 175
VI-1-2 Routing Table................................................................................................................ 176
VI-1-3 ARP Cache Table ......................................................................................................... 177
VI-1-4 IPv6 Neighbour Table ................................................................................................... 178
VI-1-5 DHCP Table.................................................................................................................. 179
VI-1-6 NAT Sessions Table ..................................................................................................... 180
VI-1-7 DNS Cache Table ......................................................................................................... 181
VI-1-8 Ping Diagnosis .............................................................................................................. 182
VI-1-9 Data Flow Monitor......................................................................................................... 183
VI-1-10 Trace Route ................................................................................................................ 185
VI-1-11 IPv6 TSPC Status ....................................................................................................... 186
VI-1-12 DSL Status.................................................................................................................. 186
VI-1-13 DoS Flood Table ......................................................................................................... 187
VI-2 Checking If the Hardware Status Is OK or Not....................................................................... 188
VI-3 Checking If the Network Connection Settings on Your Computer Is OK or Not..................... 189
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
vii
VI-4 Pinging the Router from Your Computer ................................................................................ 192
VI-5 Checking If the ISP Settings are OK or Not............................................................................ 194
VI-6 Backing to Factory Default Setting If Necessary.................................................................... 195
VI-7 Contacting DrayTek ................................................................................................................ 196
Part IX Telnet Commands..............................................................................................197
Accessing Telnet of Vigor Device................................................................................................... 198
Index ...............................................................................................................................353
P
P
a
a
r
r
t
t
I
I
I
I
n
n
s
s
t
t
a
a
l
l
l
l
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
This part will introduce Vigor router and guide to
install the device in hardware and software.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
1
I
I
-
-
1
1
I
I
n
n
t
t
r
r
o
o
d
d
u
u
c
c
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
T
T
h
h
i
i
s
s
i
i
s
s
a
a
g
g
e
e
n
n
e
e
r
r
i
i
c
c
I
I
n
n
t
t
e
e
r
r
n
n
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
a
a
l
l
v
v
e
e
r
r
s
s
i
i
o
o
n
n
o
o
f
f
t
t
h
h
e
e
u
u
s
s
e
e
r
r
g
g
u
u
i
i
d
d
e
e
.
.
S
S
p
p
e
e
c
c
i
i
f
f
i
i
c
c
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
,
,
c
c
o
o
m
m
p
p
a
a
t
t
i
i
b
b
i
i
l
l
i
i
t
t
y
y
a
a
n
n
d
d
f
f
e
e
a
a
t
t
u
u
r
r
e
e
s
s
v
v
a
a
r
r
y
y
b
b
y
y
r
r
e
e
g
g
i
i
o
o
n
n
.
.
F
F
o
o
r
r
s
s
p
p
e
e
c
c
i
i
f
f
i
i
c
c
u
u
s
s
e
e
r
r
g
g
u
u
i
i
d
d
e
e
s
s
s
s
u
u
i
i
t
t
a
a
b
b
l
l
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
y
y
o
o
u
u
r
r
r
r
e
e
g
g
i
i
o
o
n
n
o
o
r
r
p
p
r
r
o
o
d
d
u
u
c
c
t
t
,
,
p
p
l
l
e
e
a
a
s
s
e
e
c
c
o
o
n
n
t
t
a
a
c
c
t
t
l
l
o
o
c
c
a
a
l
l
d
d
i
i
s
s
t
t
r
r
i
i
b
b
u
u
t
t
o
o
r
r
.
.
Vigor160 series (family member including Vigor165) is a 35b/G.Fast Modem. As the following
figure shown, Vigor160 series supports triple play application like Video, VoIP and Data via the
Internet.
The object-based design used in SPI (Stateful Packet Inspection) firewall allows users to set
firewall policy with ease. It is flexible and makes your network be safe. By the way, DoS
prevention and URL content filter strengthen the security outside and control inside.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
2
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
1
1
I
I
n
n
d
d
i
i
c
c
a
a
t
t
o
o
r
r
s
s
a
a
n
n
d
d
C
C
o
o
n
n
n
n
e
e
c
c
t
t
o
o
r
r
s
s
Before you use the Vigor router, please get acquainted with the LED indicators and
connectors first.
LED Status Explanation
Off The system is not ready or is failed. ACT
Blinking The system is ready and can work normally.
On A normal connection is through its corresponding
port.
Off LAN is disconnected.
P1/P2
Blinking Data is transmitting (sending/receiving).
On DSL connection synchronized. DSL
Blinking DSL connection is synchronizing.
Interface Description
DSL Connecter for accessing the Internet through VDSL2/ADSL2/2+.
P2-P1 Connecter for local networked devices.
Factory Reset Restore the default settings. Usage: Turn on the modem. Press
the button and keep for more than 10 seconds. Then the modem
will restart with the factory default configuration.
ON/OFF: Power switch.
Connecter for a power adapter.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
3
I
I
-
-
2
2
H
H
a
a
r
r
d
d
w
w
a
a
r
r
e
e
I
I
n
n
s
s
t
t
a
a
l
l
l
l
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
I
I
-
-
2
2
-
-
1
1
I
I
n
n
s
s
t
t
a
a
l
l
l
l
i
i
n
n
g
g
V
V
i
i
g
g
o
o
r
r
R
R
o
o
u
u
t
t
e
e
r
r
This section will guide you to install the modem through hardware connection and configure
the modem’s settings through web browser.
Before starting to configure the modem, you have to connect your devices correctly.
1. Connect the DSL interface to the MODEM port of external splitter with a DSL line cable.
(splitter)
2. Connect the LAN port to your computer with a RJ-45 cable.
3. Connect one end of the power adapter to the Power port of this device. Connect the
other end to the wall outlet of electricity.
4. Power on the modem.
5. Check the POWER, ACT, LAN, DSL and INTERNET LEDs to assure network connections.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
4
I
I
-
-
2
2
-
-
2
2
W
W
a
a
l
l
l
l
-
-
M
M
o
o
u
u
n
n
t
t
e
e
d
d
I
I
n
n
s
s
t
t
a
a
l
l
l
l
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Vigor160 series has keyhole type mounting slots on the underside.
1. A template is provided on the Vigor160 series packaging box to enable you to space the
screws correctly on the wall.
2. Place the template on the wall and drill the holes according to the recommended
instruction.
3. Fit screws into the wall using the appropriate type of wall plug.
Note
The recommended drill diameter shall be 6.5mm (1/4”).
4. When you finished about procedure, the router has been mounted on the wall firmly.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
5
I
I
-
-
3
3
A
A
c
c
c
c
e
e
s
s
s
s
i
i
n
n
g
g
W
W
e
e
b
b
P
P
a
a
g
g
e
e
1. Make sure your PC connects to the router correctly.
You may either simply set up your computer to get IP dynamically from the router or set
up the IP address of the computer to be the same subnet as the default IP address of
Vigor router 192.168.1.1. For the detailed information, please refer to the later
section - Trouble Shooting of the guide.
2. Open a web browser on your PC and type http://192.168.1.1. The following window
will be open to ask for username and password. Take Vigor165 as as example.
3. Please type “admin/admin” as the Username/Password and click Login.
Info
If you fail to access to the web configuration, please go to “Trouble
Shooting” for detecting and solving your problem.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
6
4. Now, the Main Screen will appear.
Info
The home page will be different slightly in accordance with the type of the
router you have.
5. The web page can be logged out according to the chosen condition. The default setting
is Auto Logout, which means the web configuration system will logout after 5 minutes
without any operation. Change the setting for your necessity.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
7
I
I
-
-
4
4
C
C
h
h
a
a
n
n
g
g
i
i
n
n
g
g
P
P
a
a
s
s
s
s
w
w
o
o
r
r
d
d
Please change the password for the original security of the router.
1. Open a web browser on your PC and type http://192.168.1.1. A pop-up window will
open to ask for username and password.
2. Please type “admin/admin” as Username/Password for accessing into the web user
interface with admin mode.
3. Go to System Maintenance page and choose Administrator Password.
4. Enter the login password (the default is “admin”) on the field of Old Password. Type
New Password and Confirm Password. Then click OK to continue.
Info
The maximum length of the password you can set is 83 characters.
5. Now, the password has been changed. Next time, use the new password to access the
Web user interface for this router.
Info
Even the password is changed, the Username for logging onto the web user
interface is still “admin”.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
8
I
I
-
-
5
5
D
D
a
a
s
s
h
h
b
b
o
o
a
a
r
r
d
d
The Dashboard (home page) shows the connection status including System Information, IPv4
Internet Access, Interface (physical connection) and Quick Access.
I
I
-
-
5
5
-
-
1
1
V
V
i
i
r
r
t
t
u
u
a
a
l
l
P
P
a
a
n
n
e
e
l
l
On the top of the Dashboard, a virtual panel (simulating the physical panel of the modem)
displays the physical interface connection. It will be refreshed every five seconds.
Port Color
Displayed
Explanation
Black It means the modem or the function is not working. LED
Green It means the modem or the function is working.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
9
I
I
-
-
5
5
-
-
2
2
N
N
a
a
m
m
e
e
w
w
i
i
t
t
h
h
a
a
L
L
i
i
n
n
k
k
A name with a link (e.g., Current Time, WAN1/LAN and etc.) below means you can click it to
open the configuration page for modification.
I
I
-
-
5
5
-
-
3
3
Q
Q
u
u
i
i
c
c
k
k
A
A
c
c
c
c
e
e
s
s
s
s
f
f
o
o
r
r
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
o
o
n
n
U
U
s
s
e
e
d
d
M
M
e
e
n
n
u
u
All the menu items can be accessed and arranged orderly on the left side of the main page for
your request. However, some important and common used menu items which can be
accessed in a quick way just for convenience.
Look at the right side of the dashboard. You will find a group of common used functions
grouped under Quick Access.
The function links of System Status, Dynamic DDNS, TR-069, Schedule, Syslog/Mail Alert,
RADIUS, and Firewall Object Setting are displayed here. Move your mouse cursor on any one
of the links and click on it. The corresponding setting page will be open immediately.
Note that there is a plus (
) icon located on the left side of LAN. Click it to review the LAN
connection(s) used presently.
Host connected physically to the router via LAN port(s) will be displayed with green circles in
the field of Connected.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
10
All of the hosts (including wireless clients) displayed with Host ID, IP Address and MAC address
indicates that the traffic would be transmitted through LAN port(s) and then the WAN port.
The purpose is to perform the traffic monitor of the host(s).
I
I
-
-
5
5
-
-
4
4
G
G
U
U
I
I
M
M
a
a
p
p
All the functions the router supports are listed with table clearly in this page. Users can click
the function link to access into the setting page of the function for detailed configuration.
Click the icon on the top of the main screen to display all the functions.
I
I
-
-
5
5
-
-
5
5
W
W
e
e
b
b
C
C
o
o
n
n
s
s
o
o
l
l
e
e
It is not necessary to use the telnet command via DOS prompt. The changes made by using
web console have the same effects as modified through web user interface. The
functions/settings modified under Web Console also can be reviewed on the web user
interface.
Click the Web Console icon on the top of the main screen to open the following screen.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
11
I
I
-
-
5
5
-
-
6
6
C
C
o
o
n
n
f
f
i
i
g
g
B
B
a
a
c
c
k
k
u
u
p
p
There is one way to store current used settings quickly by clicking the Config Backup icon. It
allows you to backup current settings as a file. Such configuration file can be restored by
using System Maintenance>>Configuration Backup.
Simply click the icon on the top of the main screen and a pop up dialog will appear.
Click Save to store the setting.
I
I
-
-
5
5
-
-
7
7
L
L
o
o
g
g
o
o
u
u
t
t
Click this icon to exit the web user interface.
I
I
-
-
5
5
-
-
8
8
O
O
n
n
l
l
i
i
n
n
e
e
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
u
u
s
s
I
I
-
-
5
5
-
-
8
8
-
-
1
1
P
P
h
h
y
y
s
s
i
i
c
c
a
a
l
l
C
C
o
o
n
n
n
n
e
e
c
c
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Such page displays the physical connection status such as LAN connection status, WAN
connection status, ADSL information, and so on.
P
P
h
h
y
y
s
s
i
i
c
c
a
a
l
l
C
C
o
o
n
n
n
n
e
e
c
c
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
f
f
o
o
r
r
I
I
P
P
v
v
4
4
P
P
r
r
o
o
t
t
o
o
c
c
o
o
l
l
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
12
P
P
h
h
y
y
s
s
i
i
c
c
a
a
l
l
C
C
o
o
n
n
n
n
e
e
c
c
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
f
f
o
o
r
r
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
P
P
r
r
o
o
t
t
o
o
c
c
o
o
l
l
Detailed explanation (for IPv4) is shown below:
Item Description
LAN Status IP Address-Displays the IP address of the LAN interface.
TX Packets-Displays the total transmitted packets at the LAN
interface.
RX Packets-Displays the total received packets at the LAN
interface.
Primary DNS-Displays the primary DNS server address for
WAN interface.
Secondary DNS -Displays the secondary DNS server address
for WAN interface.
WAN1 Status Enable – Yes in red means such interface is available but not
enabled. Yes in green means such interface is enabled.
Line – Displays the physical connection (VDSL, ADSL,
Ethernet, or USB) of this interface.
Name – Display the name of the router.
Mode - Displays the type of WAN connection (e.g., PPPoE).
Up Time - Displays the total uptime of the interface.
IP - Displays the IP address of the WAN interface.
GW IP - Displays the IP address of the default gateway.
TX Packets - Displays the total transmitted packets at the
WAN interface.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
13
Item Description
TX Rate - Displays the speed of transmitted octets at the
WAN interface.
RX Packets - Displays the total number of received packets
at the WAN interface.
RX Rate - Displays the speed of received octets at the WAN
interface.
Detailed explanation (for IPv6) is shown below:
Item Description
LAN Status IP Address- Displays the IPv6 address of the LAN interface..
TX Packets-Displays the total transmitted packets at the LAN
interface.
RX Packets-Displays the total received packets at the LAN
interface.
TX Bytes - Displays the speed of transmitted octets at the
LAN interface.
RX Bytes - Displays the speed of received octets at the LAN
interface.
WAN IPv6 Status Enable – No in red means such interface is available but not
enabled. Yes in green means such interface is enabled. No in
red means such interface is not available.
Mode - Displays the type of WAN connection (e.g., TSPC).
Up Time - Displays the total uptime of the interface.
IP - Displays the IP address of the WAN interface.
Gateway IP - Displays the IP address of the default gateway.
Info
The words in green mean that the WAN connection of that interface is ready for
accessing Internet; the words in red mean that the WAN connection of that interface
is not ready for accessing Internet.
I
I
-
-
5
5
-
-
8
8
-
-
2
2
V
V
i
i
r
r
t
t
u
u
a
a
l
l
W
W
A
A
N
N
Such page displays the virtual WAN connection information.
Virtual WAN are used by TR-069 management, and so on.
The field of Application will list the purpose of such WAN connection.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
1
4
I
I
-
-
6
6
Q
Q
u
u
i
i
c
c
k
k
S
S
t
t
a
a
r
r
t
t
W
W
i
i
z
z
a
a
r
r
d
d
Quick Start Wizard can help you to deploy and use the router easily and quickly. Go to
Wizards>>Quick Start Wizard. The first screen of Quick Start Wizard is entering login
password. After entering the password, please click Next.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
15
P
P
P
P
P
P
o
o
E
E
1. Choose WAN1 as WAN Interface and click the Next button; you will get the following
page. Choose PPPoE / PPPoA as the protocol.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
For ADSL Only You have to select an appropriate WAN connection type for
connecting to the Internet through this modem according to
the settings that your ISP provided.
Auto detect – Click it to detect suitable values below by the
modem automatically.
Encapsulation - Select an IP mode for this WAN interface.
There are several available modes for Internet access such as
PPPoE, PPPoA.
VPI - Stands for Virtual Path Identifier. It is an 8-bit header
inside each ATM cell that indicates where the cell should be
routed. The ATM, is a method of sending data in small
packets of fixed sizes. It is used for transferring data to
client computers.
VCI - Stands for Virtual Channel Identifier. It is a 16-bit field
inside ATM cell’s header that indicates the cell’s next
destination as it travels through the network. A virtual
channel is a logical connection between two end devices on
the network.
Fixed IP Click Yes to specify a fixed IP for the modem. Otherwise,
click No (Dynamic IP) to allow the modem choosing a
dynamic IP. If you choose No, the following IP Address,
Subnet Mask and Default Gateway will not be changed.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
16
IP Address Assign an IP address for the protocol that you select.
Subnet Mask Assign a subnet mask value for the protocol of MPoA/Static
or Dynamic IP.
Default Gateway Assign an IP address to the gateway for the protocol of
MPoA/Static or Dynamic IP.
Primary DNS Assign an IP address to the primary DNS.
Second DNS Assign an IP address to the secondary DNS.
VLAN Tag insertion
(VDSL2)/(ADSL)
The settings configured in this field are available for WAN1
and WAN2.
Enable – Enable the function of VLAN with tag.
The router will add specific VLAN number to all packets on
the WAN while sending them out.
Please type the tag value and specify the priority for the
packets sending by WAN1.
Disable – Disable the function of VLAN with tag.
Tag value – Type the value as the VLAN ID number. The range
is from 0 to 4095.
Priority – Type the packet priority number for such VLAN.
The range is from 0 to 7.
Back Click it to return to previous setting page.
Next Click it to get into the next setting page.
Cancel Click it to give up the quick start wizard.
2. After finished the above settings, simply click Next.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Service Name
(Optional)
Enter the description of the specific network service.
User Name Type in the valid user name (maximum 63 characters)
provided by the ISP in this field.
Password Type a valid password provided by the ISP.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
1
7
Confirm Password Retype the password.
Back Click it to return to previous setting page.
Next Click it to get into the next setting page.
Cancel Click it to give up the quick start wizard.
3. Please manually enter the Username/Password provided by your ISP. Click Next for
viewing summary of such connection.
4. Click Finish. A page of Quick Start Wizard Setup OK!!! will appear. Then, the system
status of this protocol will be shown.
5. Now, you can enjoy surfing on the Internet.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
18
M
M
P
P
o
o
A
A
/
/
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
i
i
c
c
o
o
r
r
D
D
y
y
n
n
a
a
m
m
i
i
c
c
I
I
P
P
1. Choose WAN1 as WAN Interface and click the Next button; you will get the following
page. Choose MPoA / Static or Dynamic IP as the protocol.
2. Please enter in the IP address/mask/gateway information originally provided by your ISP.
Then click Next for viewing summary of such connection.
3. Click Finish. A page of Quick Start Wizard Setup OK!!! will appear. Then, the system
status of this protocol will be shown.
4. Now, you can enjoy surfing on the Internet.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
19
I
I
-
-
7
7
R
R
e
e
g
g
i
i
s
s
t
t
e
e
r
r
i
i
n
n
g
g
V
V
i
i
g
g
o
o
r
r
D
D
e
e
v
v
i
i
c
c
e
e
You have finished the configuration of Quick Start Wizard and you can surf the Internet at any
time. Now it is the time to register your Vigor router to MyVigor website for getting more
service. Please follow the steps below to finish the router registration.
1 Please login the web configuration interface of Vigor router by typing “admin/admin” as
User Name / Password.
2 Click Support Area>>Production Registration from the home page.
3 A Login page will be shown on the screen. Please type the account and password that
you created previously. And click Login.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
20
Info
If you haven’t an accessing account, please refer to section Creating an
Account for MyVigor to create your own one. Please read the articles on the
Agreement regarding user rights carefully while creating a user account.
4 The following page will be displayed after you logging in MyVigor. Type a nickname for
the router, then click Add.
5 When the following page appears, your router information has been added to the
database.
6 After clicking OK, you will see the following page. Your device has been registered to
myvigor website successfully.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
21
P
P
a
a
r
r
t
t
I
I
I
I
C
C
o
o
n
n
n
n
e
e
c
c
t
t
i
i
v
v
i
i
t
t
y
y
It means wide area network. Public IP will be used in
WAN.
It means local area network. Private IP will be used in
LAN. Local Area Network (LAN) is a group of subnets
regulated and ruled by router. The design of network
structure is related to what type of public IP addresses
coming from your ISP.
When the data flow passing through, the Network
Address Translation (NAT) function of the router will
dedicate to translate public/private addresses, and
the packets will be delivered to the correct host PC in
the local area network.
DDNS, Schedule, UPnP, IGMP.
Static Route
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
22
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
I
I
n
n
t
t
e
e
r
r
n
n
e
e
t
t
A
A
c
c
c
c
e
e
s
s
s
s
It allows users to access Internet.
B
B
a
a
s
s
i
i
c
c
s
s
o
o
f
f
I
I
n
n
t
t
e
e
r
r
n
n
e
e
t
t
P
P
r
r
o
o
t
t
o
o
c
c
o
o
l
l
(
(
I
I
P
P
)
)
N
N
e
e
t
t
w
w
o
o
r
r
k
k
IP means Internet Protocol. Every device in an IP-based Network including routers, print
server, and host PCs, needs an IP address to identify its location on the network. To avoid
address conflicts, IP addresses are publicly registered with the Network Information Centre
(NIC). Having a unique IP address is mandatory for those devices participated in the public
network but not in the private TCP/IP local area networks (LANs), such as host PCs under the
management of a router since they do not need to be accessed by the public. Hence, the NIC
has reserved certain addresses that will never be registered publicly. These are known as
private IP addresses, and are listed in the following ranges:
From 10.0.0.0 to 10.255.255.255
From 172.16.0.0 to 172.31.255.255
From 192.168.0.0 to 192.168.255.255
W
W
h
h
a
a
t
t
a
a
r
r
e
e
P
P
u
u
b
b
l
l
i
i
c
c
I
I
P
P
A
A
d
d
d
d
r
r
e
e
s
s
s
s
a
a
n
n
d
d
P
P
r
r
i
i
v
v
a
a
t
t
e
e
I
I
P
P
A
A
d
d
d
d
r
r
e
e
s
s
s
s
As the router plays a role to manage and further protect its LAN, it interconnects groups of
host PCs. Each of them has a private IP address assigned by the built-in DHCP server of the
Vigor router. The router itself will also use the default private IP address: 192.168.1.1 to
communicate with the local hosts. Meanwhile, Vigor router will communicate with other
network devices through a public IP address. When the data flow passing through, the
Network Address Translation (NAT) function of the router will dedicate to translate
public/private addresses, and the packets will be delivered to the correct host PC in the local
area network. Thus, all the host PCs can share a common Internet connection.
G
G
e
e
t
t
Y
Y
o
o
u
u
r
r
P
P
u
u
b
b
l
l
i
i
c
c
I
I
P
P
A
A
d
d
d
d
r
r
e
e
s
s
s
s
f
f
r
r
o
o
m
m
I
I
S
S
P
P
In ADSL deployment, the PPP (Point to Point)-style authentication and authorization is
required for bridging customer premises equipment (CPE). Point to Point Protocol over
Ethernet (PPPoE) connects a network of hosts via an access device to a remote access
concentrator or aggregation concentrator. This implementation provides users with
significant ease of use. Meanwhile it provides access control, billing, and type of service
according to user requirement.
When a router begins to connect to your ISP, a serial of discovery process will occur to ask for
a connection. Then a session will be created. Your user ID and password is authenticated via
PAP or CHAP with RADIUS authentication system. And your IP address, DNS server, and other
related information will usually be assigned by your ISP.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
23
W
W
e
e
b
b
U
U
s
s
e
e
r
r
I
I
n
n
t
t
e
e
r
r
f
f
a
a
c
c
e
e
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
1
1
G
G
e
e
n
n
e
e
r
r
a
a
l
l
S
S
e
e
t
t
u
u
p
p
This section will introduce some general settings of Internet and explain the connection
modes for WAN in details.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Display Name Type the description for such WAN interface.
Physical Mode Display the physical mode of such WAN interface.
DSL Mode Specify which DSL mode can be used for such WAN
connection.
Auto – The system will choose the suitable one
automatically.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
2
4
VLAN Tag insertion Enable – Enable the function of VLAN with tag.
The router will add specific VLAN number to all packets on
the WAN while sending them out.
Please type the tag value and specify the priority for the
packets sending by WAN interface.
Disable – Disable the function of VLAN with tag.
Tag value – Type the value as the VLAN ID number. The
range is from 0 to 4095.
Priority – Type the packet priority number for such VLAN.
The range is from 0 to 7.
After finished the above settings, click OK to save the settings.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
25
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
2
2
P
P
P
P
P
P
o
o
E
E
/
/
P
P
P
P
P
P
o
o
A
A
PPPoA, included in RFC1483, can be operated in either Logical Link Control-Subnetwork
Access Protocol or VC-Mux mode. As a CPE device, Vigor modem encapsulates the PPP session
based for transport across the ADSL loop and your ISP’s Digital Subscriber Line Access
Multiplexer (SDLAM).
To choose PPPoE or PPPoA as the accessing protocol of the internet, please select
PPPoE/PPPoA from the Internet Access menu. The following web page will be shown.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
PPPoE/PPPoA Client Click Enable for activating this function. If you click Disable,
this function will be closed and all the settings that you
adjusted in this page will be invalid.
DSL Modem Settings Set up the DSL parameters required by your ISP. These are
vital for building DSL connection to your ISP.
Multi-PVC channel - The selections displayed here are
determined by the page of Internet Access – Multi PVCs.
VPI - Type in the value provided by ISP.
VCI - Type in the value provided by ISP.
Encapsulating Type - Drop down the list to choose the type
provided by ISP.
Protocol - Drop down the list to choose the protocol, PPPoE
or PPPoA.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
26
Modulation – Choose a suitable method for PPPoE/PPoA
connection.
PPPoE Pass-through The modem offers PPPoE dial-up connection. Besides, you
also can establish the PPPoE connection directly from local
clients to your ISP via the Vigor modem. When PPPoA
protocol is selected, the PPPoE package transmitted by PC
will be transformed into PPPoA package and sent to WAN
server. Thus, the PC can access Internet through such
direction.
For Wired LAN – If you check this box, PCs on the same
network can use another set of PPPoE session (different with
the Host PC) to access into Internet.
WAN Connection
Detection
Such function allows you to verify whether network
connection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect.
Mode – Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to
execute for WAN detection. If you choose Ping Detect as the
detection mode, you have to type required settings for the
following items.
Primary/Secondary Ping IP – If you choose Ping Detect as
detection mode, you have to type Primary or Secondary IP
address in this field for pinging.
Ping Gateway IP – If you choose Ping Detect as detection
mode, you also can enable this setting to use current WAN
gateway IP address for pinging.
With the IP address(es) pinging, Vigor router can check if
the WAN connection is on or off.
TTL (Time to Live) – Set TTL value of PING operation.
Ping Interval – Type the interval for the system to
execute the PING operation.
Ping Retry – Type the number of times that the system is
allowed to execute the PING operation before WAN
disconnection is judged.
MTU It means Max Transmit Unit for packet. The default setting
will be 1492.
ISP Access Setup Enter your allocated username, password and authentication
parameters according to the information provided by your
ISP.
Service Name - Enter the description of the specific network
service.
Username – Type in the username provided by ISP in this
field.
The maximum length of the user name you can set is 63
characters.
Password – Type in the password provided by ISP in this field.
The maximum length of the password you can set is 62
characters.
PPP Authentication – Select PAP only or PAP or CHAP for
PPP.
IP Address From ISP Usually ISP dynamically assigns IP address to you each time
you connect to it and request. In some case, your ISP
provides service to always assign you the same IP address
whenever you request. In this case, you can fill in this IP
address in the Fixed IP field. Please contact your ISP before
you want to use this function.
WAN IP Alias - If you have multiple public IP addresses and
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
2
7
would like to utilize them on the WAN interface, please use
WAN IP Alias. You can set up to 8 public IP addresses other
than the current one you are using. Notice that this setting is
available for WAN1 only. Type the additional WAN IP address
and check the Enable box. Then click OK to exit the dialog.
Fixed IP – Click Yes to use this function and type in a fixed IP
address in the box of Fixed IP Address.
Default MAC Address – You can use Default MAC Address or
specify another MAC address by typing on the boxes of MAC
Address for the modem.
Specify a MAC Address – Type the MAC address for the
modem manually.
Schedule You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request.
All the schedules can be set previously in Application >>
Schedule web page and you can use the number that you
have set in that web page.
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to activate them.
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
3
3
M
M
P
P
o
o
A
A
/
/
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
i
i
c
c
o
o
r
r
d
d
y
y
n
n
a
a
m
m
i
i
c
c
I
I
P
P
MPoA is a specification that enables ATM services to be integrated with existing LANs, which
use either Ethernet, token-ring or TCP/IP protocols. The goal of MPoA is to allow different
LANs to send packets to each other via an ATM backbone.
For static IP mode, you usually receive a fixed public IP address or a public subnet, namely
multiple public IP addresses from your DSL or Cable ISP service providers. In most cases, a
Cable service provider will offer a fixed public IP, while a DSL service provider will offer a
public subnet. If you have a public subnet, you could assign an IP address or many IP address
to the WAN interface.
To use MPoA /Static or dynamic IP as the accessing protocol of the Internet, select MPoA
mode. The following web page will appear.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
28
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
MPoA Click Enable for activating this function. If you click Disable,
this function will be closed and all the settings that you
adjusted in this page will be invalid.
DSL Modem Settings Set up the DSL parameters required by your ISP. These are
vital for building DSL connection to your ISP.
Multi-PVC channel - The selections displayed here are
determined by the page of Internet Access – Multi PVCs.
Encapsulating Type - Drop down the list to choose the type
provided by ISP.
VPI - Type in the value provided by ISP.
VCI - Type in the value provided by ISP.
Modulation – Choose a suitable method for such connection.
WAN Connection
Detection
Such function allows you to verify whether network
connection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect.
Mode – Choose ARP Detect, Ping Detect or Always On for
the system to execute for WAN detection. If you choose Ping
Detect as the detection mode, you have to type required
settings for the following items.
Primary/Secondary Ping IP – If you choose Ping Detect as
detection mode, you have to type Primary or Secondary IP
address in this field for pinging.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
29
Ping Gateway IP – If you choose Ping Detect as detection
mode, you also can enable this setting to use current WAN
gateway IP address for pinging.
With the IP address(es) pinging, Vigor router can check if
the WAN connection is on or off.
TTL (Time to Live) – Set TTL value of PING operation.
Ping Interval – Type the interval for the system to
execute the PING operation.
Ping Retry – Type the number of times that the system is
allowed to execute the PING operation before WAN
disconnection is judged.
MTU It means Max Transmit Unit for packet.
RIP Protocol
Routing Information Protocol is abbreviated as RIP（RFC1058）
specifying how modems exchange routing tables information.
Click Enable RIP for activating this function.
Bridge Mode Enable Bridge Mode - If the function is enabled, the router
will work as a bridge modem.
Enable Full Bridge Mode – If the function is enabled, the
router will work as a bridge modem which is able to forward
incoming packets with VLAN tags.
WAN IP Network Settings This group allows you to obtain an IP address automatically
and allows you type in IP address manually.
Obtain an IP address automatically – Click this button to
obtain the IP address automatically.
Router Name – Type in the modem name provided by ISP.
Domain Name – Type in the domain name that you have
assigned.
DHCP Client Identifier This feature is offered for certain ISP with special request.
Check this box to enable the function of DHCP client
identifier for some ISP.
Username – Type a username used for such function.
Password – Type a password used for such function.
Specify an IP address Click this radio button to specify some data.
WAN IP Alias - If you have multiple public IP addresses and
would like to utilize them on the WAN interface, please use
WAN IP Alias. You can set up to 8 public IP addresses other
than the current one you are using. Notice that this setting is
available for WAN1 only. Type the additional WAN IP address
and check the Enable box. Then click OK to exit the dialog.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
30
IP Address – Type in the private IP address.
Subnet Mask – Type in the subnet mask.
Gateway IP Address – Type in gateway IP address.
Default MAC Address Type in MAC address for the modem. You can use Default
MAC Address or specify another MAC address for your
necessity.
MAC Address – Type in the MAC address for the modem
manually.
DNS Server IP Address Type in the primary IP address for the modem. If necessary,
type in secondary IP address for necessity in the future.
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to activate them.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
31
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
4
4
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
4
4
-
-
1
1
D
D
e
e
t
t
a
a
i
i
l
l
s
s
P
P
a
a
g
g
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
–
–
O
O
f
f
f
f
l
l
i
i
n
n
e
e
When Offline is selected, the IPv6 connection will be disabled.
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
4
4
-
-
2
2
D
D
e
e
t
t
a
a
i
i
l
l
s
s
P
P
a
a
g
g
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
–
–
P
P
P
P
P
P
During the procedure of IPv4 PPPoE connection, we can get the IPv6 Link Local Address
between the gateway and Vigor router through IPv6CP. Later, use DHCPv6 or accept RA to
acquire the IPv6 prefix address (such as: 2001:B010:7300:200::/64) offered by the ISP. In
addition, PCs under LAN also can have the public IPv6 address for Internet access by means of
the generated prefix.
No need to type any other information for PPP mode.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
WAN Connection
Detection
Such function allows you to verify whether network
connection is alive or not through NS Detect or Ping Detect.
Mode – Choose Always On, Ping Detect or NS Detect for the
system to execute for WAN detection. With NS Detect mode,
the system will check if network connection is established or
not, like IPv4 ARP Detect. Always On means no detection
will be executed. The network connection will be on always.
Ping IP/Hostname – If you choose Ping Detect as
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
32
detection mode, you have to type IP address in this field
for pinging.
TTL (Time to Live) –If you choose Ping Detect as
detection mode, you have to type TTL value.
Below shows an example for successful IPv6 connection based on PPP mode.
Info
At present, the IPv6 prefix can be acquired via the PPPoE mode connection which is
available for the areas such as Taiwan (hinet), the Netherlands, Australia and UK.
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
4
4
-
-
3
3
D
D
e
e
t
t
a
a
i
i
l
l
s
s
P
P
a
a
g
g
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
–
–
T
T
S
S
P
P
C
C
Tunnel setup protocol client (TSPC) is an application which could help you to connect to IPv6
network easily.
Please make sure your IPv4 WAN connection is OK and apply one free account from hexago
(http://gogonet.gogo6.com/page/freenet6-account ) before you try to use TSPC for network
connection. TSPC would connect to tunnel broker and requests a tunnel according to the
specifications inside the configuration file. It gets a public IPv6 IP address and an IPv6 prefix
from the tunnel broker and then monitors the state of the tunnel in background.
After getting the IPv6 prefix and starting router advertisement daemon (RADVD), the PC
behind this router can directly connect to IPv6 the Internet.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
33
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Username Type the name obtained from the broker. It is suggested for
you to apply another username and password for
http://gogonet.gogo6.com/page/freenet6-account.
The maximum length of the name you can set is 63
characters.
Password Type the password assigned with the user name.
The maximum length of the name you can set is 19
characters.
Tunnel Broker Type the address for the tunnel broker IP, FQDN or an
optional port number.
WAN Connection
Detection
Such function allows you to verify whether network
connection is alive or not through NS Detect or Ping Detect.
Mode – Choose Always On, Ping Detect or NS Detect for the
system to execute for WAN detection. With NS Detect mode,
the system will check if network connection is established or
not, like IPv4 ARP Detect. Always On means no detection
will be executed. The network connection will be on always.
Ping IP/Hostname – If you choose Ping Detect as
detection mode, you have to type IP address in this field
for pinging.
TTL (Time to Live) –If you choose Ping Detect as
detection mode, you have to type TTL value.
After finished the above settings, click OK to save the settings.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
34
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
4
4
-
-
4
4
D
D
e
e
t
t
a
a
i
i
l
l
s
s
P
P
a
a
g
g
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
–
–
A
A
I
I
C
C
C
C
U
U
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Always On Check this box to keep the network connection always.
Username Type the name obtained from the broker. Please apply new
account at http://www.sixxs.net/. It is suggested for you to
apply another username and password.
The maximum length of the name you can set is 19
characters.
Password Type the password assigned with the user name.
The maximum length of the password you can set is 19
characters.
Tunnel Broker It means a server of AICCU. The server can provide IPv6
tunnels to sites or end users over IPv4.
Type the address for the tunnel broker IP, FQDN or an
optional port number.
Tunnel ID One user account may have several tunnels. And, each
tunnel shall have one specified tunnel ID (e.g., T115394).
Type the ID offered by Tunnel Broker.
Subnet Prefix Type the subnet prefix address obtained from service
provider.
The maximum length of the prefix you can set is 128
characters.
WAN Connection
Detection
Such function allows you to verify whether network
connection is alive or not through NS Detect or Ping Detect.
Mode – Choose Always On, Ping Detect or NS Detect for the
system to execute for WAN detection. With NS Detect mode,
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
35
the system will check if network connection is established or
not, like IPv4 ARP Detect. Always On means no detection
will be executed. The network connection will be on always.
Ping IP/Hostname – If you choose Ping Detect as
detection mode, you have to type IP address in this field
for pinging.
TTL (Time to Live) –If you choose Ping Detect as
detection mode, you have to type TTL value.
After finished the above settings, click OK to save the settings.
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
4
4
-
-
5
5
D
D
e
e
t
t
a
a
i
i
l
l
s
s
P
P
a
a
g
g
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
–
–
D
D
H
H
C
C
P
P
v
v
6
6
C
C
l
l
i
i
e
e
n
n
t
t
DHCPv6 client mode would use DHCPv6 protocol to obtain IPv6 address from server.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
DHCPv6 Client
Configuration
IAID - Type a number as IAID.
WAN Connection
Detection
Such function allows you to verify whether network
connection is alive or not through NS Detect or Ping Detect.
Mode – Choose Always On, Ping Detect or NS Detect for
the system to execute for WAN detection. With NS Detect
mode, the system will check if network connection is
established or not, like IPv4 ARP Detect. Always On means
no detection will be executed. The network connection will
be on always.
Ping IP/Hostname – If you choose Ping Detect as
detection mode, you have to type IP address in this field
for pinging.
TTL (Time to Live) –If you choose Ping Detect as
detection mode, you have to type TTL value.
Bridge Mode Enable Bridge Mode - If the function is enabled, the router
will work as a bridge modem.
After finished the above settings, click OK to save the settings.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
36
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
4
4
-
-
6
6
D
D
e
e
t
t
a
a
i
i
l
l
s
s
P
P
a
a
g
g
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
–
–
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
i
i
c
c
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
This type allows you to setup static IPv6 address for WAN interface.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Static IPv6 Address
configuration
IPv6 Address – Type the IPv6 Static IP Address.
Prefix Length – Type the fixed value for prefix length.
Add – Click it to add a new entry.
Update – Click it to modify an existed entry.
Delete – Click it to remove an existed entry.
Current IPv6 Address
Table
Display current interface IPv6 address.
Static IPv6 Gateway
Configuration
IPv6 Gateway Address - Type your IPv6 gateway address
here.
WAN Connection
Detection
Such function allows you to verify whether network
connection is alive or not through NS Detect or Ping Detect.
Mode – Choose Always On, Ping Detect or NS Detect for the
system to execute for WAN detection. With NS Detect mode,
the system will check if network connection is established or
not, like IPv4 ARP Detect. Always On means no detection
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
3
7
will be executed. The network connection will be on always.
Ping IP/Hostname – If you choose Ping Detect as
detection mode, you have to type IP address in this field
for pinging.
TTL (Time to Live) –If you choose Ping Detect as
detection mode, you have to type TTL value.
Bridge Mode Enable Bridge Mode - If the function is enabled, the router
will work as a bridge modem.
After finished the above settings, click OK to save the settings.
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
4
4
-
-
7
7
D
D
e
e
t
t
a
a
i
i
l
l
s
s
P
P
a
a
g
g
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
–
–
6
6
i
i
n
n
4
4
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
i
i
c
c
T
T
u
u
n
n
n
n
e
e
l
l
Such mode allows the router to access IPv6 network through IPv4 network.
However, 6in4 offers a prefix outside of 2002::0/16. So, you can use a fixed endpoint rather
than anycast endpoint. The mode has more reliability.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Remote Endpoint IPv4
Address
Type the static IPv4 address for the remote server.
6in4 IPv6 Address Type the static IPv6 address for IPv4 tunnel with the value
for prefix length.
LAN Routed Prefix Type the static IPv6 address for LAN routing with the value
for prefix length.
Tunnel TTL Type the number for the data lifetime in tunnel.
WAN Connection
Detection
Such function allows you to verify whether network
connection is alive or not through NS Detect or Ping Detect.
Mode – Choose Always On, Ping Detect or NS Detect for
the system to execute for WAN detection. With NS Detect
mode, the system will check if network connection is
established or not, like IPv4 ARP Detect. Always On means
no detection will be executed. The network connection will
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
38
be on always.
Ping IP/Hostname – If you choose Ping Detect as
detection mode, you have to type IP address in this field
for pinging.
TTL (Time to Live) –If you choose Ping Detect as
detection mode, you have to type TTL value.
After finished the above settings, click OK to save the settings.
Below shows an example for successful IPv6 connection based on 6in4 Static Tunnel mode.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
39
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
4
4
-
-
8
8
D
D
e
e
t
t
a
a
i
i
l
l
s
s
P
P
a
a
g
g
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
–
–
6
6
r
r
d
d
This type allows you to setup 6rd for WAN interface.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
6rd Mode Auto 6rd – Retrieve 6rd prefix automatically from 6rd service
provider. The IPv4 WAN must be set as "DHCP".
Static 6rd - Set 6rd options manually.
IPv4 Border Relay Type the IPv4 addresses of the 6rd Border Relay for a given
6rd domain.
IPv4 Mask Length Type a number of high-order bits that are identical across all
CE IPv4 addresses within a given 6rd domain.
It may be any value between 0 and 32.
6rd Prefix Type the 6rd IPv6 address.
6rd Prefix Length Type the IPv6 prefix length for the 6rd IPv6 prefix in number
of bits.
WAN Connection
Detection
Such function allows you to verify whether network
connection is alive or not through NS Detect or Ping Detect.
Mode – Choose Always On, Ping Detect or NS Detect for the
system to execute for WAN detection. With NS Detect mode,
the system will check if network connection is established or
not, like IPv4 ARP Detect. Always On means no detection
will be executed. The network connection will be on always.
Ping IP/Hostname – If you choose Ping Detect as
detection mode, you have to type IP address in this field
for pinging.
TTL (Time to Live) –If you choose Ping Detect as
detection mode, you have to type TTL value.
After finished the above settings, click OK to save the settings.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
40
Below shows an example for successful IPv6 connection based on 6rd mode.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
41
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
3
3
M
M
u
u
l
l
t
t
i
i
-
-
P
P
V
V
C
C
/
/
V
V
L
L
A
A
N
N
Multi-PVC/VLAN allows users to create profiles for specific WAN interface and bridge
connections for user applications that require very high network throughput. Simply go to
WAN and select Multi-PVC/VLAN.
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
3
3
-
-
1
1
G
G
e
e
n
n
e
e
r
r
a
a
l
l
This page shows the basic configurations used by every channel.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Channel Display the number of each channel.
Channels 1 is used by the Internet Access web user interface
and can not be configured here.
Channels 4 ~ 10 are configurable.
Enable Display whether the settings in this channel are enabled
(Yes) or not (No).
WAN Type Displays the physical medium that the channel will use.
VLAN Tag Displays the VLAN tag value that will be used for the packets
traveling on this channel.
To configure a PVC/VLAN channel, click its channel number.
WAN links for Channel 3, 4 and 5 are provided for router-borne application such as TR-069.
The settings must be applied and obtained from your ISP. For your special request, please
contact with your ISP and then click WAN link of Channel 3, 4 and 5 to configure your router.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
42
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable Channel 3/4/5 Check it to enable this channel.
WAN Type The connections and interfaces created in every channel may
select a specific WAN type to be built upon.
General Settings VPI - Type in the value provided by your ISP.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
43
VCI - Type in the value provided by your ISP.
Protocol - Select a proper protocol for this channel.
Encapsulation - Choose a proper type for this channel. The
types will be different according to the protocol setting that
you choose.
Add VLAN Header – Check the box to enable VLAN tag
configuration.
VLAN Tag – Type the value as the VLAN ID number. Valid
settings are in the range from 1 to 4095. The network traffic
flowing on each channel will be identified by the system via
their VLAN Tags. Channels using the same WAN type may not
configure the same VLAN tag value.
Priority – Choose the number to determine the packet
priority for such VLAN. The range is from 0 to 7.
ATM QoS Such configuration is applied to upstream packets. Such
information will be provided by ISP. Please contact with your
ISP for detailed information.
QoS Type - Select a proper QoS type for the channel.
PCR - It represents Peak Cell Rate. The default setting is “0”.
SCR - It represents Sustainable Cell Rate. The value of SCR
must be smaller than PCR.
MBS - It represents Maximum Burst Size. The range of the
value is 10 to 50.
Open Port-based Bridge
Connection for this
Channel
The settings here will create a bridge between the LAN ports
selected and the WAN. The WAN interface of the bridge
connection will be built upon the WAN type selected using
the VLAN tag configured.
Physical Members – Group the physical ports by checking the
corresponding check box(es) for applying the port-based
bridge connection.
Note: LAN port P1 is reserved for NAT use and cannot be
selected for bridging.
Open WAN Interface for
this Channel
Check the box to enable relating function.
WAN Application
Management can be specified for general management
(Web configuration/telnet/TR069). If you choose
Management, the configuration for this VLAN will be
effective for Web configuration/telnet/TR069.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
4
4
IPTV - The IPTV configuration will allow the WAN
interface to send IGMP packets to IPTV servers.
WAN Connection
Detection
Such function allows you to verify whether network
connection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect.
Mode – Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to
execute for WAN detection.
Ping IP – If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode, you
have to type IP address in this field for pinging.
TTL (Time to Live) – Displays value for your reference. TTL
value is set by telnet command.
PPPoE/PPPoA Client Enter your allocated username, password and authentication
parameters according to the information provided by your
ISP.
ISP Access Setup
ISP Name – Type in the name of your ISP.
Username – Type in the username provided by ISP in
this field. The maximum length of the name you can set
is 80 characters.
Password – Type in the password provided by ISP in this
field. The maximum length of the password you can set
is 48 characters.
PPP Authentication – Select PAP only or PAP or CHAP
for PPP.
Always On – Check it to keep the network connection
always.
Idle Timeout – Set the timeout for breaking down the
Internet after passing through the time without any
action.
IP Address From ISP
Fixed IP – Click Yes to use this function and type in a
fixed IP address in the box of Fixed IP Address.
MPoA (RFC1483/2684) Obtain an IP address automatically – Click this button to
obtain the IP address automatically.
Router Name – Type in the router name provided by
ISP.
Domain Name – Type in the domain name that you have
assigned.
Specify an IP address – Click this radio button to specify
some data.
IP Address – Type in the private IP address.
Subnet Mask – Type in the subnet mask.
Gateway IP Address – Type in gateway IP address.
DNS Server IP Address - Type in the primary IP address for
the router if you want to use Static IP mode. If necessary,
type in secondary IP address for necessity in the future.
After finished the above settings, click OK to save the settings and return to previous page.
Click any index 6 to get the following web page:
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
45
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable Channel Check it to enable this channel.
WAN Type The connections and interfaces created in every channel may
select a specific WAN type to be built upon.
General Settings VPI - Type in the value provided by your ISP.
VCI - Type in the value provided by your ISP.
Protocol - Select a proper protocol for this channel.
Encapsulation - Choose a proper type for this channel. The
types will be different according to the protocol setting that
you choose.
Add VLAN Header – Check the box to enable VLAN tag
configuration.
VLAN Tag – Type the value as the VLAN ID number. Valid
settings are in the range from 1 to 4095. The network traffic
flowing on each channel will be identified by the system via
their VLAN Tags. Channels using the same WAN type may not
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
46
configure the same VLAN tag value.
Priority – Choose the number to determine the packet
priority for such VLAN. The range is from 0 to 7.
ATM QoS Such configuration is applied to upstream packets. Such
information will be provided by ISP. Please contact with your
ISP for detailed information.
QoS Type - Select a proper QoS type for the channel.
PCR - It represents Peak Cell Rate. The default setting is “0”.
SCR - It represents Sustainable Cell Rate. The value of SCR
must be smaller than PCR.
MBS - It represents Maximum Burst Size. The range of the
value is 10 to 50.
Bridge mode Enable – Click it to enable Bridge mode for such channel.
Physical Members – Group the physical ports by checking the
corresponding check box(es) for applying the bridge
connection.
After finished the above settings, click OK to save the settings.
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
3
3
-
-
2
2
A
A
d
d
v
v
a
a
n
n
c
c
e
e
d
d
Such configuration is applied to upstream packets. Such information will be provided by ISP.
Please contact with your ISP for detailed information.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
4
7
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
QoS Type Select a proper QoS type for the channel.
PCR It represents Peak Cell Rate. The default setting is “0”.
SCR - It represents Sustainable Cell Rate. The value of SCR must be
smaller than PCR.
MBS It represents Maximum Burst Size. The range of the value is
10 to 50.
PVC to PVC Binding It allows the enabled PVC channel to use the same ADSL
connection settings of another PVC channel. Please choose
the PVC channel via the drop down list.
After finished the above settings, click OK to save the settings.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
48
I
I
I
I
-
-
2
2
L
L
A
A
N
N
Local Area Network (LAN) is a group of subnets regulated and ruled by router. The design of
network structure is related to what type of public IP addresses coming from your ISP.
The most generic function of Vigor router is NAT. It creates a private subnet of your own. As
mentioned previously, the router will talk to other public hosts on the Internet by using public
IP address and talking to local hosts by using its private IP address. What NAT does is to
translate the packets from public IP address to private IP address to forward the right packets
to the right host and vice versa. Besides, Vigor router has a built-in DHCP server that assigns
private IP address to each local host. See the following diagram for a briefly understanding.
In some special case, you may have a public IP subnet from your ISP such as 220.135.240.0/24.
This means that you can set up a public subnet or call second subnet that each host is
equipped with a public IP address. As a part of the public subnet, the Vigor router will serve
for IP routing to help hosts in the public subnet to communicate with other public hosts or
servers outside. Therefore, the router should be set as the gateway for public hosts.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
49
W
W
h
h
a
a
t
t
i
i
s
s
R
R
o
o
u
u
t
t
i
i
n
n
g
g
I
I
n
n
f
f
o
o
r
r
m
m
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
P
P
r
r
o
o
t
t
o
o
c
c
o
o
l
l
(
(
R
R
I
I
P
P
)
)
Vigor router will exchange routing information with neighboring routers using the RIP to
accomplish IP routing. This allows users to change the information of the router such as IP
address and the routers will automatically inform for each other.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
50
W
W
e
e
b
b
U
U
s
s
e
e
r
r
I
I
n
n
t
t
e
e
r
r
f
f
a
a
c
c
e
e
A LAN comprises a collection of LAN clients, which are networked devices on your premises. A
LAN client can be a computer, a printer, a Voice-over-IP (VoIP) phone, a mobile phone, a
gaming console, an Internet Protocol Television (IPTV), etc, and can have either a wired
(using Ethernet cabling) or wireless (using Wi-Fi) network connection.
LAN clients within the same LAN are normally able to communicate with one another directly,
as they are peers to one another, unless measures, such as firewalls or VLANs, have been put
in place to restrict such access. Nowadays the most common LAN firewalls are implemented
on the LAN client itself. For example, Microsoft Windows since Windows XP and Apple OS X
have built-in firewalls that can be configured to restrict traffic coming in and going out of the
computer. VLANs, on the other hand, are usually set up using network switches or routers.
To communicate with the hosts outside of the LAN, LAN clients have to go through a network
gateway, which in most cases is a router that sits between the LAN and the ISP network,
which is the WAN. The router acts as a director to ensure traffic between the LAN and the
WAN reach their intended destinations.
I
I
I
I
-
-
2
2
-
-
1
1
G
G
e
e
n
n
e
e
r
r
a
a
l
l
S
S
e
e
t
t
u
u
p
p
This page provides you the general settings for LAN. Click LAN to open the LAN settings page
and choose General Setup.
There are four subnets provided by the router which allow users to divide groups into
different subnets (LAN1 – LAN4). In addition, different subnets can link for each other by
configuring Inter-LAN Routing. At present, LAN1 setting is fixed with NAT mode only. LAN2 –
LAN4 can be operated under NAT or Route mode. IP Routed Subnet can be operated under
Route mode.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
51
I
I
I
I
-
-
2
2
-
-
1
1
-
-
1
1
D
D
e
e
t
t
a
a
i
i
l
l
s
s
P
P
a
a
g
g
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
L
L
A
A
N
N
1
1
–
–
E
E
t
t
h
h
e
e
r
r
n
n
e
e
t
t
T
T
C
C
P
P
/
/
I
I
P
P
a
a
n
n
d
d
D
D
H
H
C
C
P
P
S
S
e
e
t
t
u
u
p
p
There are two configuration pages for LAN1, Ethernet TCP/IP and DHCP Setup (based on IPv4)
and IPv6 Setup. Click the tab for each type and refer to the following explanations for
detailed information.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
LAN IP Network
Configuration
For NAT Usage,
1
st
IP Address - Type in private IP address for connecting to a
local private network (Default: 192.168.1.1).
1
st
Subnet Mask - Type in an address code that determines
the size of the network. (Default: 255.255.255.0/ 24)
For IP Routing Usage - Click Enable to invoke this function.
The default setting is Disable.
2nd Address - Type in secondary IP address for connecting to
a subnet. (Default: 192.168.2.1/ 24)
2nd Subnet Mask - An address code that determines the size
of the network. (Default: 255.255.255.0/ 24)
2nd Subnet DHCP Server - You can configure the modem to
serve as a DHCP server for the 2nd subnet.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
52
Start IP Address: Enter a value of the IP address pool
for the DHCP server to start with when issuing IP
addresses. If the 2nd IP address of your modem is
220.135.240.1, the starting IP address must be
220.135.240.2 or greater, but smaller than
220.135.240.254.
IP Pool Counts: Enter the number of IP addresses in the
pool. The maximum is 10. For example, if you type 3
and the 2nd IP address of your modem is 220.135.240.1,
the range of IP address by the DHCP server will be from
220.135.240.2 to 220.135.240.11.
MAC Address: Enter the MAC Address of the host one by
one and click Add to create a list of hosts to be
assigned, deleted or edited IP address from above pool.
Set a list of MAC Address for 2
nd
DHCP server will help
modem to assign the correct IP address of the correct
subnet to the correct host. So those hosts in 2
nd
subnet
won’t get an IP address belonging to 1
st
subnet.
RIP Protocol Control,
Disable - deactivate the RIP protocol. It will lead to a
stoppage of the exchange of routing information between
modems. (Default)
1st Subnet - Select the modem to change the RIP
information of the 1st subnet with neighboring
modems.
2nd Subnet - Select the modem to change the RIP
information of the 2nd subnet with neighboring
modems.
DHCP Server
Configuration
DHCP stands for Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol. The
modem by factory default acts a DHCP server for your
network so it automatically dispatch related IP settings to
any local user configured as a DHCP client. It is highly
recommended that you leave the modem enabled as a DHCP
server if you do not have a DHCP server for your network.
If you want to use another DHCP server in the network other
than the Vigor Router’s, you can let Relay Agent help you to
redirect the DHCP request to the specified location.
Disable Server – Let you manually assign IP address to every
host in the LAN.
Enable Server - Let the modem assign IP address to every
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
53
host in the LAN.
Relay Agent – (1
st
subnet/2
nd
subnet) Specify which
subnet that DHCP server is located the relay agent
should redirect the DHCP request to.
DHCP Server IP Address –Set the IP address of the DHCP
server you are going to use so the Relay Agent can help
to forward the DHCP request to the DHCP server.
Start IP Address - Enter a value of the IP address pool
for the DHCP server to start with when issuing IP
addresses. If the 1st IP address of your modem is
192.168.1.1, the starting IP address must be
192.168.1.2 or greater, but smaller than 192.168.1.254.
IP Pool Counts - Enter the maximum number of PCs that
you want the DHCP server to assign IP addresses to. The
default is 50 and the maximum is 253.
Gateway IP Address - Enter a value of the gateway IP
address for the DHCP server. The value is usually as
same as the 1st IP address of the modem, which means
the modem is the default gateway.
Lease Time – Enter the time to determine how long the
IP address assigned by DHCP server can be used.
Advanced – If required, click it to set option number for
DHCP.
DNS Server IP Address DNS stands for Domain Name System. Every Internet host
must have a unique IP address, also they may have a
human-friendly, easy to remember name such as
www.yahoo.com. The DNS server converts the user-friendly
name into its equivalent IP address.
Primary IP Address -You must specify a DNS server IP address
here because your ISP should provide you with usually more
than one DNS Server.
Secondary IP Address - You can specify secondary DNS server
IP address here because your ISP often provides you more
than one DNS Server.
The default DNS Server IP address can be found via Online
Status:
If both the Primary IP and Secondary IP Address fields are left
empty, the router will assign its own IP address to local users
as a DNS proxy server and maintain a DNS cache.
If the IP address of a domain name is already in the DNS
cache, the router will resolve the domain name immediately.
Otherwise, the router forwards the DNS query packet to the
external DNS server by establishing a WAN (e.g. DSL/Cable)
connection.
Force router to use address for DNS-
Force Vigor modem to
use DNS servers in this page instead of DNS servers given by
the Internet Access server (PPPoE, PPTP, L2TP or DHCP
server).
When you finish the configuration, please click OK to save and exit this page.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
5
4
Private IP addresses can be assigned automatically to LAN clients using Dynamic Host
Configuration Protocol (DHCP), or manually assigned. The DHCP server can either be the
router (the most common case), or a separate server, that hands out IP addresses to DHCP
clients.
Alternatively, static IP addresses can be manually configured on LAN clients as part of their
network settings. No matter how IP addresses are configured, it is important that no two
devices get the same IP address. If both DHCP and static assignment are used on a network, it
is important to exclude the static IP addresses from the DHCP IP pool. For example, if your
LAN uses the 192.168.1.x subnet and you have 20 DHCP clients and 20 static IP clients, you
could configure 192.168.1.10 as the Start IP Address, 50 as the IP Pool Counts (enough for the
current number of DHCP clients, plus room for future expansion), and use addresses greater
than 192.168.1.100 for static assignment.
I
I
I
I
-
-
2
2
-
-
1
1
-
-
2
2
D
D
e
e
t
t
a
a
i
i
l
l
s
s
P
P
a
a
g
g
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
L
L
A
A
N
N
1
1
–
–
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
S
S
e
e
t
t
u
u
p
p
There are two configuration pages for LAN1, Ethernet TCP/IP and DHCP Setup (based on IPv4)
and IPv6 Setup. Click the tab for each type and refer to the following explanations for
detailed information. Below shows the settings page for IPv6.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
55
It provides 2 daemons for LAN side IPv6 address configuration. One is SLAAC(stateless) and
the other is DHCPv6 (Stateful) server.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable IPv6 Check the box to enable the configuration of LAN 1 IPv6
Setup.
WAN Primary Interface Use the drop down list to specify a WAN interface for IPv6.
Static IPv6 Address
configuration
IPv6 Address –Type static IPv6 address for LAN.
Prefix Length – Type the fixed value for prefix length.
Add – Click it to add a new entry.
Delete – Click it to remove an existed entry.
Unique Local Address Unique Local Addresses (ULAs) are private IPv6 addresses
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
56
(ULA) configuration assigned to LAN clients.
Off - ULA is disabled.
Manually ULA Prefix - LAN clients will be assigned ULAs
generated based on the prefix manually entered.
Auto ULA Prefix - LAN clients will be assigned ULAs using an
automatically-determined prefix.
Current IPv6 Address
Table
Display current used IPv6 addresses.
DNS Server IPv6 Address Deploy when WAN is up – The RA (router advertisement)
packets will be sent to LAN PC with DNS server information
only when network connection by any one of WAN interfaces
is up.
Enable – The RA (router advertisement) packets will be sent
to LAN PC with DNS server information no matter WAN
connection is up or not.
Primary DNS Sever – Type the IPv6 address for Primary
DNS server.
Secondary DNS Server –Type another IPv6 address for
DNS server if required.
Disable – DNS server will not be used.
Management Configures the Managed Address Configuration flag (M-bit) in
Route Advertisements.
Off - No configuration information is sent using Route
Advertisements.
SLAAC(stateless) - M-bit is unset.
DHCPv6(stateful) - M-bit is set, which indicates to LAN
clients that they should acquire all IPv6 configuration
information from a DHCPv6 server. The DHCPv6 server
can either be the one built into the Vigor2860, or a
separate DHCPv6 server.
Other Option(O-bit) When selected, the Other Configuration flag is set, which
indicates to LAN clients that IPv6 configuration information
besides LAN IPv6 addresses is available from a DHCPv6
server.
Setting the M-bit (see Management above) has the same
effect as implicitly setting the O-bit, as DHCPv6 supplies all
IPv6 configuration information, including what is indicated as
available when the O-bit is set.
DHCPv6 Server Enable Server –Click it to enable DHCPv6 server. DHCPv6
Server could assign IPv6 address to PC according to the
Start/End IPv6 address configuration.
Disable Server –Click it to disable DHCPv6 server.
Auto IPv6 range – After check the box, Vigor router will
assign the IPv6 range automatically.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
5
7
Start IPv6 Address / End IPv6 Address –Type the start and
end address for IPv6 server.
Advance setting – Click the Edit button to configure
advanced IPv6 settings for DHCPv6 server.
Advance setting The Advanced Settings page has additional settings for
Router Advertisement and enabling multiple WANs for IPv6
traffic.
Router Advertisement Configuration – Click Enable to
enable router advertisement server. The router
advertisement daemon sends Router Advertisement
messages, specified by RFC 2461, to a local Ethernet LAN
periodically and when requested by a node sending a Router
Solicitation message. These messages are required for IPv6
stateless auto-configuration.
Disable – Click it to disable router advertisement server.
Hop Limt – The value is required for the device behind the
router when IPv6 is in use.
Min/Max Interval Time (sec) – It defines the interval
(between minimum time and maximum time) for sending RA
(Router Advertisement) packets.
Default Lifetime (sec) –Within such period of time, Vigor160
can be treated as the default gateway.
Default Preference – It determines the priority of the host
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
58
behind the router when RA (Router Advertisement) packets
are transmitted.
MTU – It means Max Transmit Unit for packet. If Auto is
selected, the router will determine the MTU value for LAN.
Extension WAN – In addition to the default WAN used for
IPv6 traffic specified in the WAN Primary Interface in the LAN
IPv6 Setup page, additional WANs can be selected to carry
IPv6 traffic by enabling them in the Extension WAN section.
Available WAN – Additional WANs available but not currently
selected to carry IPv6 traffic.
Selected WAN – Additional WANs selected to carry IPv6
traffic.
After making changes on the Advance setting page, click the OK button to retain the changes
and return to the LAN IPv6 Setup page. Be sure to click OK on the LAN IPv6 Setup page or else
changes made on the Advance setting page will not be saved.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
59
I
I
I
I
-
-
2
2
-
-
2
2
B
B
i
i
n
n
d
d
I
I
P
P
t
t
o
o
M
M
A
A
C
C
This function is used to bind the IP and MAC address in LAN to have a strengthening control in
network. With the Bind IP to MAC feature you can reserve LAN IP addresses for LAN clients.
Each reserved IP address is associated with a Media Access Control (MAC) address.
Click LAN and click Bind IP to MAC to open the setup page.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable Click this radio button to invoke this function. However,
IP/MAC which is not listed in IP Bind List also can connect to
Internet.
Disable Click this radio button to disable this function. All the
settings on this page will be invalid.
Strict Bind Check the box to block the connection of the IP/MAC which is
not listed in IP Bind List.
ARP Table This table is the LAN ARP table of this router. The
information for IP and MAC will be displayed in this field.
Each pair of IP and MAC address listed in ARP table can be
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
60
selected and added to IP Bind List by clicking Add below.
Select All Select all entries in the ARP Table for manipulation.
Sort Reorder the entry based on the IP address.
Refresh Refresh the ARP table listed below to obtain the newest ARP
table information.
Add / Update to IP Bind
List
IP Address – Type the IP address to be associated with a
MAC address.
Mac Address – Type the MAC address of the LAN client’s
network interface.
Comment – Type a brief description for the entry.
Add - It allows you to add the one you choose from the ARP
table or the IP/MAC address typed in Add and Edit to the
table of IP Bind List.
Update - It allows you to edit and modify the selected IP
address and MAC address that you create before.
Delete - You can remove any item listed in IP Bind List.
Simply click and select the one, and click Delete. The
selected item will be removed from the IP Bind List.
IP Bind List It displays a list for the IP bind to MAC information.
Backup IP Bind List Click Backup and enter a filename to back up IP Bind List to a
file.
Upload From File
Click Browse… to select an IP Bind List backup file. Click
Restore to restore the backup and overwrite the existing
list.
Info
Before you select Strict Bind, you have to bind one set of IP/MAC address for
one PC. If not, no one of the PCs can access into Internet. And the web user
interface of the router might not be accessed.
When you finish the configuration, click OK to save the settings.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
61
I
I
I
I
-
-
3
3
N
N
A
A
T
T
Usually, the router serves as an NAT (Network Address Translation) router. NAT is a
mechanism that one or more private IP addresses can be mapped into a single public one.
Public IP address is usually assigned by your ISP, for which you may get charged. Private IP
addresses are recognized only among internal hosts.
When the outgoing packets destined to some public server on the Internet reach the NAT
router, the router will change its source address into the public IP address of the router,
select the available public port, and then forward it. At the same time, the router shall list an
entry in a table to memorize this address/port-mapping relationship. When the public server
response, the incoming traffic, of course, is destined to the router’s public IP address and the
router will do the inversion based on its table. Therefore, the internal host can communicate
with external host smoothly.
The benefit of the NAT includes:
Save cost on applying public IP address and apply efficient usage of IP address. NAT
allows the internal IP addresses of local hosts to be translated into one public IP address,
thus you can have only one IP address on behalf of the entire internal hosts.
Enhance security of the internal network by obscuring the IP address. There are
many attacks aiming victims based on the IP address. Since the attacker cannot be
aware of any private IP addresses, the NAT function can protect the internal network.
Info
On NAT page, you will see the private IP address defined in RFC-1918.
Usually we use the 192.168.1.0/24 subnet for the router. As stated before,
the NAT facility can map one or more IP addresses and/or service ports into
different specified services. In other words, the NAT function can be
achieved by using port mapping methods.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
62
W
W
e
e
b
b
U
U
s
s
e
e
r
r
I
I
n
n
t
t
e
e
r
r
f
f
a
a
c
c
e
e
I
I
I
I
-
-
3
3
-
-
1
1
P
P
o
o
r
r
t
t
R
R
e
e
d
d
i
i
r
r
e
e
c
c
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Port Redirection is usually set up for server related service inside the local network (LAN),
such as web servers, FTP servers, E-mail servers etc. Most of the case, you need a public IP
address for each server and this public IP address/domain name are recognized by all users.
Since the server is actually located inside the LAN, the network well protected by NAT of the
router, and identified by its private IP address/port, the goal of Port Redirection function is
to forward all access request with public IP address from external users to the mapping
private IP address/port of the server.
The port redirection can only apply to incoming traffic.
To use this function, please go to NAT page and choose Port Redirection web page. The Port
Redirection Table provides 40 port-mapping entries for the internal hosts.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
63
Each item is explained as follows:
Item Description
Index Display the number of the profile.
Enable Check the box to enable the profile.
Service Name Display the description of the specific network service.
WAN Interface Display the WAN IP address used by the profile.
Protocol Display the transport layer protocol (TCP or UDP).
Public Port Display the port number which will be redirected to the
specified Private IP and Port of the internal host.
Source IP Display the source IP address or object.
Private IP Display the IP address of the internal host providing the
service.
Press any number under Index to access into next page for configuring port redirection.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
64
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable Check this box to enable such port redirection setting.
Mode Two options (Single and Range) are provided here for you to
choose. To set a range for the specific service, select Range.
In Range mode, if the public port (start port and end port)
and the starting IP of private IP had been entered, the
system will calculate and display the ending IP of private IP
automatically.
Service Name Enter the description of the specific network service.
Protocol Select the transport layer protocol (TCP or UDP).
WAN Interface Select the WAN IP used for port redirection. There are eight
WAN IP alias that can be selected and used for port
redirection.
The default setting is All which means all the incoming data
from any port will be redirected to all intefaces.
Public Port Specify which port can be redirected to the specified Private
IP and Port of the internal host. If you choose Range as the
port redirection mode, you will see two boxes on this field.
Type the required number on the first box (as the starting
port) and the second box (as the ending port).
Source IP Use the drop down list to specify an IP object. Or click IP
Object link to create a new one for applying.
Private IP Specify the private IP address of the internal host providing
the service. If you choose Range as the port redirection
mode, you will see two boxes on this field. Type a complete
IP address in the first box (as the starting point). The second
one will be assigned automatically later.
Private Port Specify the private port number of the service offered by the
internal host.
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
65
Note that the router has its own built-in services (servers) such as Telnet, HTTP and FTP etc.
Since the common port numbers of these services (servers) are all the same, you may need to
reset the router in order to avoid confliction.
For example, the built-in web user interface in the router is with default port 80, which may
conflict with the web server in the local network, http://192.168.1.13:80. Therefore, you
need to change the router’s http port to any one other than the default port 80 to avoid
conflict, such as 8080. This can be set in the System Maintenance >>Management Setup. You
then will access the admin screen of by suffixing the IP address with 8080, e.g.,
http://192.168.1.1:8080 instead of port 80.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
66
I
I
I
I
-
-
3
3
-
-
2
2
D
D
M
M
Z
Z
H
H
o
o
s
s
t
t
As mentioned above, Port Redirection can redirect incoming TCP/UDP or other traffic on
particular ports to the specific private IP address/port of host in the LAN. However, other IP
protocols, for example Protocols 50 (ESP) and 51 (AH), do not travel on a fixed port. Vigor
router provides a facility DMZ Host that maps ALL unsolicited data on any protocol to a single
host in the LAN. Regular web surfing and other such Internet activities from other clients will
continue to work without inappropriate interruption. DMZ Host allows a defined internal user
to be totally exposed to the Internet, which usually helps some special applications such as
Netmeeting or Internet Games etc.
The security properties of NAT are somewhat bypassed if you set up DMZ host. We suggest
you to add additional filter rules or a secondary firewall.
Click DMZ Host to open the following page. You can set different DMZ host for each WAN
interface. Click the WAN tab to switch into the configuration page for that WAN.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
67
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
WAN1 Choose Private IP, Active True IP or None first.
Private IP Enter the private IP address of the DMZ host, or click Choose
IP to select one.
Choose IP Click this button and then a window will automatically pop
up, as depicted below. The window consists of a list of private
IP addresses of all hosts in your LAN network. Select one
private IP address in the list to be the DMZ host.
When you have selected one private IP from the above dialog,
the IP address will be shown on the following screen. Click OK
to save the setting.
If you previously have set up WAN Alias for PPPoE or Static or Dynamic IP mode in WAN
interface, you will find them in Aux. WAN IP for your selection.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable Check to enable the DMZ Host function.
Private IP Enter the private IP address of the DMZ host, or click Choose
IP to select one.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
68
Choose IP Click this button and then a window will automatically pop
up, as depicted below. The window consists of a list of
private IP addresses of all hosts in your LAN network. Select
one private IP address in the list to be the DMZ host.
When you have selected one private IP from the above
dialog, the IP address will be shown on the screen. Click OK
to save the setting.
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
69
I
I
I
I
-
-
3
3
-
-
3
3
O
O
p
p
e
e
n
n
P
P
o
o
r
r
t
t
s
s
Open Ports allows you to open a range of ports for the traffic of special applications.
Common application of Open Ports includes P2P application (e.g., BT, KaZaA, Gnutella,
WinMX, eMule and others), Internet Camera etc. Ensure that you keep the application
involved up-to-date to avoid falling victim to any security exploits.
Click Open Ports to open the following page:
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Index Indicate the relative number for the particular entry that you
want to offer service in a local host. You should click the
appropriate index number to edit or clear the corresponding
entry.
Enable Check it to enable the profile.
Comment Specify the name for the defined network service.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
70
WAN Interface Display the WAN interface used by such index.
Aux. WAN IP Display the IP alias setting used by such index. If no IP alias
setting exists, such field will not appear.
Source IP Display the name of source IP object.
Local IP Address Display the private IP address of the local host offering the
service.
Backup Click it to backup current settings of Open Ports as a file.
Restore Click it to restore Open Ports configuration file.
To add or edit port settings, click one index number on the page. The index entry setup page
will pop up. In each index entry, you can specify 10 port ranges for diverse services.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable Open Ports Check to enable this entry.
Comment Make a name for the defined network application/service.
WAN Interface Specify the WAN interface that will be used for this entry.
Source IP Use the drop down list to specify an IP object. Or click IP
Object link to create a new one for applying.
Private IP Enter the private IP address of the local host or click Choose
IP to select one.
Choose IP - Click this button and, subsequently, a window
having a list of private IP addresses of local hosts will
automatically pop up. Select the appropriate IP address of
the local host in the list.
Protocol Specify the transport layer protocol. It could be TCP, UDP,
or ----- (none) for selection.
Start Port Specify the starting port number of the service offered by
the local host.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
71
End Port Specify the ending port number of the service offered by the
local host.
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
I
I
I
I
-
-
3
3
-
-
4
4
A
A
L
L
G
G
ALG means Application Layer Gateway. There are two methods provided by Vigor router,
RTSP (Real Time Streaming Protocol) ALG and SIP (Session Initiation Protocol) ALG, for
processing the packets of voice and video.
RTSP ALG makes RTSP message, RTCP message, and RTP packets of voice and video be
transmitted and received correctly via NAT by Vigor router.
However, SIP ALG makes SIP message and RTP packets of voice be transmitted and received
correctly via NAT by Vigor router.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable ALG Check to enable such function.
Listen Port Type a port number for SIP or RTSP protocol.
TCP Check the box to make correspond protocol message packet
from TCP transmit and receive via NAT.
UDP Check the box to make correspond protocol message packet
from UDP transmit and receive via NAT.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
72
I
I
I
I
-
-
4
4
A
A
p
p
p
p
l
l
i
i
c
c
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
s
s
D
D
y
y
n
n
a
a
m
m
i
i
c
c
D
D
N
N
S
S
The ISP often provides you with a dynamic IP address when you connect to the Internet via
your ISP. It means that the public IP address assigned to your router changes each time you
access the Internet. The Dynamic DNS feature lets you assign a domain name to a dynamic
WAN IP address. It allows the router to update its online WAN IP address mappings on the
specified Dynamic DNS server. Once the router is online, you will be able to use the registered
domain name to access the router or internal virtual servers from the Internet. It is
particularly helpful if you host a web server, FTP server, or other server behind the router.
Before you use the Dynamic DNS feature, you have to apply for free DDNS service to the DDNS
service providers. The router provides up to three accounts from three different DDNS service
providers. Basically, Vigor routers are compatible with the DDNS services supplied by most
popular DDNS service providers such as www.dyndns.org, www.no-ip.com, www.dtdns.com,
www.changeip.com, www.dynamic- nameserver.com. You should visit their websites to
register your own domain name for the router.
S
S
c
c
h
h
e
e
d
d
u
u
l
l
e
e
The Vigor router has a built-in clock which can update itself manually or automatically by
means of Network Time Protocols (NTP). As a result, you can not only schedule the router to
dialup to the Internet at a specified time, but also restrict Internet access to certain hours so
that users can connect to the Internet only during certain hours, say, business hours. The
schedule is also applicable to other functions.
U
U
P
P
n
n
P
P
The UPnP (Universal Plug and Play) protocol is supported to bring to network connected
devices the ease of installation and configuration which is already available for directly
connected PC peripherals with the existing Windows 'Plug and Play' system. For NAT routers,
the major feature of UPnP on the router is “NAT Traversal”. This enables applications inside
the firewall to automatically open the ports that they need to pass through a router.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
73
W
W
e
e
b
b
U
U
s
s
e
e
r
r
I
I
n
n
t
t
e
e
r
r
f
f
a
a
c
c
e
e
I
I
I
I
-
-
4
4
-
-
1
1
D
D
y
y
n
n
a
a
m
m
i
i
c
c
D
D
N
N
S
S
E
E
n
n
a
a
b
b
l
l
e
e
t
t
h
h
e
e
F
F
u
u
n
n
c
c
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
a
a
n
n
d
d
A
A
d
d
d
d
a
a
D
D
y
y
n
n
a
a
m
m
i
i
c
c
D
D
N
N
S
S
A
A
c
c
c
c
o
o
u
u
n
n
t
t
1. Assume you have a registered domain name from the DDNS provider, say
hostname.dyndns.org, and an account with username: test and password: test.
2. Open Applications>>Dynamic DNS.
3. In the DDNS setup menu, check Enable Dynamic DNS Setup.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable Dynamic DNS
Setup
Check this box to enable DDNS function.
Set to Factory
Default
Clear all profiles and recover to factory settings.
View Log Display DDNS log status.
Force Update Force the router updates its information to DDNS server.
Auto-Update
interval
Set the time for the router to perform auto update for DDNS
service.
Index Click the number below Index to access into the setting page
of DDNS setup to set account(s).
Enable Check the box to enable this account.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
7
4
Domain Name Display the domain name that you set on the setting page of
DDNS setup.
4. Select Index number 1 to add an account for the router. Check Enable Dynamic DNS
Account, and choose correct Service Provider: dyndns.org, type the registered
hostname: hostname and domain name suffix: dyndns.org in the Domain Name block.
The following two blocks should be typed your account Login Name: test and Password:
test.
If User-Defined is specified as the service provider, the web page will be changed
slightly as follows:
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable Dynamic DNS
Account
Check this box to enable the current account. If you did
check the box, you will see a check mark appeared on the
Active column of the previous web page in step 2).
Service Provider Select the service provider for the DDNS account.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
75
Provider Host Type the IP address or the domain name of the host which
provides related service.
Note that such option is available when Customized is
selected as Service Provider.
Service API Type the API information obtained from DDNS server.
Note that such option is available when Customized is
selected as Service Provider.
(e.g:
/dynamic/dns/update.asp?u=jo***&p=jo********&hostname=j*
***.changeip.org&ip=###IP### &cmd=update&offline=0)
Auth Type Two types can be used for authentication.
Basic – Username and password defined later can be shown
from the packets captured.
URL - Username and password defined later can be shown in
URL.
(e.g., http://ns1.vigorddns.com/ddns.php?username=xxxx&
password=xxxx&domain=xxxx.vigorddns.com)
Note that such option is available when Customized is
selected as Service Provider.
Connection Type There are two connection types (HTTP and HTTPs) to be
specified. Note that such option is available when
Customized is selected as Service Provider.
Server Response Type any text that you want to receive from the DDNS
server.
Note that such option is available when Customized is
selected as Service Provider.
Login Name Type in the login name that you set for applying domain.
Password Type in the password that you set for applying domain.
Wildcard and
Backup MX
The Wildcard and Backup MX (Mail Exchange) features are
not supported for all Dynamic DNS providers. You could get
more detailed information from their websites.
Mail Extender If the mail server is defined with another name, please type
the name in this area. Such mail server will be used as
backup mail exchange.
Determine WAN IP If a Vigor router is installed behind any NAT router, you can
enable such function to locate the real WAN IP.
When the WAN IP used by Vigor router is private IP, this
function can detect the public IP used by the NAT router and
use the detected IP address for DDNS update.
There are two methods offered for you to choose:
WAN IP - If it is selected and the WAN IP of Vigor router
is private, DDNS update will take place right away.
Internet IP – If it is selected and the WAN IP of Vigor
router is private, it will be converted to public IP
before DDNS update takes place.
5. Click OK button to activate the settings. You will see your setting has been saved.
D
D
i
i
s
s
a
a
b
b
l
l
e
e
t
t
h
h
e
e
F
F
u
u
n
n
c
c
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
a
a
n
n
d
d
C
C
l
l
e
e
a
a
r
r
a
a
l
l
l
l
D
D
y
y
n
n
a
a
m
m
i
i
c
c
D
D
N
N
S
S
A
A
c
c
c
c
o
o
u
u
n
n
t
t
s
s
Uncheck Enable Dynamic DNS Setup, and click Clear All button to disable the function and
clear all accounts from the router.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
76
I
I
I
I
-
-
4
4
-
-
2
2
S
S
c
c
h
h
e
e
d
d
u
u
l
l
e
e
The Vigor router has a built-in clock which can update itself manually or automatically by
means of Network Time Protocols (NTP). As a result, you can not only schedule the router to
dialup to the Internet at a specified time, but also restrict Internet access to certain hours so
that users can connect to the Internet only during certain hours, say, business hours. The
schedule is also applicable to other functions.
You have to set your time before set schedule. In System Maintenance>> Time and Date
menu, press Inquire Time button to set the Vigor router’s clock to current time of your PC.
The clock will reset once if you power down or reset the router. There is another way to set
up time. You can inquiry an NTP server (a time server) on the Internet to synchronize the
router’s clock. This method can only be applied when the WAN connection has been built up.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Current System Time Display the time Vigor router used.
System time set Click it to acess into the time setup page (System
Maintenance>>Time and Date).
Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles and recover to factory settings.
Enable Click the box to enable such schedule profile.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
7
7
Index Click the index number link to access into the setting page of
schedule.
Comment Display the name of the time schedule.
Time Display the valid time period by time bar.
Frequency Display which day(s) will be always on and which day(s) will
be always off of the schedule profile by color boxes.
- If it lights in green, it means such schedule is active.
You can set up to 15 schedules. Then you can apply them to your Internet Access or VPN and
Remote Access >> LAN to LAN settings.
To add a schedule:
1. Click any index, say Index No. 1.
2. The detailed settings of the schedule with index 1 will be shown below.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable Schedule
Setup
Check to enable the schedule.
Comment Type a short description for such schedule.
Start Date
(yyyy-mm-dd)
Specify the starting date of the schedule.
Start Time (hh:mm) Specify the starting time of the schedule.
Duration Time
(hh:mm)
Specify the duration (or period) for the schedule.
End Time (hh:mm) It will be calculated automatically when Start Time and
Duration Time are configured well.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
78
Action Specify which action should be applied during the period of
the schedule.
Force On -Force the connection to be always on.
Force Down -Force the connection to be always down.
How Often Specify how often the schedule will be applied.
Once -The schedule will be applied just once
Weekdays -Specify which days in one week should
perform the schedule.
Monthly, on date – The router will only execute the
action applied such schedule on the date (1 to 28) of a
month.
Cycle duration – Type a number as cycle duration.
Then, any action applied such schedule will be
executed per several days. For example, “3” is selected
as cycle duration. That means, the action applied such
schedule will be executed every three days since the
date defined on the Start Date.
3. Click OK button to save the settings.
Example
Suppose you want to control the PPPoE Internet access connection to be always on (Force On)
from 9:00 to 18:00 for whole week. Other time the Internet access connection should be
disconnected (Force Down).
Office
Hour:
(Force On)
Mon - Sun 9:00 am to 6:00 pm
1. Make sure the PPPoE connection and Time Setup is working properly.
2. Configure the PPPoE always on from 9:00 to 18:00 for whole week.
3. Configure the Force Down from 18:00 to next day 9:00 for whole week.
4. Assign these two profiles to the PPPoE Internet access profile. Now, the PPPoE Internet
connection will follow the schedule order to perform Force On or Force Down action
according to the time plan that has been pre-defined in the schedule profiles.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
79
I
I
I
I
-
-
4
4
-
-
3
3
U
U
P
P
n
n
P
P
The UPnP (Universal Plug and Play) protocol is supported to bring to network connected
devices the ease of installation and configuration which is already available for directly
connected PC peripherals with the existing Windows 'Plug and Play' system. For NAT routers,
the major feature of UPnP on the router is “NAT Traversal”. This enables applications inside
the firewall to automatically open the ports that they need to pass through a router.
Info
UPnP is required for some applications such as PPS, Skype, eMule...and etc.
If you are not familiar with UPnP, it is suggested to turn off this function for
security.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable UPNP Service Accordingly, you can enable either the Connection Control
Service or Connection Status Service.
Default WAN It is used to specify the WAN interface for applying such
function.
The reminder as regards concern about Firewall and UPnP:
Can't work with Firewall Software
Enabling firewall applications on your PC may cause the UPnP function not working properly.
This is because these applications will block the accessing ability of some network ports.
Security Considerations
Activating the UPnP function on your network may incur some security threats. You should
consider carefully these risks before activating the UPnP function.
Some Microsoft operating systems have found out the UPnP weaknesses and hence you
need to ensure that you have applied the latest service packs and patches.
Non-privileged users can control some router functions, including removing and adding
port mappings.
The UPnP function dynamically adds port mappings on behalf of some UPnP-aware
applications. When the applications terminate abnormally, these mappings may not be
removed.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
80
I
I
I
I
-
-
4
4
-
-
4
4
I
I
G
G
M
M
P
P
IGMP is the abbreviation of Internet Group Management Protocol. It is a communication
protocol which is mainly used for managing the membership of Internet Protocol multicast
groups.
I
I
I
I
-
-
4
4
-
-
4
4
-
-
1
1
G
G
e
e
n
n
e
e
r
r
a
a
l
l
S
S
e
e
t
t
t
t
i
i
n
n
g
g
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
IGMP Proxy Check this box to enable this function. The application of
multicast will be executed through WAN /PVC/VLAN port.
In addition, such function is available in NAT mode.
Interface – Specify an interface for packets passing
through.
IGMP version – At present, two versions (v2 and v3) are
supported by Vigor router. Choose the correct version
based on the IPTV service you subscribe.
General Query Interval – Vigor router will periodically
check which IP obtaining IPTV service by sending query. It
might cause inconvenience for client. Therefore, set a
suitable time (unit: second) as the query interval to limit
the frequency of query sent by Vigor router.
Add PPP header – Check this box if the interface type for
IGMP is PPPoE. It depends on the specifications regulated
by each ISP. If you have no idea to enable or disable, simply
contact your ISP providers.
IGMP Snooping Check this box to enable this function. Multicast traffic will
be forwarded to ports that have members of that group.
Disabling IGMP snooping will make multicast traffic treated
in the same manner as broadcast traffic.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
81
IGMP Fast Leave Check this box to make the router stop forwarding
multicast traffic to a LAN port as soon as it receives a leave
message from that port. Each LAN port should have one
IGMP host connected.
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
I
I
I
I
-
-
4
4
-
-
4
4
-
-
2
2
W
W
o
o
r
r
k
k
i
i
n
n
g
g
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
u
u
s
s
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Refresh Click this link to renew the working multicast group status.
Group ID This field displays the ID port for the multicast group. The
available range for IGMP starts from 224.0.0.0 to
239.255.255.254.
P1 to P2 It indicates the LAN port used for the multicast group.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
82
A
A
p
p
p
p
l
l
i
i
c
c
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
N
N
o
o
t
t
e
e
s
s
A
A
-
-
1
1
H
H
o
o
w
w
t
t
o
o
u
u
s
s
e
e
D
D
r
r
a
a
y
y
D
D
D
D
N
N
S
S
?
?
Vigor router supports various DDNS service providers, user can set up user-defined profile to
update the DDNS even the service provider is not on the list. Now, DrayTek starts to support
our own DDNS service - DrayDDNS. We will provide a domain name for each Vigor Router, this
single domain name can record IP addresses of all WAN.
A
A
c
c
t
t
i
i
v
v
a
a
t
t
e
e
D
D
r
r
a
a
y
y
D
D
D
D
N
N
S
S
L
L
i
i
c
c
e
e
n
n
s
s
e
e
1. Go to Wizards >> Service Activation Wizard, wait for the router to connect to MyVigor
server, then tick DT-DDNS and I have read and accept the above Agreement, click
Next.
2. Confirm the information, then click Activate.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
83
3. MyVigor server will reply with the service activation information.
C
C
o
o
n
n
f
f
i
i
g
g
u
u
r
r
e
e
D
D
D
D
N
N
S
S
P
P
r
r
o
o
f
f
i
i
l
l
e
e
1. Go to Applications >> Dynamic DNS Setup,
a. Tick Enable Dynamic DNS Setup
b. Click an available profile index
c. Tick Enable Dynamic DNS Account
d. Select DrayTek Global (www.drayddns.com) as Service Provider
e. Select the WAN you would like to upload the IP to DDNS server
f. Click Get domain
g. Click OK on the pop up notification window
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
8
4
2. Wait few seconds for router to get the domain name, then, we can click the profile to
check the information of license and domain name.
M
M
o
o
d
d
i
i
f
f
y
y
D
D
o
o
m
m
a
a
i
i
n
n
N
N
a
a
m
m
e
e
Currently, only the domain name is allowed to be modified MyVigor website. We will need to
register the router to MyVigor server, and log in to MyVigor website to modify it.
1. Please visit https://myvigor.draytek.com/ or go to Applications >> Dynamic DNS Setup
>> DrayDDNS profile and click Edit domain.
2. Log in to MyVigor Website, choose the profile, then click Edit DDNS settings.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
85
3. Input the desired Domain name (e.g., XXXX25) and click Update.
4. Vigor router will get the modified domain name when the it performs next DDNS
updating. We can click Sync domain to accelerate this process.
After few seconds, the router will get the new domain name and print it on the profiles
list.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
86
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
8
7
A
A
-
-
2
2
H
H
o
o
w
w
t
t
o
o
C
C
o
o
n
n
f
f
i
i
g
g
u
u
r
r
e
e
C
C
u
u
s
s
t
t
o
o
m
m
i
i
z
z
e
e
d
d
D
D
D
D
N
N
S
S
?
?
This article describes how to configure customized DDNS on Vigor routers to update your IP to
the DDNS server. We will take “Changeip.org” and “3322.net” as example. Before setting,
please make sure that the WAN connection is up.
P
P
a
a
r
r
t
t
A
A
:
:
C
C
h
h
a
a
n
n
g
g
e
e
i
i
p
p
.
.
o
o
r
r
g
g
Note that,
Username: jo***
Password: jo********
Host name: j*****.changeip.org
WAN IP address: 1.169.185.242
Following is the screenshot of editing the HTML script on the browser to update your IP to the
DDNS server.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
88
Now we have to configure the router so it can do the same job for us automatically.
1. Please go to Applications >> Dynamic DNS to create a profile for user-defined DDNS
client.
2. Set the Service Provider as User-Defined.
3. Set the Service API as:
/dynamic/dns/update.asp?u=jo***&p=jo********&hostname=j****.changeip.org&ip=###IP
### &cmd=update&offline=0
In which, ###IP### is a value which will be replaced with the current interface IP
address automatically when DDNS service is running. In this case the IP will be
1.169.185.242.
4. After setting, the Customized DDNS service will be up, and our IP will be updated to the
DDNS server.
P
P
a
a
r
r
t
t
B
B
:
:
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
.
.
n
n
e
e
t
t
Username: bi*******
Password: 88********
Host name: bi*******.3322.org
WAN IP address: 111.243.178.53
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
89
To update the IP to the DDNS server via editing the HTML script, we can type the following
script on the browser:
“good 111.243.178.53” means our IP has been updated to the server successfully.
Now we have to configure the router so it can do the same job for us automatically.
1. Please go to Applications >> Dynamic DNS to create a profile for User-Defined DDNS
client.
2. Set the Service Provider as User-Defined.
3. Set the Provider Host as member.3322.net.
4. Set the Service API as:
/dyndns/update?hostname=yourhost.3322.org&myip=###IP###&wildcard=OFF&mx=mail
.exchanger.ext&backmx=NO&offline=NO
5. Enter your account and password.
6. After the setting, the Customized DDNS service will be up, and our IP will be updated to
the DDNS server automatically.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
90
P
P
a
a
r
r
t
t
C
C
:
:
E
E
x
x
t
t
e
e
n
n
d
d
N
N
o
o
t
t
e
e
The customized Service Provider is also eligible with the ClouDNS.net.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
91
I
I
I
I
-
-
5
5
R
R
o
o
u
u
t
t
i
i
n
n
g
g
W
W
h
h
a
a
t
t
i
i
s
s
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
i
i
c
c
R
R
o
o
u
u
t
t
e
e
When you have several subnets in your LAN, sometimes a more effective and quicker way for
connection is the Static routes function rather than other method. You may simply set rules
to forward data from one specified subnet to another specified subnet without the presence
of RIP.
Info
For more detailed information about using policy route, refer to Support
>>FAQ/Application Notes on www.draytek.com.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
92
W
W
e
e
b
b
U
U
s
s
e
e
r
r
I
I
n
n
t
t
e
e
r
r
f
f
a
a
c
c
e
e
I
I
I
I
-
-
5
5
-
-
1
1
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
i
i
c
c
R
R
o
o
u
u
t
t
e
e
Static routing is an alternative to dynamic routing. It is a process that the system network
administrator can configure network routers with all the required information for packet
forwarding.
Go to Routing >> Static Route. The router offers IPv4 and IPv6 for you to configure the static
route. Both protocols bring different web pages.
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
i
i
c
c
R
R
o
o
u
u
t
t
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
I
I
P
P
v
v
4
4
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Set to Factory Default Clear all of the settings and return to factory default
settings.
Viewing Routing Table Displays the routing table for your reference.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
93
Index The number (1 to 30) under Index allows you to open next
page to set up static route.
Enable Check the box to enable such route.
Destination Address Displays the destination address of the static route.
Backup Click it to backup current settings of static route as a file.
Restore Click it to restore static route configuration file.
A
A
d
d
d
d
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
i
i
c
c
R
R
o
o
u
u
t
t
e
e
s
s
t
t
o
o
P
P
r
r
i
i
v
v
a
a
t
t
e
e
a
a
n
n
d
d
P
P
u
u
b
b
l
l
i
i
c
c
N
N
e
e
t
t
w
w
o
o
r
r
k
k
s
s
Here is an example (based on IPv4) of setting Static Route in Main Router so that user A and B
locating in different subnet can talk to each other via the router. Assuming the Internet
access has been configured and the router works properly:
use the Main Router to surf the Internet.
create a private subnet 192.168.10.0 using an internal Router A (192.168.1.2)
create a public subnet 211.100.88.0 via an internal Router B (192.168.1.3).
have set Main Router 192.168.1.1 as the default gateway for the Router A 192.168.1.2.
Before setting Static Route, user A cannot talk to user B for Router A can only forward
recognized packets to its default gateway Main Router.
1. Go to LAN page and click General Setup, select 1st Subnet as the RIP Protocol Control.
Then click the OK button.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
9
4
Info
There are two reasons that we have to apply RIP Protocol Control on
1st Subnet. The first is that the LAN interface can exchange RIP
packets with the neighboring routers via the 1st subnet
(192.168.1.0/24). The second is that those hosts on the internal
private subnets (ex. 192.168.10.0/24) can access the Internet via the
router, and continuously exchange of IP routing information with
different subnets.
2. Click the Routing >> Static Route and click on the Index Number 1. Check the Enable
box. Please add a static route as shown below, which regulates all packets destined to
192.168.10.0 will be forwarded to 192.168.1.2. Click OK.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable Click it to enable this profile.
Destination IP
Address
Type an IP address as the destination of such static route.
Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask for such static route.
Network Interface Use the drop down list to specify an interface for such
static route.
3. Return to Static Route Setup page. Click on another Index Number to add another
static route as show below, which regulates all packets destined to 211.100.88.0 will be
forwarded to 192.168.1.3. Click OK.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
95
4. Go to Diagnostics and choose Routing Table to verify current routing table.
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
i
i
c
c
R
R
o
o
u
u
t
t
e
e
f
f
o
o
r
r
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
You can set up to 40 profiles for IPv6 static route. Click the IPv6 tab to open the following
page:
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Set to Factory Default Clear all of the settings and return to factory default
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
96
settings.
Viewing IPv6 Routing
Table
Displays the routing table for your reference.
Index The number (1 to 40) under Index allows you to open next
page to set up static route.
Enable Check the box to enable such static route.
Destination Address Displays the destination address of the static route.
Backup Click it to backup current settings of static route as a file.
Restore Click it to restore static route configuration file.
Click any underline of index number to get the following page.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable Click it to enable this profile.
Destination IPv6 Address /
Prefix Len
Type the IP address with the prefix length for this entry.
Gateway IPv6 Address Type the gateway address for this entry.
Network Interface Use the drop down list to specify an interface for this static
route.
When you finish the configuration, please click OK to save and exit this page.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
9
7
P
P
a
a
r
r
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
S
S
e
e
c
c
u
u
r
r
i
i
t
t
y
y
While the broadband users demand more bandwidth
for multimedia, interactive applications, or distance
learning, security has been always the most
concerned. The firewall of the Vigor router helps to
protect your local network against attack from
unauthorized outsiders. It also restricts users in the
local network from accessing the Internet.
CSM is an abbreviation of Central Security Management
which is used to filter the web content and URL
content to reach a goal of security management.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
98
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
F
F
i
i
r
r
e
e
w
w
a
a
l
l
l
l
While the broadband users demand more bandwidth for multimedia, interactive applications,
or distance learning, security has been always the most concerned. The firewall of the Vigor
router helps to protect your local network against attack from unauthorized outsiders. It also
restricts users in the local network from accessing the Internet. Furthermore, it can filter out
specific packets that trigger the router to build an unwanted outgoing connection.
F
F
i
i
r
r
e
e
w
w
a
a
l
l
l
l
F
F
a
a
c
c
i
i
l
l
i
i
t
t
i
i
e
e
s
s
The users on the LAN are provided with secured protection by the following firewall facilities:
User-configurable IP filter (Call Filter/ Data Filter).
Stateful Packet Inspection (SPI): tracks packets and denies unsolicited incoming data
Selectable Denial of Service (DoS) /Distributed DoS (DDoS) attacks protection
I
I
P
P
F
F
i
i
l
l
t
t
e
e
r
r
s
s
Depending on whether there is an existing Internet connection, or in other words “the WAN
link status is up or down”, the IP filter architecture categorizes traffic into two: Call Filter
and Data Filter.
Call Filter - When there is no existing Internet connection, Call Filter is applied to all
traffic, all of which should be outgoing. It will check packets according to the filter rules.
If legal, the packet will pass. Then the router shall “initiate a call” to build the Internet
connection and send the packet to Internet.
Data Filter - When there is an existing Internet connection, Data Filter is applied to
incoming and outgoing traffic. It will check packets according to the filter rules. If legal,
the packet will pass the router.
The following illustrations are flow charts explaining how router will treat incoming traffic
and outgoing traffic respectively.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
99
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
e
e
f
f
u
u
l
l
P
P
a
a
c
c
k
k
e
e
t
t
I
I
n
n
s
s
p
p
e
e
c
c
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
(
(
S
S
P
P
I
I
)
)
Stateful inspection is a firewall architecture that works at the network layer. Unlike legacy
static packet filtering, which examines a packet based on the information in its header,
stateful inspection builds up a state machine to track each connection traversing all
interfaces of the firewall and makes sure they are valid. The stateful firewall of Vigor router
not only examines the header information also monitors the state of the connection.
D
D
e
e
n
n
i
i
a
a
l
l
o
o
f
f
S
S
e
e
r
r
v
v
i
i
c
c
e
e
(
(
D
D
o
o
S
S
)
)
D
D
e
e
f
f
e
e
n
n
s
s
e
e
The DoS Defense functionality helps you to detect and mitigate the DoS attack. The attacks
are usually categorized into two types, the flooding-type attacks and the vulnerability attacks.
The flooding-type attacks will attempt to exhaust all your system's resource while the
vulnerability attacks will try to paralyze the system by offending the vulnerabilities of the
protocol or operation system.
The DoS Defense function enables the Vigor router to inspect every incoming packet based on
the attack signature database. Any malicious packet that might duplicate itself to paralyze
the host in the secure LAN will be strictly blocked and a Syslog message will be sent as warning,
if you set up Syslog server.
Also the Vigor router monitors the traffic. Any abnormal traffic flow violating the pre-defined
parameter, such as the number of thresholds, is identified as an attack and the Vigor router
will activate its defense mechanism to mitigate in a real-time manner.
The below shows the attack types that DoS/DDoS defense function can detect:
1. SYN flood attack
2. UDP flood attack
3. ICMP flood attack
4. Port Scan attack
5. IP options
6. Land attack
7. Smurf attack
8. Trace route
9. SYN fragment
10. Fraggle attack
11. TCP flag scan
12. Tear drop attack
13. Ping of Death attack
14. ICMP fragment
15. Unassigned Numbers
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
100
W
W
e
e
b
b
U
U
s
s
e
e
r
r
I
I
n
n
t
t
e
e
r
r
f
f
a
a
c
c
e
e
Below shows the menu items for Firewall.
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
1
1
G
G
e
e
n
n
e
e
r
r
a
a
l
l
S
S
e
e
t
t
u
u
p
p
General Setup allows you to adjust settings of IP Filter and common options. Here you can
enable or disable the Call Filter or Data Filter. Under some circumstance, your filter set can
be linked to work in a serial manner. So here you assign the Start Filter Set only. Also you can
configure the Log Flag settings, Apply IP filter to VPN incoming packets, and Accept
incoming fragmented UDP packets.
Click Firewall and click General Setup to open the general setup page.
G
G
e
e
n
n
e
e
r
r
a
a
l
l
S
S
e
e
t
t
u
u
p
p
P
P
a
a
g
g
e
e
Such page allows you to enable / disable Call Filter and Data Filter, determine general rule
for filtering the incoming and outgoing data.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Call Filter Check Enable to activate the Call Filter function. Assign a
start filter set for the Call Filter.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
101
Data Filter Check Enable to activate the Data Filter function. Assign a
start filter set for the Data Filter.
Always pass inbound
fragmented large
packets…
Some on-line games (for example: Half Life) will use lots of
fragmented UDP packets to transfer game data. Instinctively
as a secure firewall, Vigor router will reject these
fragmented packets to prevent attack unless you enable
“Always pass inbound fragmented large packets…”. By
checking this box, you can play these kinds of on-line games.
If security concern is in higher priority, you cannot enable
“Always pass inbound fragmented large packets…”.
Enable Strict Security
Firewall
For the sake of security, the router will execute strict
security checking for data transmission.
Such feature is enabled in default. All the packets, while
transmitting through Vigor router, will be filtered by
firewall. If the firewall system (e.g., content filter server)
does not make any response (pass or block) for these
packets, then the router’s firewall will block the packets
directly.
Block routing connections
initiated from WAN
Usually, IPv6 network sessions/traffic from WAN to LAN will
be accepted by IPv6 firewall in default.
IPv6 - To prevent remote client accessing into the PCs on
LAN, check the box to make the packets (routed from WAN to
LAN) via IPv6 being blocked by such router. It is effective
only for the packets routed but not for packets translated by
NAT.
IPv4 - To prevent remote client accessing into the PCs on
LAN, check the box to make the incoming packets via IPv4
being blocked by such router. It is effective only for the
packets routed but not for packets translated by NAT.
Backup Firewall Click Backup to save the firewall configuration.
Restore Firewall Click Select to choose a firewall configuration file. Then
click Restore to apply the file.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
102
D
D
e
e
f
f
a
a
u
u
l
l
t
t
R
R
u
u
l
l
e
e
P
P
a
a
g
g
e
e
Such page allows you to choose filtering profiles including QoS, Load-Balance policy, WCF,
APP Enforcement, URL Content Filter, for data transmission via Vigor router.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Filter Select Pass or Block for the packets that do not match with
the filter rules.
Sessions Control The number typed here is the total sessions of the packets
that do not match the filter rule configured in this page. The
default setting is 60000.
URL Content Filter Select one of the URL Content Filter profile settings
(created in CSM>> URL Content Filter) for applying with this
router. Please set at least one profile for choosing in CSM>>
URL Content Filter web page first. Or choose [Create New]
from the drop down list in this page to create a new profile.
For troubleshooting needs, you can specify to record
information for URL Content Filter by checking the Log box.
It will be sent to Syslog server. Please refer to section
Syslog/Mail Alert for more detailed information.
Advance Setting Click Edit to open the following window. However, it is
strongly recommended to use the default settings here.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
103
Codepage - This function is used to compare the characters
among different languages. Choose correct codepage can
help the system obtain correct ASCII after decoding data
from URL and enhance the correctness of URL Content Filter.
The default value for this setting is ANSI 1252 Latin I. If you
do not choose any codepage, no decoding job of URL will be
processed. Please use the drop-down list to choose a
codepage.
If you do not have any idea of choosing suitable codepage,
please open Syslog. From Codepage Information of Setup
dialog, you will see the recommended codepage listed on the
dialog box.
Window size – It determines the size of TCP protocol
(0~65535). The more the value is, the better the
performance will be. However, if the network is not stable,
small value will be proper.
Session timeout – Setting timeout for sessions can make the
best utilization of network resources.
Backup Firewall Click Backup to save the firewall configuration.
Restore Firewall Click Select to choose a firewall configuration file. Then
click Restore to apply the file.
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
104
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
2
2
F
F
i
i
l
l
t
t
e
e
r
r
S
S
e
e
t
t
u
u
p
p
Click Firewall and click Filter Setup to open the setup page.
To edit or add a filter, click on the set number to edit the individual set. The following page
will be shown. Each filter set contains up to 7 rules. Click on the rule number button to edit
each rule. Check Active to enable the rule.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Filter Rule Click a button numbered (1 ~ 7) to edit the filter rule. Click
the button will open Edit Filter Rule web page. For the
detailed information, refer to the following page.
Active Enable or disable the filter rule.
Comment Enter filter set comments/description. Maximum length is
23–character long.
Direction Display the direction of packet.
Src IP / Dst IP Display the IP address of source /destination.
Service Type Display the type and port number of the packet.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
105
Action Display the packets to be passed /blocked.
CSM Display the content security managed
Move Up/Down Use Up or Down link to move the order of the filter rules.
Next Filter Set Set the link to the next filter set to be executed after the
current filter run. Do not make a loop with many filter sets.
Wizard Mode Allow to configure frequently used settings for filter rule via
several setting pages.
Advance Mode Allow to configure detailed settings of filter rule.
To use Wizard Mode, simple do the following steps:
1. Click the Wizard Mode radio button.
2. Click Index 1. The setting page will appear as follows:
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Comments Enter filter set comments/description. Maximum length is
14- character long.
Direction Set the direction of packet flow. It is for Data Filter only.
For the Call Filter, this setting is not available since Call
Filter is only applied to outgoing traffic.
Note: RT means routing domain for 2nd subnet or other
LAN.
Source/Destination IP
To set the IP address manually, please choose Any
Address/Single Address/Range Address/Subnet Address as
the Address Type and enter them in this field.
Protocol Specify the protocol(s) which this filter rule will apply to.
Source Port /
Destination Port
(=) – when the first and last value are the same, it indicates
one port; when the first and last values are different, it
indicates a range for the port and available for this service
type.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
106
(!=) – when the first and last value are the same, it
indicates all the ports except the port defined here; when
the first and last values are different, it indicates that all
the ports except the range defined here are available for
this service type.
(>) – the port number greater than this value is available.
(<) – the port number less than this value is available for
this profile.
3. Click Next to get the following page.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Pass Immediately Packets matching the rule will be passed immediately.
URL Content Filter - Select one of the URL Content Filter
profile settings (created in CSM>> URL Content Filter) for
applying with this router. Please set at least one profile for
choosing in CSM>> URL Content Filter web page first. Or
choose [Create New] from the drop down list in this page
to create a new profile. For troubleshooting needs, you can
specify to record information for URL Content Filter by
checking the Log box. It will be sent to Syslog server. Please
refer to section Syslog/Mail Alert for more detailed
information.
Block Immediately Packets matching the rule will be dropped immediately.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
107
4. After choosing the mechanism, click Next to get the summary page for reference.
5. If there is no error, click Finish to complete wizard setting.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
108
To use Advance Mode, do the following steps:
1. Click the Advance Mode radio button.
2. Click Index 1 to access into the following page.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable Check this box to enable the filter rule.
Comments Enter filter set comments/description. Maximum length is
14- character long.
Schedule Profile Set PCs on LAN to work at certain time interval only. You
may choose up to 4 schedules out of the 15 schedules
pre-defined in Applications >> Schedule setup. The
default setting of this field is blank and the function will
always work.
Clear sessions when
schedule ON
Check this box to clear the sessions when the above
schedule profiles are applied.
Direction Set the direction of packet flow. It is for Data Filter only.
For the Call Filter, this setting is not available since Call
Filter is only applied to outgoing traffic.
Note: RT means routing domain for 2nd subnet or other
LAN.
Source/Destination IP
Click Edit to access into the following dialog to choose the
source/destination IP or IP ranges.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
109
To set the IP address manually, please choose Any
Address/Single Address/Range Address/Subnet Address as
the Address Type and type them in this dialog. In addition,
if you want to use the IP range from defined groups or
objects, please choose Group and Objects as the Address
Type.
From the IP Group drop down list, choose the one that you
want to apply. Or use the IP Object drop down list to
choose the object that you want.
Service Type Click Edit to access into the following dialog to choose a
suitable service type.
To set the service type manually, please choose User
defined as the Service Type and type them in this dialog. In
addition, if you want to use the service type from defined
groups or objects, please choose Group and Objects as the
Service Type.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
110
Protocol - Specify the protocol(s) which this filter rule will
apply to.
Source/Destination Port –
(=) – when the first and last value are the same, it indicates
one port; when the first and last values are different, it
indicates a range for the port and available for this service
type.
(!=) – when the first and last value are the same, it
indicates all the ports except the port defined here; when
the first and last values are different, it indicates that all
the ports except the range defined here are available for
this service type.
(>) – the port number greater than this value is available.
(<) – the port number less than this value is available for
this profile.
Service Group/Object - Use the drop down list to choose
the one that you want.
Fragments Specify the action for fragmented packets. And it is used
for Data Filter only.
Don’t care -No action will be taken towards fragmented
packets.
Unfragmented -Apply the rule to unfragmented packets.
Fragmented - Apply the rule to fragmented packets.
Too Short - Apply the rule only to packets that are too short
to contain a complete header.
Filter Specifies the action to be taken when packets match the
rule.
Block Immediately - Packets matching the rule will be
dropped immediately.
Pass Immediately - Packets matching the rule will be
passed immediately.
Block If No Further Match - A packet matching the rule,
and that does not match further rules, will be dropped.
Pass If No Further Match - A packet matching the rule, and
that does not match further rules, will be passed through.
Branch to other Filter
Set
If the packet matches the filter rule, the next filter rule
will branch to the specified filter set. Select next filter rule
to branch from the drop-down menu. Be aware that the
router will apply the specified filter rule for ever and will
not return to previous filter rule any more.
Sessions Control The number typed here is the total sessions of the packets
that do not match the filter rule configured in this page.
The default setting is 60000.
MAC Bind IP
Strict –Make the MAC address and IP address settings
configured in IP Object for Source IP and Destination IP
are bound for applying such filter rule.
Non-Strict - no limitation.
URL Content Filter Select one of the URL Content Filter profile settings
(created in CSM>> URL Content Filter) for applying with
this router. Please set at least one profile for choosing in
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
111
CSM>> URL Content Filter web page first. Or choose
[Create New] from the drop down list in this page to create
a new profile. For troubleshooting needs, you can specify to
record information for URL Content Filter by checking the
Log box. It will be sent to Syslog server. Please refer to
section Syslog/Mail Alert for more detailed information.
Advance Setting Click Edit to open the following window. However, it is
strongly recommended to use the default settings here.
Codepage - This function is used to compare the characters
among different languages. Choose correct codepage can
help the system obtaining correct ASCII after decoding data
from URL and enhance the correctness of URL Content
Filter. The default value for this setting is ANSI 1252 Latin I.
If you do not choose any codepage, no decoding job of URL
will be processed. Please use the drop-down list to choose
a codepage.
If you do not have any idea of choosing suitable codepage,
please open Syslog. From Codepage Information of Setup
dialog, you will see the recommended codepage listed on
the dialog box.
Window size – It determines the size of TCP protocol
(0~65535). The more the value is, the better the
performance will be. However, if the network is not stable,
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
112
small value will be proper.
Session timeout–Setting timeout for sessions can make the
best utilization of network resources. However, Queue
timeout is configured for TCP protocol only; session
timeout is configured for the data flow which matched with
the firewall rule.
DrayTek Banner – Please uncheck this box and the
following screen will not be shown for the unreachable web
page. The default setting is Enabled.
3. When you finish the configuration, please click OK to save and exit this page.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
113
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
3
3
D
D
e
e
f
f
e
e
n
n
s
s
e
e
S
S
e
e
t
t
u
u
p
p
As a sub-functionality of IP Filter/Firewall, there are 15 types of detect/ defense function in
the DoS Defense setup. The DoS Defense functionality is disabled for default.
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
3
3
-
-
1
1
D
D
o
o
S
S
D
D
e
e
f
f
e
e
n
n
s
s
e
e
Click Firewall and click Defense Setup to open the setup page.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable Dos Defense Check the box to activate the DoS Defense Functionality.
Select All - Click this button to select all the items listed
below.
White/Black List Option – Set white/black list of IPv4/IPv6
address.
Enable SYN flood defense Check the box to activate the SYN flood defense function.
Once detecting the Threshold of the TCP SYN packets from
the Internet has exceeded the defined value, the Vigor
router will start to randomly discard the subsequent TCP
SYN packets for a period defined in Timeout. The goal for
this is prevent the TCP SYN packets’ attempt to exhaust the
limited-resource of Vigor router.
By default, the threshold and timeout values are set to
2000 packets per second and 10 seconds, respectively. That
means, when 2000 packets per second received, they will
be regarded as “attack event” and the session will be
paused for 10 seconds.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
114
Enable UDP flood defense
Check the box to activate the UDP flood defense function.
Once detecting the Threshold of the UDP packets from the
Internet has exceeded the defined value, the Vigor router
will start to randomly discard the subsequent UDP packets
for a period defined in Timeout.
The default setting for threshold and timeout are 2000
packets per second and 10 seconds, respectively. That
means, when 2000 packets per second received, they will
be regarded as “attack event” and the session will be
paused for 10 seconds.
Enable ICMP flood defense
Check the box to activate the ICMP flood defense function.
Similar to the UDP flood defense function, once if the
Threshold of ICMP packets from Internet has exceeded the
defined value, the router will discard the ICMP echo
requests coming from the Internet.
The default setting for threshold and timeout are 250
packets per second and 10 seconds, respectively. That
means, when 250 packets per second received, they will be
regarded as “attack event” and the session will be paused
for 10 seconds.
Enable Port Scan
detection
Port Scan attacks the Vigor router by sending lots of packets
to many ports in an attempt to find ignorant services would
respond. Check the box to activate the Port Scan
detection. Whenever detecting this malicious exploration
behavior by monitoring the port-scanning Threshold rate,
the Vigor router will send out a warning.
By default, the Vigor router sets the threshold as 2000
packets per second. That means, when 2000 packets per
second received, they will be regarded as “attack event”.
Block IP options Check the box to activate the Block IP options function.
The Vigor router will ignore any IP packets with IP option
field in the datagram header. The reason for limitation is IP
option appears to be a vulnerability of the security for the
LAN because it will carry significant information, such as
security, TCC (closed user group) parameters, a series of
Internet addresses, routing messages...etc. An
eavesdropper outside might learn the details of your
private networks.
Block Land Check the box to enforce the Vigor router to defense the
Land attacks. The Land attack combines the SYN attack
technology with IP spoofing. A Land attack occurs when an
attacker sends spoofed SYN packets with the identical
source and destination addresses, as well as the port
number to victims.
Block Smurf Check the box to activate the Block Smurf function. The
Vigor router will ignore any broadcasting ICMP echo
request.
Block trace route Check the box to enforce the Vigor router not to forward
any trace route packets.
Block SYN fragment Check the box to activate the Block SYN fragment function.
The Vigor router will drop any packets having SYN flag and
more fragment bit set.
Block Fraggle Attack Check the box to activate the Block fraggle Attack function.
Any broadcast UDP packets received from the Internet is
blocked.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
115
Activating the DoS/DDoS defense functionality might block
some legal packets. For example, when you activate the
fraggle attack defense, all broadcast UDP packets coming
from the Internet are blocked. Therefore, the RIP packets
from the Internet might be dropped.
Block TCP flag scan Check the box to activate the Block TCP flag scan function.
Any TCP packet with anomaly flag setting is dropped. Those
scanning activities include no flag scan, FIN without ACK
scan, SYN FINscan, Xmas scan and full Xmas scan.
Block Tear Drop Check the box to activate the Block Tear Drop function.
Many machines may crash when receiving ICMP datagrams
(packets) that exceed the maximum length. To avoid this
type of attack, the Vigor router is designed to be capable of
discarding any fragmented ICMP packets with a length
greater than 1024 octets.
Block Ping of Death Check the box to activate the Block Ping of Death function.
This attack involves the perpetrator sending overlapping
packets to the target hosts so that those target hosts will
hang once they re-construct the packets. The Vigor routers
will block any packets realizing this attacking activity.
Block ICMP Fragment Check the box to activate the Block ICMP fragment
function. Any ICMP packets with more fragment bit set are
dropped.
Block Unassigned Numbers
Check the box to activate the Block Unknown Protocol
function. Individual IP packet has a protocol field in the
datagram header to indicate the protocol type running over
the upper layer. However, the protocol types greater than
100 are reserved and undefined at this time. Therefore, the
router should have ability to detect and reject this kind of
packets.
Warning Messages We provide Syslog function for user to retrieve message
from Vigor router. The user, as a Syslog Server, shall receive
the report sending from Vigor router which is a Syslog
Client.
All the warning messages related to DoS Defense will be
sent to user and user can review it through Syslog daemon.
Look for the keyword DoS in the message, followed by a
name to indicate what kind of attacks is detected.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
116
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
3
3
-
-
2
2
S
S
p
p
o
o
o
o
f
f
i
i
n
n
g
g
D
D
e
e
f
f
e
e
n
n
s
s
e
e
Open Firewall >> Defense Setup and click Spoofing Defense to open the setup page.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
117
A
A
p
p
p
p
l
l
i
i
c
c
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
N
N
o
o
t
t
e
e
s
s
A
A
-
-
1
1
H
H
o
o
w
w
t
t
o
o
C
C
o
o
n
n
f
f
i
i
g
g
u
u
r
r
e
e
C
C
e
e
r
r
t
t
a
a
i
i
n
n
C
C
o
o
m
m
p
p
u
u
t
t
e
e
r
r
s
s
A
A
c
c
c
c
e
e
s
s
s
s
i
i
n
n
g
g
t
t
o
o
I
I
n
n
t
t
e
e
r
r
n
n
e
e
t
t
We can specify certain computers (e.g., 192.168.1.10 ~ 192.168.1.20) accessing to Internet
through Vigor router. Others (e.g., 192.168.1.31 and 192.168.1.32) outside the range can get
the source from LAN only.
The way we can use is to set two rules under Firewall. For Rule 1 of Set 2 under
Firewall>>Filter Setup is used as the default setting, we have to create a new rule starting
from Filter Rule 2 of Set 2.
1. Access into the web user interface of Vigor router.
2. Open Firewall>>Filter Setup. Click the Set 2 link, choose Advance Mode and choose the
Filter Rule 2 button.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
118
3. Check the box of Check to enable the Filter Rule. Type the comments (e.g., block_all).
Choose Block If No Further Match for the Filter setting. Then, click OK.
Info
In default, the router will check the packets starting with Set 2, Filter
Rule 2 to Filter Rule 7. If Block If No Further Match for is selected for
Filter, the firewall of the router would check the packets with the rules
starting from Rule 3 to Rule 7. The packets not matching with the rules
will be processed according to Rule 2.
4. Next, set another rule. Just open Firewall>>Filter Setup. Click the Set 2 link and
choose the Filter Rule 3 button.
5. Check the box of Check to enable the Filter Rule. Type the comments (e.g., open_ip).
Click the Edit button for Source IP.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
119
6. A dialog box will be popped up. Choose Range Address as Address Type by using the
drop down list. Type 192.168.1.10 in the field of Start IP, and type 192.168.1.20 in the
field of End IP. Then, click OK to save the settings. The computers within the range can
access into the Internet.
7. Now, check the content of Source IP is correct or not. The action for Filter shall be set
with Pass Immediately. Then, click OK to save the settings.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
120
8. Both filter rules have been created. Click OK.
Now, all the settings are configured well. Only the computers with the IP addresses within
192.168.1.10 ~ 192.168.1.20 can access to Internet.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
121
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
-
2
2
C
C
e
e
n
n
t
t
r
r
a
a
l
l
S
S
e
e
c
c
u
u
r
r
i
i
t
t
y
y
M
M
a
a
n
n
a
a
g
g
e
e
m
m
e
e
n
n
t
t
(
(
C
C
S
S
M
M
)
)
CSM is an abbreviation of Central Security Management which is used to control URL content
to reach a goal of security management.
U
U
R
R
L
L
C
C
o
o
n
n
t
t
e
e
n
n
t
t
F
F
i
i
l
l
t
t
e
e
r
r
To provide an appropriate cyberspace to users, Vigor router equips with URL Content Filter
not only to limit illegal traffic from/to the inappropriate web sites but also prohibit other web
feature where malicious code may conceal.
Once a user type in or click on an URL with objectionable keywords, URL keyword blocking
facility will decline the HTTP request to that web page thus can limit user’s access to the
website. You may imagine URL Content Filter as a well-trained convenience-store clerk who
won’t sell adult magazines to teenagers. At office, URL Content Filter can also provide a
job-related only environment hence to increase the employee work efficiency. How can URL
Content Filter work better than traditional firewall in the field of filtering? Because it checks
the URL strings or some of HTTP data hiding in the payload of TCP packets while legacy
firewall inspects packets based on the fields of TCP/IP headers only.
On the other hand, Vigor router can prevent user from accidentally downloading malicious
codes from web pages. It’s very common that malicious codes conceal in the executable
objects, such as ActiveX, Java Applet, compressed files, and other executable files. Once
downloading these types of files from websites, you may risk bringing threat to your system.
For example, an ActiveX control object is usually used for providing interactive web feature. If
malicious code hides inside, it may occupy user’s system.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
122
W
W
e
e
b
b
U
U
s
s
e
e
r
r
I
I
n
n
t
t
e
e
r
r
f
f
a
a
c
c
e
e
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
-
2
2
-
-
1
1
U
U
R
R
L
L
C
C
o
o
n
n
t
t
e
e
n
n
t
t
F
F
i
i
l
l
t
t
e
e
r
r
P
P
r
r
o
o
f
f
i
i
l
l
e
e
To provide an appropriate cyberspace to users, Vigor router equips with URL Content Filter
not only to limit illegal traffic from/to the inappropriate web sites but also prohibit other web
feature where malicious code may conceal.
Once a user type in or click on an URL with objectionable keywords, URL keyword blocking
facility will decline the HTTP request to that web page thus can limit user’s access to the
website. You may imagine URL Content Filter as a well-trained convenience-store clerk who
won’t sell adult magazines to teenagers. At office, URL Content Filter can also provide a
job-related only environment hence to increase the employee work efficiency. How can URL
Content Filter work better than traditional firewall in the field of filtering? Because it checks
the URL strings or some of HTTP data hiding in the payload of TCP packets while legacy
firewall inspects packets based on the fields of TCP/IP headers only.
On the other hand, Vigor router can prevent user from accidentally downloading malicious
codes from web pages. It’s very common that malicious codes conceal in the executable
objects, such as ActiveX, Java Applet, compressed files, and other executable files. Once
downloading these types of files from websites, you may risk bringing threat to your system.
For example, an ActiveX control object is usually used for providing interactive web feature. If
malicious code hides inside, it may occupy user’s system.
For example, if you add key words such as “sex”, Vigor router will limit web access to web
sites or web pages such as “www.sex.com”, ”www.backdoor.net/images/sex/p_386.html”.
Or you may simply specify the full or partial URL such as “www.sex.com” or “sex.com”.
Also the Vigor router will discard any request that tries to retrieve the malicious code.
Click CSM and click URL Content Filter Profile to open the profile setting page.
Each item is explained as follows:
Item Description
Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
123
Profile Display the number of the profile which allows you to click to
set different policy.
Name Display the name of the URL Content Filter Profile.
Administration Message You can type the message manually for your necessity.
Default Message - You can type the message manually for your
necessity or click this button to get the default message which
will be displayed on the field of Administration Message.
You can set eight profiles as URL content filter. Simply click the index number under Profile
to open the following web page.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Profile Name Type a name for the CSM profile. The maximum length of the
name you can set is 15 characters.
Priority It determines the action that this router will apply.
Both: Pass – The router will let all the packages that match
with the conditions specified in URL Access Control and Web
Feature below passing through. When you choose this
setting, both configuration set in this page for URL Access
Control and Web Feature will be inactive.
Both:Block –The router will block all the packages that
match with the conditions specified in URL Access Control
and Web Feature below. When you choose this setting, both
configuration set in this page for URL Access Control and Web
Feature will be inactive.
Either: URL Access Control First – When all the packages
matching with the conditions specified in URL Access Control
and Web Feature below, such function can determine the
priority for the actions executed. For this one, the router
will process the packages with the conditions set below for
URL first, then Web feature second.
Either: Web Feature First –When all the packages matching
with the conditions specified in URL Access Control and Web
Feature below, such function can determine the priority for
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
124
the actions executed. For this one, the router will process
the packages with the conditions set below for web feature
first, then URL second.
Log None – There is no log file will be recorded for this profile.
Pass – Only the log about Pass will be recorded in Syslog.
Block – Only the log about Block will be recorded in Syslog.
All – All the actions (Pass and Block) will be recorded in
Syslog.
URL Access Control Enable URL Access Control - Check the box to activate URL
Access Control. Note that the priority for URL Access
Control is higher than Restrict Web Feature. If the web
content match the setting set in URL Access Control, the
router will execute the action specified in this field and
ignore the action specified under Restrict Web Feature.
Prevent web access from IP address - Check the box to deny
any web surfing activity using IP address, such as
http://202.6.3.2. The reason for this is to prevent someone
dodges the URL Access Control. You must clear your browser
cache first so that the URL content filtering facility operates
properly on a web page that you visited before.
Action – This setting is available only when Either : URL
Access Control First or Either : Web Feature First is
selected.
Pass - Allow accessing into the corresponding webpage
with the keywords listed on the box below.
Block - Restrict accessing into the corresponding
webpage with the keywords listed on the box below.
If the web pages do not match with the keyword set
here, it will be processed with reverse action.
Exception List – Specify the object profile(s) as the
exception list which will be processed in an opposite manner
to the action selected above.
Group/Object Selections – The Vigor router provides several
frames for users to define keywords and each frame supports
multiple keywords. The keyword could be a noun, a partial
noun, or a complete URL string. Multiple keywords within a
frame are separated by space, comma, or semicolon. In
addition, the maximal length of each frame is 32-character
long. After specifying keywords, the Vigor router will decline
the connection request to the website whose URL string
matched to any user-defined keyword. It should be noticed
that the more simplified the blocking keyword list is, the
more efficiently the Vigor router performs.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
125
Web Feature Enable Restrict Web Feature - Check this box to make the
keyword being blocked or passed.
Action - This setting is available only when Either: URL
Access Control First or Either: Web Feature First is
selected.
Pass - Allow accessing into the corresponding webpage with
the keywords listed on the box below.
Block - Restrict accessing into the corresponding webpage
with the keywords listed on the box below.
If the web pages do not match with the specified feature set
here, it will be processed with reverse action.
Cookie - Check the box to filter out the cookie transmission
from inside to outside world to protect the local user's
privacy.
Proxy - Check the box to reject any proxy transmission. To
control efficiently the limited-bandwidth usage, it will be of
great value to provide the blocking mechanism that filters
out the multimedia files downloading from web pages.
Upload – Check the box to block the file upload by way of
web page.
File Extension Profile – Choose one of the profiles that you
configured in Object Setting>> File Extension Objects
previously for passing or blocking the file downloading.
After finishing all the settings, please click OK to save the configuration.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
126
A
A
p
p
p
p
l
l
i
i
c
c
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
N
N
o
o
t
t
e
e
s
s
A
A
-
-
1
1
H
H
o
o
w
w
t
t
o
o
C
C
r
r
e
e
a
a
t
t
e
e
a
a
n
n
A
A
c
c
c
c
o
o
u
u
n
n
t
t
f
f
o
o
r
r
M
M
y
y
V
V
i
i
g
g
o
o
r
r
The website of MyVigor (a server located on http://myvigor.draytek.com) provides several
useful services (such as Anti-Spam, Web Content Filter, Anti-Intrusion, and etc.) to filtering
the web pages for the sake of protecting your system.
To access into MyVigor for getting more information, please create an account for MyVigor.
1. Access into http://myvigor.draytek.com.
2. A login page for MyVigor web site will pop up automatically.
3. Click the link of Create an account now.
4. The system will ask if you are 16 years old or over.
If yes, click I am 16 or over.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
12
7
If not, click I am under 16 years old to get the following page. Then, click I and my
legal guardian agree.
5. After reading the terms of service/privacy policy, click Agree.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
128
6. In the following page, enter your personal information in this page and then click
Continue.
7. Choose proper selection for your computer and click Continue.
8. Now you have created an account successfully. Click START.
9. Check to see the confirmation email with the title of New Account Confirmation Letter
from myvigor.draytek.com
.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
129
10. Click the Activate my Account link to enable the account that you created. The following
screen will be shown to verify the register process is finished. Please click Login.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
130
11. When you see the following page, please type in the account and password (that you just
created) in the fields of UserName and Password.
12. Now, click Login. Your account has been activated. You can access into MyVigor server to
activate the service (e.g., WCF) that you want.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
131
P
P
a
a
r
r
t
t
I
I
V
V
M
M
a
a
n
n
a
a
g
g
e
e
m
m
e
e
n
n
t
t
There are several items offered for the Vigor router
system setup: System Status, TR-069, Administrator
Password, User Password, Login Page Greeting,
Configuration Backup, Syslog /Mail Alert, Time and
Date, Management, Reboot System, Firmware Upgrade
and Activation.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
132
I
I
V
V
-
-
1
1
S
S
y
y
s
s
t
t
e
e
m
m
M
M
a
a
i
i
n
n
t
t
e
e
n
n
a
a
n
n
c
c
e
e
For the system setup, there are several items that you have to know the way of configuration:
System Status, TR-069, Administrator Password, Configuration Backup, Syslog /Mail Alert,
Time and Date, Management, Self-Signed Certificate, Panel Control, Reboot System, and
Firmware Upgrade.
Below shows the menu items for System Maintenance.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
133
W
W
e
e
b
b
U
U
s
s
e
e
r
r
I
I
n
n
t
t
e
e
r
r
f
f
a
a
c
c
e
e
V
V
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
1
1
S
S
y
y
s
s
t
t
e
e
m
m
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
u
u
s
s
The System Status provides basic network settings of Vigor router. It includes LAN and WAN
interface information. Also, you could get the current running firmware version or firmware
related information from this presentation.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Model Name Display the model name of the router.
Firmware Version Display the firmware version of the router.
Build Date/Time Display the date and time of the current firmware build.
LAN MAC Address
- Display the MAC address of the LAN Interface.
IP Address
- Display the IP address of the LAN interface.
Subnet Mask
- Display the subnet mask address of the LAN interface.
DHCP Server
- Display the current status of DHCP server of the LAN
interface.
DNS
- Display the assigned IP address of the primary DNS.
WAN Link Status
- Display current connection status.
MAC Address
- Display the MAC address of the WAN Interface.
Connection
- Display the connection type.
IP Address
- Display the IP address of the WAN interface.
Default Gateway
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
134
- Display the assigned IP address of the default gateway.
IPv6 Address - Display the IPv6 address for LAN.
Scope - Display the scope of IPv6 address. For example, IPv6
Link Local could only be used for direct IPv6 link. It can't be
used for IPv6 internet.
Internet Access Mode – Display the connection mode chosen
for accessing into Internet.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
135
I
I
V
V
-
-
1
1
-
-
2
2
T
T
R
R
-
-
0
0
6
6
9
9
This device supports TR-069 standard. It is very convenient for an administrator to manage a
TR-069 device through an Auto Configuration Server
, e.g., VigorACS.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
TR-069 Click Enable to activate the settings on this page.
ACS Server On Choose the interface for the router connecting to ACS server.
ACS Server URL/Username/Password – Such data must be typed
according to the ACS (Auto Configuration Server) you want to
link. Please refer to Auto Configuration Server user’s manual
for detailed information.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
136
Wizard – Click it to enter the IP address of VigorACS server,
port number and the handler.
Test With Inform – Click it to send a message based on the
event code selection to test if such CPE is able to
communicate with VigorACS SI server.
Event Code – Use the drop down menu to specify an event to
perform the test.
Last Inform Response Time – Display the time that VigorACS
server made a response while receiving Inform message from
CPE last time.
CPE Client Such information is useful for Auto Configuration Server.
Enable/Disable – Allow/Deny the CPE Client to connect with
Auto Configuration Server.
Port – Sometimes, port conflict might be occurred. To solve
such problem, you might change port number for CPE.
Username and Password – Type the username and password
that VigorACS can use to access into such CPE.
Periodic Inform Settings The default setting is Enable. Please set interval time or
schedule time for the router to send notification to CPE. Or
click Disable to close the mechanism of notification.
STUN Settings The default is Disable. If you click Enable, please type the
relational settings listed below:
Server Address – Type the IP address of the STUN server.
Server STUN Port – Type the port number of the STUN
server.
Minimum Keep Alive Period – If STUN is enabled, the CPE
must send binding request to the server for the purpose of
maintaining the binding in the Gateway. Please type a
number as the minimum period. The default setting is “60
seconds”.
Maximum Keep Alive Period – If STUN is enabled, the CPE
must send binding request to the server for the purpose of
maintaining the binding in the Gateway. Please type a
number as the maximum period. A value of “-1” indicates
that no maximum period is specified.
After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
13
7
I
I
V
V
-
-
1
1
-
-
3
3
A
A
d
d
m
m
i
i
n
n
i
i
s
s
t
t
r
r
a
a
t
t
o
o
r
r
P
P
a
a
s
s
s
s
w
w
o
o
r
r
d
d
This page allows you to set new password.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Administrator Password Old Password - Type in the old password. The factory default
setting for password is “admin”.
New Password -Type in new password in this field. The
length of the password is limited to 23 characters.
Confirm Password -Type in the new password again.
Enable ‘admin’ account login to Web UI from the Internet –
The default setting is enabled. It can ensure any user
accessing into web user interface of Vigor router through
Internet by username/password of “admin/admin”.
When you click OK, the login window will appear. Please use the new password to access into
the web user interface again.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
138
I
I
V
V
-
-
1
1
-
-
4
4
C
C
o
o
n
n
f
f
i
i
g
g
u
u
r
r
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
B
B
a
a
c
c
k
k
u
u
p
p
Such function can be used to apply the router settings configured by Vigor165 to other Vigor
device.
B
B
a
a
c
c
k
k
u
u
p
p
t
t
h
h
e
e
C
C
o
o
n
n
f
f
i
i
g
g
u
u
r
r
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Follow the steps below to backup your configuration.
1. Go to System Maintenance >> Configuration Backup. The following page will be
popped-up, as shown below.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Restore Choose File – Click it to specify a file to be restored.
Restore configuration except the login password - If the
password settings shall not be restored and applied to
Vigor160, simply check this box to get rid of password
settings.
Click Restore to restore the configuration. If the file is
encrypted, the system will ask you to type the password to
decrypt the configuration file.
Backup Click it to perform the configuration backup of this router.
Protect with password- For the sake of security, the
configuration file for the router can be encrypted.
Password – Type several characters as the password for
encrypting the configuration file.
Confirm Password – Type the password again for
confirmation.
2. Click Backup button to get into the following dialog. Click Save button to open another
dialog for saving configuration as a file.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
139
3. In Save As dialog, the default filename is config.cfg. You could give it another name by
yourself.
4. Click Save button, the configuration will download automatically to your computer as a
file named config.cfg.
The above example is using Windows platform for demonstrating examples. The Mac or Linux
platform will appear different windows, but the backup function is still available.
Info
Backup for Certification must be done independently. The Configuration
Backup does not include information of Certificate.
R
R
e
e
s
s
t
t
o
o
r
r
e
e
C
C
o
o
n
n
f
f
i
i
g
g
u
u
r
r
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
1. Go to System Maintenance >> Configuration Backup. The following windows will be
popped-up, as shown below.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
140
2. Click Choose File button to choose the correct configuration file for uploading to the
router.
3. Click Restore button and wait for few seconds, the following picture will tell you that
the restoration procedure is successful.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
141
I
I
V
V
-
-
1
1
-
-
5
5
S
S
y
y
s
s
l
l
o
o
g
g
/
/
M
M
a
a
i
i
l
l
A
A
l
l
e
e
r
r
t
t
SysLog function is provided for users to monitor router.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
SysLog Access Setup Enable - Check Enable to activate function of syslog.
Syslog Save to – Check Syslog Server to save the log to Syslog
server.
Check USB Disk to save the log to the attached USB storage
disk.
Router Name Display the name for such router configured in System
Maintenance>>Management.
If there is no name here, simply lick the link to access into
System Maintenance>>Management to set the router name.
Server IP /Hostname -The IP address of the Syslog server.
Destination Port - Assign a port for the Syslog protocol.
Mail Syslog – Check the box to recode the mail event on
Syslog.
Enable syslog message - Check the box listed on this web
page to send the corresponding message of firewall, VPN,
User Access, Call, WAN, Router/DSL information to Syslog.
Mail Alert Setup Check Enable to activate function of mail alert.
Send a test e-mail - Make a simple test for the e-mail
address specified in this page. Please assign the mail address
first and click this button to execute a test for verify the mail
address is available or not.
SMTP Server/SMTP Port - The IP address/Port number of the
SMTP server.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
142
Mail To - Assign a mail address for sending mails out.
Return-Path - Assign a path for receiving the mail from
outside.
Use SSL - Check this box to use port 465 for SMTP server for
some e-mail server uses https as the transmission method.
Authentication - Check this box to activate this function
while using e-mail application.
User Name - Type the user name for authentication.
Password - Type the password for authentication.
Enable E-mail Alert - Check the box to send alert message to
the e-mail box while the router detecting the item(s) you
specify here.
Click OK to save these settings.
For viewing the Syslog, please do the following:
1. Just set your monitor PC’s IP address in the field of Server IP Address
2. Install the Router Tools in the Utility within provided CD. After installation, click on the
Router Tools>>Syslog from program menu.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
143
3. From the Syslog screen, select the router you want to monitor. Be reminded that in
Network Information, select the network adapter used to connect to the router.
Otherwise, you won’t succeed in retrieving information from the router.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
144
I
I
V
V
-
-
1
1
-
-
6
6
T
T
i
i
m
m
e
e
a
a
n
n
d
d
D
D
a
a
t
t
e
e
It allows you to specify where the time of the router should be inquired from.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Current System Time Click Inquire Time to get the current time.
Use Browser Time Select this option to use the browser time from the remote
administrator PC host as router’s system time.
Use Internet Time Select to inquire time information from Time Server on the
Internet using assigned protocol.
Time Server Type the web site of the time server.
Priority Choose Auto or IPv6 First as the priority.
Time Zone Select the time zone where the router is located.
Enable Daylight Saving Check the box to enable the daylight saving. Such feature is
available for certain area.
Advanced – Click it to open a pop up dialog.
Use the default time setting or set user defined time for your
requirement.
Automatically Update
Interval
Select a time interval for updating from the NTP server.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
145
Send NTP Request
Through
Specify a WAN interface to send NTP request for time
synchronization.
Click OK to save these settings.
I
I
V
V
-
-
1
1
-
-
7
7
M
M
a
a
n
n
a
a
g
g
e
e
m
m
e
e
n
n
t
t
This page allows you to manage the settings for Internet/LAN Access Control, Access List from
Internet, Management Port Setup, TLS/SSL Encryption Setup, CVM Access Control and Device
Management.
The management pages for IPv4 and IPv6 protocols are different.
F
F
o
o
r
r
I
I
P
P
v
v
4
4
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Router Name Type in the router name provided by ISP.
Default: Disable
Auto-Logout
If it is enabled, the function of auto-logout for web user
interface will be disabled.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
146
The web user interface will be open until you click the
Logout icon manually.
Internet Access Control Allow management from the Internet - Enable the checkbox
to allow system administrators to login from the Internet.
There are several servers provided by the system to allow
you managing the router from Internet. Check the box(es) to
specify.
Disable PING from the Internet - Check the checkbox to
reject all PING packets from the Internet. For security issue,
this function is enabled by default.
LAN Access Control Allow management from the LAN - Enable the checkbox to
allow system administrators to login from LAN side. There are
several servers provided by the system to allow you
managing the router from Internet. Check the box(es) to
specify.
Apply To Subnet - Check the box(es) to apply the control to
selected LAN port and/or IP routed subnet.
Access List from the
Internet
You could specify that the system administrator can only
login from a specific host or network defined in the list. A
maximum of three IPs/subnet masks is allowed.
Apply Access List to PING - The behavior of this feature is
related to the function of Disable PING from the Internet.
When Disable PING from the Internet is disabled
(unchecked) and Apply Access List to PING is enabled
(checked), Vigor router will ping only the IPs list below
(index in IP Object). When both Disable PING from the
Internet and Apply Access List to PING are disabled
(unchecked), Vigor router allows ping job of any IP.
List IP - Indicate an IP address allowed to login to the
modem.
Subnet Mask - Represent a subnet mask allowed to login to
the modem.
Management Port Setup User Define Ports - Check to specify user-defined port
numbers for the Telnet, HTTP, HTTPS, FTP, TR-069 and SSH
servers.
Default Ports - Check to use standard port numbers for the
Telnet and HTTP servers.
SNMP Setup Enable SNMP Agent - Check it to enable this function..
Get Community - Set the name for getting community by
typing a proper character. The default setting is public.
Set Community - Set community by typing a proper name.
The default setting is private.
Manager Host IP - Set one host as the manager to execute
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
14
7
SNMP function. Please type in IPv4 address to specify certain
host.
Trap Community - Set trap community by typing a proper
name. The default setting is public.
Notification Host IP - Set the IPv4 address of the host that
will receive the trap community.
Trap Timeout - The default setting is 10 seconds.
TLS/SSL Encryption Setup Enable SSL 3.0 and / or TLS 1.0/1.1/1.2 – Check the box to
enable the function of SSL 3.0 and/or TLS 1.0/1.1/1.2 if
required.
Due to security consideration, the built-in HTTPS and SSL
VPN server of the router had upgraded to TLS1.x protocol. If
you are using old browser(eg. IE6.0) or old SmartVPN Client,
you may still need to enable SSL 3.0 to make sure you can
connect, however, it's not recommended.
Device Management Check the box to enable the device management function for
Vigor device.
Respond to external device – If it is enabled, Vigor device
will be regarded as slave device. When the external device
(master device) sends request packet to Vigor device, Vigor
device would send back information to respond the request
coming from the external device which is able to manage
Vigor device.
Broadcast DSL status to LAN – Clients in LAN can get current
DSL connection status if such function is enabled.
After finished the above settings, click OK to save the configuration.
F
F
o
o
r
r
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Management Access Allow management from the Internet - Enable the checkbox
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
148
Control to allow system administrators to login from the Internet.
There are several servers provided by the system to allow
you managing the router from Internet. Check the box(es) to
specify.
Disable PING from the Internet - Check the checkbox to
disable all PING packets from the Internet. For security issue,
this function is enabled by default.
Access List You could specify that the system administrator can only
login from a specific host or network defined in the list. A
maximum of three IPs/subnet masks is allowed.
IPv6 Address /Prefix Length- Indicate the IP address(es)
allowed to login to the modem.
After finished the above settings, click OK to save the configuration.
I
I
V
V
-
-
1
1
-
-
8
8
S
S
e
e
l
l
f
f
-
-
S
S
i
i
g
g
n
n
e
e
d
d
C
C
e
e
r
r
t
t
i
i
f
f
i
i
c
c
a
a
t
t
e
e
A self-signed certificate is a unique identification for the device (e.g., Vigor router) which
generates the certificate by itself to ensure the router security. Such self-signed certificate is
signed with its own private key.
The self-signed certificate will be applied in SSL VPN, HTTPS, and so on. In addition, it can be
created for free by using a wide variety of tools.
Click Regeneration to open Regenerate Self-Signed Certificate window. Type in all the
information that the window request such as certifcate name (used for identifying different
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
149
certificate), subject alternative name type and relational settings for subject name. Then
click GENERATE.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
150
I
I
V
V
-
-
1
1
-
-
9
9
P
P
a
a
n
n
e
e
l
l
C
C
o
o
n
n
t
t
r
r
o
o
l
l
The behavior of the Factory Reset button of the Vigor router can be customized as desired.
The Factory Reset is enabled by default and can be enabled or disabled if required. Disabling
the Factory Reset button will prevent tampering by unauthorized parties.
Click the Button tab to get the following page.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Refresh Click to refresh the page to display the latest information.
Enable Factory Reset
Button
The default value is Enabled.
Deselect to disable the reset function of the factory reset
button.
Disabling the Factory Reset button only prevents it from
being used to reboot Vigor router with default settings.
After finished the above settings, click OK to save the configuration.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
151
I
I
V
V
-
-
1
1
-
-
1
1
0
0
R
R
e
e
b
b
o
o
o
o
t
t
S
S
y
y
s
s
t
t
e
e
m
m
The Web user interface may be used to restart your router. Click Reboot System from System
Maintenance to open the following page.
Schedule Profile - You can type in four sets of time schedule for performing system reboot.
All the schedules can be set previously in Applications >> Schedule web page and you can use
the number that you have set in that web page.
If you want to reboot the router using the current configuration, check Using current
configuration and click Reboot Now. To reset the router settings to default values, check
Using factory default configuration and click Reboot Now. The router will take 5 seconds to
reboot the system.
Info
When the system pops up Reboot System web page after you configure web
settings, please click Reboot Now to reboot your router for ensuring normal
operation and preventing unexpected errors of the router in the future.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
152
I
I
V
V
-
-
1
1
-
-
1
1
1
1
F
F
i
i
r
r
m
m
w
w
a
a
r
r
e
e
U
U
p
p
g
g
r
r
a
a
d
d
e
e
Click System Maintenance>> Firmware Upgrade to proceed to firmware upgrade.
Click Select to specify the one you just download.
When the above page appears, click Upgrade. The system will upgrade the firmware of the
router automatically.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
153
P
P
a
a
r
r
t
t
V
V
O
O
t
t
h
h
e
e
r
r
s
s
Define objects such as IP address, service type,
keyword, file extension and others. These
pre-defined objects can be applied in CSM.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
154
V
V
-
-
1
1
O
O
b
b
j
j
e
e
c
c
t
t
s
s
S
S
e
e
t
t
t
t
i
i
n
n
g
g
s
s
Define objects such as IP address, service type, keyword, file extension and others. These
pre-defined objects can be applied in CSM.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
155
W
W
e
e
b
b
U
U
s
s
e
e
r
r
I
I
n
n
t
t
e
e
r
r
f
f
a
a
c
c
e
e
V
V
-
-
1
1
-
-
1
1
I
I
P
P
O
O
b
b
j
j
e
e
c
c
t
t
For IPs in a range and service ports in a limited range usually will be applied in configuring
router’s settings, therefore we can define them with objects and bind them with groups for
using conveniently. Later, we can select that object/group that can apply it. For example, all
the IPs in the same department can be defined with an IP object (a range of IP address).
You can set up to 192 sets of IP Objects with different conditions.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
156
Item Description
View Use the drop down list to choose a type (Single Address,
Range Address, Subnet Address, Mac Address or all) that IP
object with the selected type will be shown on this page.
Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles.
Search Type a string of the IP object that you want to search.
Index Display the profile number that you can configure.
Name Display the name of the object profile.
Address Display the IP address configured for the object profile.
To set a new profile, please do the steps listed below:
1. Click the number (e.g., #1) under Index column for configuration in details.
2. The configuration page will be shown as follows:
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Name Type a name for this profile. Maximum 15 characters are
allowed.
Interface Choose a proper interface.
For example, the Direction setting in Edit Filter Rule will
ask you specify IP or IP range for WAN or LAN/RT or any IP
address. If you choose LAN/RT as the Interface here, and
choose LAN/RT as the direction setting in Edit Filter Rule,
then all the IP addresses specified with LAN/RT interface will
be opened for you to choose in Edit Filter Rule page.
Address Type Determine the address type for the IP address.
Select Single Address if this object contains one IP address
only.
Select Range Address if this object contains several IPs
within a range.
Select Subnet Address if this object contains one subnet for
IP address.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
15
7
Select Any Address if this object contains any IP address.
Select Mac Address if this object contains Mac address.
MAC Address Type the MAC address of the network card which will be
controlled.
Start IP Address Type the start IP address for Single Address type.
End IP Address Type the end IP address if the Range Address type is
selected.
Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask if the Subnet Address type is selected.
Invert Selection If it is checked, all the IP addresses except the ones listed
above will be applied later while it is chosen.
3. After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration. Below is
an example of IP objects settings.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
158
V
V
-
-
1
1
-
-
2
2
I
I
P
P
G
G
r
r
o
o
u
u
p
p
This page allows you to bind several IP objects into one IP group.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles.
Index Display the profile number that you can configure.
Name Display the name of the group profile.
To set a new profile, please do the steps listed below:
1. Click the number (e.g., #1) under Index column for configuration in details.
2. The configuration page will be shown as follows:
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
159
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Name Type a name for this profile. Maximum 15 characters are
allowed.
Interface Choose WAN, LAN or Any to display all the available IP
objects with the specified interface.
Available IP Objects All the available IP objects with the specified interface
chosen above will be shown in this box.
Selected IP Objects Click >> button to add the selected IP objects in this box.
3. After finishing all the settings here, please click OK to save the configuration.
V
V
-
-
1
1
-
-
3
3
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
O
O
b
b
j
j
e
e
c
c
t
t
You can set up to 64 sets of IPv6 Objects with different conditions.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles.
Index Display the profile number that you can configure.
Name Display the name of the object profile.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
160
To set a new profile, please do the steps listed below:
1. Click the number (e.g., #1) under Index column for configuration in details.
2. The configuration page will be shown as follows:
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Name Type a name for this profile. Maximum 15 characters are
allowed.
Address Type Determine the address type for the IPv6 address.
Select Single Address if this object contains one IPv6 address
only.
Select Range Address if this object contains several IPv6s
within a range.
Select Subnet Address if this object contains one subnet for
IPv6 address.
Select Any Address if this object contains any IPv6 address.
Select Mac Address if this object contains Mac address.
Mac Address Type the MAC address of the network card which will be
controlled.
Start IP Address Type the start IP address for Single Address type.
End IP Address Type the end IP address if the Range Address type is
selected.
Prefix Length Type the number (e.g., 64) for the prefix length of IPv6
address.
Invert Selection If it is checked, all the IPv6 addresses except the ones listed
above will be applied later while it is chosen.
3. After finishing all the settings, please click OK to save the configuration.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
161
V
V
-
-
1
1
-
-
4
4
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
G
G
r
r
o
o
u
u
p
p
This page allows you to bind several IPv6 objects into one IPv6 group.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles.
Index Display the profile number that you can configure.
Name Display the name of the group profile.
To set a new profile, please do the steps listed below:
1. Click the number (e.g., #1) under Index column for configuration in details.
2. The configuration page will be shown as follows:
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
162
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Name Type a name for this profile. Maximum 15 characters are
allowed.
Available IPv6
Objects
All the available IPv6 objects with the specified interface
chosen above will be shown in this box.
Selected IPv6 Objects
Click >> button to add the selected IPv6 objects in this box.
3. After finishing all the settings, please click OK to save the configuration.
V
V
-
-
1
1
-
-
5
5
S
S
e
e
r
r
v
v
i
i
c
c
e
e
T
T
y
y
p
p
e
e
O
O
b
b
j
j
e
e
c
c
t
t
You can set up to 96 sets of Service Type Objects with different conditions.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles.
Index Display the profile number that you can configure.
Name Display the name of the object profile.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
163
To set a new profile, please do the steps listed below:
1. Click the number (e.g., #1) under Index column for configuration in details.
2. The configuration page will be shown as follows:
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Name Type a name for this profile. Maximum 15 characters are
allowed.
Protocol Specify the protocol(s) which this profile will apply to.
Source/Destination
Port
Source Port and the Destination Port columns are available
for TCP/UDP protocol. It can be ignored for other protocols.
The filter rule will filter out any port number.
(=) – when the first and last value are the same, it indicates
one port; when the first and last values are different, it
indicates a range for the port and available for this profile.
(!=) – when the first and last value are the same, it indicates
all the ports except the port defined here; when the first and
last values are different, it indicates that all the ports
except the range defined here are available for this service
type.
(>) – the port number greater than this value is available.
(<) – the port number less than this value is available for this
profile.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
164
3. After finishing all the settings, please click OK to save the configuration.
V
V
-
-
1
1
-
-
6
6
S
S
e
e
r
r
v
v
i
i
c
c
e
e
T
T
y
y
p
p
e
e
G
G
r
r
o
o
u
u
p
p
This page allows you to bind several service types into one group.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles.
Index Display the profile number that you can configure.
Name Display the name of the group profile.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
165
To set a new profile, please do the steps listed below:
1. Click the number (e.g., #1) under Group column for configuration in details.
2. The configuration page will be shown as follows:
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Name Type a name for this profile. Maximum 15 characters are
allowed.
Available Service
Type Objects
All the available service objects that you have added on
Objects Setting>>Service Type Object will be shown in this
box.
Selected Service Type
Objects
Click >> button to add the selected IP objects in this box.
3. After finishing all the settings, please click OK to save the configuration.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
166
V
V
-
-
1
1
-
-
7
7
K
K
e
e
y
y
w
w
o
o
r
r
d
d
O
O
b
b
j
j
e
e
c
c
t
t
You can set 200 keyword object profiles for choosing as black /white list in CSM >>URL Web
Content Filter Profile.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles.
Index Display the profile number that you can configure.
Name Display the name of the object profile.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
16
7
To set a new profile, please do the steps listed below:
1. Click the number (e.g., #1) under Index column for configuration in details.
2. The configuration page will be shown as follows:
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Name Type a name for this profile, e.g., game. Maximum 15
characters are allowed.
Contents Type the content for such profile. For example, type
gambling as Contents. When you browse the webpage, the
page with gambling information will be watched out and be
passed/blocked based on the configuration on Firewall
settings.
3. After finishing all the settings, please click OK to save the configuration.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
168
V
V
-
-
1
1
-
-
8
8
K
K
e
e
y
y
w
w
o
o
r
r
d
d
G
G
r
r
o
o
u
u
p
p
This page allows you to bind several keyword objects into one group. The keyword groups set
here will be chosen as black /white list in CSM >>URL /Web Content Filter Profile.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles.
Index Display the profile number that you can configure.
Name Display the name of the group profile.
To set a new profile, please do the steps listed below:
1. Click the number (e.g., #1) under Index column for configuration in details.
2. The configuration page will be shown as follows:
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
169
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Name Type a name for this group. Maximum 15 characters are
allowed.
Available Keyword
Objects
You can gather keyword objects from Keyword Object page
within one keyword group. All the available Keyword
objects that you have created will be shown in this box.
Selected Keyword
Objects
Click
button to add the selected Keyword objects in
this box.
3. After finishing all the settings, please click OK to save the configuration.
V
V
-
-
1
1
-
-
9
9
F
F
i
i
l
l
e
e
E
E
x
x
t
t
e
e
n
n
s
s
i
i
o
o
n
n
O
O
b
b
j
j
e
e
c
c
t
t
This page allows you to set eight profiles which will be applied in CSM>>URL Content Filter.
All the files with the extension names specified in these profiles will be processed according to
the chosen action.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles.
Index Display the profile number that you can configure.
Name Display the name of the object profile.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
170
To set a new profile, please do the steps listed below:
1. Click the number (e.g., #1) under Profile column for configuration in details.
2. The configuration page will be shown as follows:
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Profile Name Type a name for this profile. The maximum length of the
name you can set is 7 characters.
3. Type a name for such profile and check all the items of file extension that will be
processed in the router. Finally, click OK to save this profile.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
171
V
V
-
-
1
1
-
-
1
1
0
0
O
O
b
b
j
j
e
e
c
c
t
t
s
s
B
B
a
a
c
c
k
k
u
u
p
p
/
/
R
R
e
e
s
s
t
t
o
o
r
r
e
e
All of the objects (or the template) can be exported as a file by clicking Download. Then the
user can open the CSV file through Microsoft Excel and modify all the objects at the same
time.
Simply check the box for the object type that you want to backup.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Backup Backup the current IP Objects with a CSV file – Click it
to backup current IP objecsts as a CSV file. Such file can
be restored for future use.
Download the default CSV template to edit – After
clicking it, press Download to store the default CSM
template (a table without any input data) to your hard
disk.
Download – Download the CSV file from Vigor router
and store in your hard disk.
Restore Select – Click it to specify a predefined CSV file.
Restore – Import the selected CSV file onto Vigor router.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
172
This page is left blank.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
173
P
P
a
a
r
r
t
t
V
V
I
I
T
T
r
r
o
o
u
u
b
b
l
l
e
e
s
s
h
h
o
o
o
o
t
t
i
i
n
n
g
g
This part will guide you to solve abnormal situations if
you cannot access into the Internet after installing the
router and finishing the web configuration.
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
174
V
V
I
I
-
-
1
1
D
D
i
i
a
a
g
g
n
n
o
o
s
s
t
t
i
i
c
c
s
s
This section will guide you to solve abnormal situations if you cannot access into the Internet
after installing the router and finishing the web configuration. Please follow sections below to
check your basic installation status stage by stage.
Checking if the hardware status is OK or not.
Checking if the network connection settings on your computer are OK or not.
Pinging the router from your computer.
Checking if the ISP settings are OK or not.
Backing to factory default setting if necessary.
If all above stages are done and the router still cannot run normally, it is the time for you to
contact your dealer or DrayTek technical support for advanced help.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
175
W
W
e
e
b
b
U
U
s
s
e
e
r
r
I
I
n
n
t
t
e
e
r
r
f
f
a
a
c
c
e
e
Fisrt, take a look at the menu items under Diagnostics. Diagnostic Tools provide a useful way
to view or diagnose the status of your Vigor router.
V
V
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
1
1
D
D
i
i
a
a
l
l
-
-
o
o
u
u
t
t
T
T
r
r
i
i
g
g
g
g
e
e
r
r
i
i
n
n
g
g
Click Diagnostics and click Dial-out Triggering to open the web page. The internet
connection (e.g., PPPoE) is triggered by a package sending from the source IP address.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Decoded Format It shows the source IP address (local), destination IP
(remote) address, the protocol and length of the package.
Refresh Click it to reload the page.
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
176
V
V
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
2
2
R
R
o
o
u
u
t
t
i
i
n
n
g
g
T
T
a
a
b
b
l
l
e
e
Click Diagnostics and click Routing Table to open the web page.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Refresh Click it to reload the page.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
17
7
V
V
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
3
3
A
A
R
R
P
P
C
C
a
a
c
c
h
h
e
e
T
T
a
a
b
b
l
l
e
e
Click Diagnostics and click ARP Cache Table to view the content of the ARP (Address
Resolution Protocol) cache held in the router. The table shows a mapping between an
Ethernet hardware address (MAC Address) and an IP address.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Show Specify LAN and VLAN to display related information.
In default, this page will display all of the information
about LAN and VLAN.
Refresh Click it to reload the page.
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
178
V
V
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
4
4
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
N
N
e
e
i
i
g
g
h
h
b
b
o
o
u
u
r
r
T
T
a
a
b
b
l
l
e
e
The table shows a mapping between an Ethernet hardware address (MAC Address) and an IPv6
address. This information is helpful in diagnosing network problems, such as IP address
conflicts, etc.
Click Diagnostics and click IPv6 Neighbour Table to open the web page.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Refresh Click it to reload the page.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
179
V
V
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
5
5
D
D
H
H
C
C
P
P
T
T
a
a
b
b
l
l
e
e
The facility provides information on IP address assignments. This information is helpful in
diagnosing network problems, such as IP address conflicts, etc.
Click Diagnostics and click DHCP Table to open the web page.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Index It displays the connection item number.
IP Address It displays the IP address assigned by this router for specified
PC.
MAC Address It displays the MAC address for the specified PC that DHCP
assigned IP address for it.
Leased Time It displays the leased time of the specified PC.
HOST ID It displays the host ID name of the specified PC.
Refresh Click it to reload the page.
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
180
V
V
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
6
6
N
N
A
A
T
T
S
S
e
e
s
s
s
s
i
i
o
o
n
n
s
s
T
T
a
a
b
b
l
l
e
e
Click Diagnostics and click NAT Sessions Table to open the list page.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Private IP:Port It indicates the source IP address and port of local PC.
#Pseudo Port It indicates the temporary port of the router used for NAT.
Peer IP:Port It indicates the destination IP address and port of remote
host.
Interface It displays the representing number for different interface.
Refresh Click it to reload the page.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
181
V
V
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
7
7
D
D
N
N
S
S
C
C
a
a
c
c
h
h
e
e
T
T
a
a
b
b
l
l
e
e
Click Diagnostics and click DNS Cache Table to open the web page.
The record of domain Name and the mapping IP address for answering the DNS query from
LAN will be stored on Vigor router’s Cache temporarily and displayed on Diagnostics >> DNS
Cache Table.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Clear Click this link to remove the result on the window.
Refresh Click it to reload the page.
When an entry’s TTL is
larger than….
Check the box the type the value of TTL (time to live) for
each entry. Click OK to enable such function.
It means when the TTL value of each DNS query reaches the
threshold of the value specified here, the corresponding
record will be deleted from router’s Cache automatically.
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
182
V
V
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
8
8
P
P
i
i
n
n
g
g
D
D
i
i
a
a
g
g
n
n
o
o
s
s
i
i
s
s
Click Diagnostics and click Ping Diagnosis to open the web page.
or
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
IPV4 /IPV6 Choose the interface for such function.
Ping to Use the drop down list to choose the destination that you
want to ping.
IP Address Type the IP address of the Host/IP that you want to ping.
Ping IPv6 Address Type the IPv6 address that you want to ping.
Run Click this button to start the ping work. The result will be
displayed on the screen.
Clear Click this link to remove the result on the window.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
183
V
V
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
9
9
D
D
a
a
t
t
a
a
F
F
l
l
o
o
w
w
M
M
o
o
n
n
i
i
t
t
o
o
r
r
This page displays the running procedure for the IP address monitored and refreshes the data
in an interval of several seconds.
Click Diagnostics and click Data Flow Monitor to open the web page. You can click IP Address,
TX rate, RX rate or Session link for arranging the data display.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Enable Data Flow Monitor Check this box to enable this function.
Refresh Seconds Use the drop down list to choose the time interval of
refreshing data flow that will be done by the system
automatically.
Refresh Click this link to refresh this page manually.
Index Display the number of the data flow.
IP Address Display the IP address of the monitored device.
TX rate (kbps) Display the transmission speed of the monitored device.
RX rate (kbps) Display the receiving speed of the monitored device.
Sessions Display the session number that you specified in Limit
Session web page.
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
184
Action Block - can prevent specified PC accessing into Internet
within 5 minutes.
Unblock –The device with the IP address will be blocked for
five minutes. The remaining time will be shown on the
session column. Click it to cancel the IP address blocking.
Current /Peak/Speed Current means current transmission rate and receiving rate
for WAN interface.
Peak means the highest peak value detected by the router in
data transmission.
Speed means line speed specified in WAN>>General Setup.
If you do not specify any rate at that page, here will display
Auto for instead.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
185
V
V
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
1
1
0
0
T
T
r
r
a
a
c
c
e
e
R
R
o
o
u
u
t
t
e
e
Click Diagnostics and click Trace Route to open the web page. This page allows you to trace
the routes from router to the host. Simply type the IP address of the host in the box and click
Run. The result of route trace will be shown on the screen.
or
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
IPv4 / IPv6 Click one of them to display corresponding information for it.
Protocol Use the drop down list to choose the protocol that you want
to ping through.
Host/IP Address It indicates the IP address of the host.
Trace Host/IP Address It indicates the IPv6 address of the host.
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
186
Run Click this button to start route tracing work.
Clear Click this link to remove the result on the window.
V
V
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
1
1
1
1
I
I
P
P
v
v
6
6
T
T
S
S
P
P
C
C
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
u
u
s
s
IPv6 TSPC status web page could help you to diagnose the connection status of TSPC.
If TSPC has configured properly, the router will display the following page when the user
connects to tunnel broker successfully.
Available settings are explained as follows:
Item Description
Refresh Click this link to refresh this page manually.
V
V
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
1
1
2
2
D
D
S
S
L
L
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
u
u
s
s
DSL status web page could help you to diagnose the connection status of DSL.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
18
7
V
V
I
I
-
-
1
1
-
-
1
1
3
3
D
D
o
o
S
S
F
F
l
l
o
o
o
o
d
d
T
T
a
a
b
b
l
l
e
e
This page can display content of IP connection detected by DoS Flooding Defense mechanism.
It is useful and convenient for network engineers (e.g., MIS engineer) to inspect the network
environment to find out if there is any abnormal connection.
Information of IP traced and destination port used for SYN Flood, UDP Flood and ICMP Flood
attacks will be detected and shown respectively on different pages.
Moreover, IP address detected and suspected to attack the network system can be blocked
shortly by clicking the Block button shown on pages of SYN Flood, UDP Flood and ICMP Flood.
Info
The icon -
- means there is something wrong (e.g., attacking the
system) with that IP address.
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
188
V
V
I
I
-
-
2
2
C
C
h
h
e
e
c
c
k
k
i
i
n
n
g
g
I
I
f
f
t
t
h
h
e
e
H
H
a
a
r
r
d
d
w
w
a
a
r
r
e
e
S
S
t
t
a
a
t
t
u
u
s
s
I
I
s
s
O
O
K
K
o
o
r
r
N
N
o
o
t
t
Follow the steps below to verify the hardware status.
1. Check the power line and WLAN/LAN cable connections.
Refer to “I-2 Hardware Installation” for details.
2. Turn on the router. Make sure the Activity LED blink once per second and the
correspondent LAN LED is bright.
3. If not, it means that there is something wrong with the hardware status. Simply back to
“I-2 Hardware Installation” to execute the hardware installation again. And then, try
again.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
189
V
V
I
I
-
-
3
3
C
C
h
h
e
e
c
c
k
k
i
i
n
n
g
g
I
I
f
f
t
t
h
h
e
e
N
N
e
e
t
t
w
w
o
o
r
r
k
k
C
C
o
o
n
n
n
n
e
e
c
c
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
S
S
e
e
t
t
t
t
i
i
n
n
g
g
s
s
o
o
n
n
Y
Y
o
o
u
u
r
r
C
C
o
o
m
m
p
p
u
u
t
t
e
e
r
r
I
I
s
s
O
O
K
K
o
o
r
r
N
N
o
o
t
t
Sometimes the link failure occurs due to the wrong network connection settings. After trying
the above section, if the link is stilled failed, please do the steps listed below to make sure
the network connection settings is OK.
F
F
o
o
r
r
W
W
i
i
n
n
d
d
o
o
w
w
s
s
Info
The example is based on Windows 7. As to the examples for other operation
systems, please refer to the similar steps or find support notes in
www.DrayTek.com.
1. Open All Programs>>Getting Started>>Control Panel. Click Network and Sharing
Center.
2. In the following window, click Change adapter settings.
3. Icons of network connection will be shown on the window. Right-click on Local Area
Connection and click on Properties.
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
190
4. Select Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IP) and then click Properties.
5. Select Obtain an IP address automatically and Obtain DNS server address
automatically. Finally, click OK.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
191
F
F
o
o
r
r
M
M
a
a
c
c
O
O
S
S
1. Double click on the current used Mac OS on the desktop.
2. Open the Application folder and get into Network.
3. On the Network screen, select Using DHCP from the drop down list of Configure IPv4.
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
192
V
V
I
I
-
-
4
4
P
P
i
i
n
n
g
g
i
i
n
n
g
g
t
t
h
h
e
e
R
R
o
o
u
u
t
t
e
e
r
r
f
f
r
r
o
o
m
m
Y
Y
o
o
u
u
r
r
C
C
o
o
m
m
p
p
u
u
t
t
e
e
r
r
The default gateway IP address of the router is 192.168.1.1. For some reason, you might need
to use “ping” command to check the link status of the router. The most important thing is
that the computer will receive a reply from 192.168.1.1. If not, please check the IP
address of your computer. We suggest you setting the network connection as get IP
automatically. (Please refer to the previous section IX-3)
Please follow the steps below to ping the router correctly.
F
F
o
o
r
r
W
W
i
i
n
n
d
d
o
o
w
w
s
s
1. Open the Command Prompt window (from Start menu> Run).
2. Type command (for Windows 95/98/ME) or cmd (for Windows NT/ 2000/XP/Vista/7).
The DOS command dialog will appear.
3. Type ping 192.168.1.1 and press [Enter]. If the link is OK, the line of “Reply from
192.168.1.1:bytes=32 time<1ms TTL=255” will appear.
4. If the line does not appear, please check the IP address setting of your computer.
F
F
o
o
r
r
M
M
a
a
c
c
O
O
S
S
(
(
T
T
e
e
r
r
m
m
i
i
n
n
a
a
l
l
)
)
1. Double click on the current used MacOs on the desktop.
2. Open the Application folder and get into Utilities.
3. Double click Terminal. The Terminal window will appear.
4. Type ping 192.168.1.1 and press [Enter]. If the link is OK, the line of “64 bytes from
192.168.1.1: icmp_seq=0 ttl=255 time=xxxx ms” will appear.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
193
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
194
V
V
I
I
-
-
5
5
C
C
h
h
e
e
c
c
k
k
i
i
n
n
g
g
I
I
f
f
t
t
h
h
e
e
I
I
S
S
P
P
S
S
e
e
t
t
t
t
i
i
n
n
g
g
s
s
a
a
r
r
e
e
O
O
K
K
o
o
r
r
N
N
o
o
t
t
If WAN connection cannot be up, check if the LEDs (according to the LED explanations listed
on section I-1-1) are correct or not. If the LEDs are off, please:
Change the Physical Type from Auto negotiation to other values (e.g., 100M full duplex).
Next, check if the LEDs on Vigor router are on or not.
If not, please install an additional switch for connecting both Vigor router and the modem
offered by ISP. Then, check if the LEDs on Vigor router are on or not.
If the problem of LEDs cannot be solved by the above measures, please contact with the
nearest reseller, or send an e-mail to DrayTek FAE for technical support.
Check if the settings offered by ISP are configured well or not.
When the LEDs are on and correct, yet the WAN connection still cannot be up, please:
Open Internet Access page and then check whether the ISP settings are set correctly.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
195
V
V
I
I
-
-
6
6
B
B
a
a
c
c
k
k
i
i
n
n
g
g
t
t
o
o
F
F
a
a
c
c
t
t
o
o
r
r
y
y
D
D
e
e
f
f
a
a
u
u
l
l
t
t
S
S
e
e
t
t
t
t
i
i
n
n
g
g
I
I
f
f
N
N
e
e
c
c
e
e
s
s
s
s
a
a
r
r
y
y
Sometimes, a wrong connection can be improved by returning to the default settings. Try to
reset the router by software or hardware. Such function is available in Admin Mode only.
Info
After pressing factory default setting, you will loose all settings you did
before. Make sure you have recorded all useful settings before you pressing.
The password of factory default is null.
S
S
o
o
f
f
t
t
w
w
a
a
r
r
e
e
R
R
e
e
s
s
e
e
t
t
You can reset the router to factory default via Web page. Such function is available in Admin
Mode only.
Go to System Maintenance and choose Reboot System on the web page. The following screen
will appear. Choose Using factory default configuration and click Reboot Now. After few
seconds, the router will return all the settings to the factory settings.
H
H
a
a
r
r
d
d
w
w
a
a
r
r
e
e
R
R
e
e
s
s
e
e
t
t
While the router is running (ACT LED blinking), press the Factory Reset button and hold for
more than 5 seconds. When you see the ACT LED blinks rapidly, please release the button.
Then, the router will restart with the default configuration.
After restore the factory default setting, you can configure the settings for the router again
to fit your personal request.
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
196
V
V
I
I
-
-
7
7
C
C
o
o
n
n
t
t
a
a
c
c
t
t
i
i
n
n
g
g
D
D
r
r
a
a
y
y
T
T
e
e
k
k
If the router still cannot work correctly after trying many efforts, please contact your dealer
for further help right away. For any questions, please feel free to send e-mail to
support@DrayTek.com.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
19
7
P
P
a
a
r
r
t
t
I
I
X
X
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
s
s
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
198
A
A
c
c
c
c
e
e
s
s
s
s
i
i
n
n
g
g
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
o
o
f
f
V
V
i
i
g
g
o
o
r
r
D
D
e
e
v
v
i
i
c
c
e
e
This chapter also gives you a general description for accessing telnet and describes the
firmware versions for the routers explained in this manual.
Info
For Windows 7 user, please make sure the Windows Features of Telnet
Client has been turned on under Control Panel>>Programs.
Type cmd and press Enter. The Telnet terminal will be open later.
In the following window, type Telnet 192.168.1.1 as below and press Enter. Note that the IP
address in the example is the default address of the router. If you have changed the default,
enter the current IP address of the router.
Next, type admin/admin for Account/Password. Then, type ?. You will see a list of
valid/common commands depending on the router that your use.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
199
For users using previous Windows system (e.g., 2000/XP), simply click Start >> Run and type
Telnet 192.168.1.1 in the Open box as below. Next, type admin/admin for
Account/Password. And, type ? to get a list of valid/common commands.
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
200
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
a
a
d
d
s
s
l
l
t
t
x
x
p
p
c
c
t
t
/
/
a
a
d
d
s
s
l
l
r
r
x
x
p
p
c
c
t
t
This command allows the user to adjust the percentage of data transmission for QoS
application.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
adsl txpct [auto:percent]
adsl rxpct [auto:percent]
Parameter Description
auto It means auto detection of ADSL transmission packet.
percent It means to specify the percentage of ADSL transmission
packet. Available range is 10-100.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
Vigor> adsl txpct auto
% percentage : 80
Vigor> adsl txpct 100
% percentage : 100
Vigor> adsl rxpct 100
% percentage : 100
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
a
a
d
d
s
s
l
l
s
s
t
t
a
a
t
t
u
u
s
s
This command is used to display current status of ADSL setting.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
adsl status
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
Vigor> adsl status ?
--------------------------- ATU-R Info (hw: annex A, f/w: annex A) -----------
Running Mode : T1.413 State : TRAINING
DS Actual Rate : 0 bps US Actual Rate : 0 bps
DS Attainable Rate : 0 bps US Attainable Rate : 0 bps
DS Path Mode : Fast US Path Mode : Fast
DS Interleave Depth : 0 US Interleave Depth : 0
NE Current Attenuation : 0 dB Cur SNR Margin : 0 dB
DS actual PSD : 0. 0 dB US actual PSD : 0. 0 dB
ADSL Firmware Version : 05-04-04-04-00-01
-------------------------- ATU-C Info ---------------------------------
Far Current Attenuation : 0 dB Far SNR Margin : 0 dB
CO ITU Version[0] : 00000000 CO ITU Version[1] : 00000000
DSLAM CHIPSET VENDOR : < ADI >
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
a
a
d
d
s
s
l
l
p
p
p
p
p
p
This command can set the Internet Access mode for the router.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
adsl ppp [ ? | pvc_no vci vpi Encap Proto modu acqIP idle [Username Password]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
201
Parameter Description
? Display the command syntax of “adsl ppp”.
pvc_no It means the PVC number and the adjustable range is from
0 (Channel-1) to 7(Channel-8).
Encap Different numbers represent different modes.
0 : VC_MUX,
1: LLC/SNAP,
2: LLC_Bridge,
3: LLC_Route,
4: VCMUX_Bridge
5: VCMUX_Route,
6: IPoE.
Proto It means the protocol used to connect Internet. Different
numbers represent different protocols.
0: PPPoA,
1: PPPoE,
2: MPoA.
Modu 0: T1.413,
2: G.dmt,
4: Multi,
5: ADSL2,
7:ADSL2_AnnexM
8:ADSL2+
14:ADSL2+_AnnexM.
acqIP It means the way to acquire IP address. Type the number to
determine the IP address by specifying or assigned
dynamically by DHCP server.
0 : fix_ip,
1: dhcp_client/PPPoE/PPPoA.(acquire IP method)
idle Type number to determine the network connection will be
kept for always or idle after a certain time.
1: always on, else idle timeout secs. Only for PPPoE/PPPoA.
Username This parameter is used only for PPPoE/PPPoA
Password This parameter is used only for PPPoE/PPPoA
You have to reboot the system when you set it on Route mode.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> adsl ppp o 35 8 1 1 4 1 -1 draytek draytek
pvc no.=0
vci=35
vpi=8
encap=LLC(1)
proto=PPPoE(1)
modu=MULTI(4)
AcquireIP: Dhcp_client(1)
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
202
Idle timeout:-1
Username=draytek
Password=draytek
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
a
a
d
d
s
s
l
l
b
b
r
r
i
i
d
d
g
g
e
e
This command can specify a LAN port (LAN1 to LAN4) for mapping to certain PVC, and the
mapping port/PVC will be operated in bridge mode.
adsl bridge [pvc_no/status/save/enable/disable] [on/off/clear/tag tag_no] [service type]
[px ... ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
pvc_no It means pvc number and must be between 0(Channel 1) to
7(Channel 8).
status It means to shown the whole bridge status.
save It means to save the configuration to flash.
enable It means to enable the Multi-VLAN function.
disable It means to disable the Multi-VLAN function.
on/off It means to turn on/off bridge mode for the specific
channel.
clear It means to turn off and clear all the PVC settings.
tag tag_no No tag: -1
Available number for tag: 0-4095
pri pri_no The number 0 to 7 can be set to indicate the priority. “7” is
the highest.
service type Two number can be set:
0: for Normal (all the applications will be processed with
the same PVC).
1: for the IGMP with different PVC which is used for special
ISP.
px… It means the number of LAN port (x=2~4). Port 1 is locked
for NAT.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> adsl bridge 4 on p2 p3
PVC Bridge p1 p2 p3 p4 Service Type Tag Pri
------------------------------------------------------------
4 ON 0 0 1 0 Normal -1(OFF) 0
PVC 0 & 1 can't set for bridge mode.
Please use 'save' to save config.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
a
a
d
d
s
s
l
l
i
i
d
d
l
l
e
e
This command can make the router accessing into the idle status. If you want to invoke the
router again, you have to reboot the router by using “reboot” command.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
203
> adsl idle
%Idle Mode!
You has to use {adsl reboot} to restart booting.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
a
a
d
d
s
s
l
l
d
d
r
r
i
i
v
v
e
e
m
m
o
o
d
d
e
e
This command is useful for laboratory to measure largest power of data transmission. Please
follow the steps below to set adsl drivermode.
1. Please connect dsl line to the DSLAM.
2. Waiting for dsl SHOWTIME.
3. Drop the dsl line.
4. Now, it is on continuous sending mode, and adsl2/2+ led is always ON.
5. Use 'adsl reboot' to restart dsl to normal mode.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
a
a
d
d
s
s
l
l
r
r
e
e
b
b
o
o
o
o
t
t
This command can wake up the idle router.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> adsl reboot
% Adsl is Rebooting...
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
204
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
a
a
d
d
s
s
l
l
o
o
a
a
m
m
l
l
b
b
This command is used to test if the connection between CPE and CO is OK or not.
adsl oamlb [n][type]
adsl oamlb chklink [on/off]
adsl oamlb [log_on/log_off]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
n It means the total number of transmitted packets.
type It means the protocol that you can use.
1 – for F4 Seg-to-Seg (VP level)
2 – for F4 End-to-End (VP level)
4 – for F5 Seg-to-Seg (VC level)
5 – for F5 End-to-End (VC level)
chklink Check the DSL connection.
Log_on/log_off Enable or disable the OAM log for debug.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> adsl oamlb chklink on
OAM checking dsl link is ON.
> adsl oamlb F5 4
Tx cnt=0
Rx Cnt=0
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
a
a
d
d
s
s
l
l
v
v
c
c
i
i
l
l
i
i
m
m
i
i
t
t
This command can cancel the limit for vci value.
Some ISP might set the vci value under 32. In such case, we can cancel such limit manually by
using this command. Do not set the number greater than 254.
adsl vcilimit [n]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
n The number shall be between 1 ~ 254.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> adsl vcilimit 33
change VCI limitation from 32 to 33.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
205
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
a
a
d
d
s
s
l
l
a
a
n
n
n
n
e
e
x
x
This command can display the annex interface of this router.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> adsl annex
% hardware is annex B.
% modem code is annex B; built at 01/15,07:34.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
a
a
d
d
s
s
l
l
a
a
u
u
t
t
o
o
m
m
o
o
d
d
e
e
This command is used to add or remove ADSL modes (such as ANNEXL, ANNEXM and ANNEXJ)
supported by Multimode.
adsl automode [add|remove|set|default|show] [adsl_mode]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
add It means to add ADSL mode.
remove It means to remove ADSL mode.
set It means to use default settings plus the new added ADSL
mode.
default It means to use default settings.
show It means to display current setting.
adsl_mode There are three modes to be choose, ANNEXL, ANNEXM and
ANNEXJ.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> Vigor> adsl automode set ANNEXJ
Automode supported : T1.413, G.DMT, ADSL2, ADSL2+, ANNEXJ,
Vigor> adsl automode default
Automode supported : T1.413, G.DMT, ADSL2, ADSL2+,
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
a
a
d
d
s
s
l
l
s
s
h
h
o
o
w
w
b
b
i
i
n
n
s
s
This command can display the allocation for each Bin (Tone) SNR, Gain, and Bits.
adsl showbins [startbin endbin |up]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
startbin The number is between 0 ~ 517.
endbin The number is between 4 ~ 511.
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
206
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> adsl showbins 2 30
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bin SNR Gain Bi - Bin SNR Gain Bi - Bin SNR Gain Bi - Bin SNR Gain Bi
dB dB ts dB dB ts dB dB ts dB dB ts
--- ----- ---- -- - --- ----- ---- -- - --- ----- ---- -- - --- ----- ---- --
0 0.0 0.0 0 * 1 0.0 0.0 0 * 2 0.0 0.0 0 * 3 0.0 0.0 0
4 0.0 0.0 0 * 5 0.0 0.0 0 * 6 0.0 0.0 0 * 7 0.0 0.0 8
8 0.0 0.0 10 * 9 0.0 0.0 10 * 10 0.0 0.0 11 * 11 0.0 0.0 11
12 0.0 0.0 11 * 13 0.0 0.0 11 * 14 0.0 0.0 12 * 15 0.0 0.0 12
16 0.0 0.0 12 * 17 0.0 0.0 12 * 18 0.0 0.0 12 * 19 0.0 0.0 12
20 0.0 0.0 12 * 21 0.0 0.0 12 * 22 0.0 0.0 12 * 23 0.0 0.0 12
24 0.0 0.0 11 * 25 0.0 0.0 11 * 26 0.0 0.0 11 * 27 0.0 0.0 10
28 0.0 0.0 10 * 29 0.0 0.0 10 * 30 0.0 0.0 9 * 31 0.0 0.0 9
32 0.0 0.0 0 * 33 0.0 0.0 0 * 34 0.0 0.0 0 * 35 0.0 0.0 0
--- ----- ---- -- - --- ----- ---- -- - --- ----- ---- -- - --- ----- ---- --
Bin SNR Gain Bi - Bin SNR Gain Bi - Bin SNR Gain Bi - Bin SNR Gain Bi
dB dB ts dB dB ts dB dB ts dB dB ts
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
a
a
d
d
s
s
l
l
o
o
p
p
t
t
n
n
At present ,this command allows you to enable and disable dual-latency only.
adsl optn FUNC [value/on/off]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
FUNC Available setting is “dual” only. It means dual-latency.
value The value shall be hex digits.
on/off Type “on” for enabling such function.
Type “off” for disabling such function.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> adsl optn dual on
dsl dual-latency is ON.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
20
7
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
a
a
d
d
s
s
l
l
f
f
e
e
m
m
e
e
c
c
This command allows you to set FDM or EC mode for wireless setting. It may cause sync
problem when change this setting.
adsl fdmec [mode]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
mode Type the value for enabling the specified mode.
0: default (EC)
1: EC
2: FDM
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> adsl fdmec 1
FDM/EC mode: = EC
> adsl fdmec 0
FDM/EC mode: = Default
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
a
a
d
d
s
s
l
l
s
s
a
a
v
v
e
e
c
c
f
f
g
g
This command can save the configuration into FLASH with a file format of cfg.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> adsl savecfg
% Xdsl Cfg Save OK!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
a
a
d
d
s
s
l
l
v
v
e
e
n
n
d
d
o
o
r
r
i
i
d
d
This command allows you to configure user-defined CPE vendor ID.
adsl vendorid [status/on/off/ set vid0 vid1]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
status Display current status of user-defined vendor ID.
on Enable the user-defined function.
off Disable the user-defined function.
set vid0 vid1 It means to set user-defined vendor ID with vid0 and vid1.
The vendor ID shall be set with HEX format, ex: 00fe7244:
79612f21.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> adsl vendorid status
% User define CPE Vendor ID is OFF
% vid0:vid1 = 0x00fe7244:79612f21
> adsl vendorid on set vid0 vid1
% User define CPE Vendor ID is ON
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
a
a
d
d
s
s
l
l
a
a
t
t
m
m
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
208
This command can set QoS parameter for ATM.
adsl atm pcr [pvc_no][PCR][max][status]
adsl atm scr [pvc_no][SCR]
adsl atm mbs [pvc_no][MBS]
adsl atm status
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
pvc_no It means pvc number and must be between 0(Channel 1) to
7(Channel 8).
PCR It means Peak Cell Rate for upstream.
The range for the number is “1” to “2539”.
max It means to get the highest speed for the upstream.
SCR It means Sustainable Cell Rate.
MBS It means Maximum Burst Size.
status It means to display PCR/SCR/MBS setting.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> adsl atm pcr 1 200 max
% PCR is 200 for pvc 1.
> adsl atm pcr status
pvc channel PCR
---------------------------
0 1 0
1 2 200
2 3 0
3 4 0
4 5 0
5 6 0
6 7 0
7 8 0
> adsl atm mbs 2 300 max
% MBS is 300 for pvc 2.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
a
a
d
d
s
s
l
l
p
p
v
v
c
c
b
b
i
i
n
n
d
d
i
i
n
n
g
g
This command can configure PVC to PVC binding. Such command is available only for PPPoE
and MPoA 1483 Bridge mode.
adsl pvcbinding [pvc_x pvc_y | status | -1 ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
209
pvc_x It means the PVC number for the source.
pvc_y It means the PVC number that the source PVC will be bound
to.
status Display a table for PVC binding group.
-1 It means to clear specific PVC binding.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> adsl pvcbinding 3 5
set done. bind pvc3 to pvc5.
The above example means PVC3 has been bound to PVC5.
> adsl pvcbinding 3 -1
clear pvc-1 binding
The above example means the PVC3 binding group has been removed.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
d
d
s
s
l
l
s
s
t
t
a
a
t
t
u
u
s
s
This command is used for display VDSL status.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vdsl status
---------------------- ATU-R Info (hw: annex A, f/w: annex A/B/C) -----------
Running Mode : State : TRAINING
DS Actual Rate : 0 bps US Actual Rate : 0 bps
DS Attainable Rate : 0 bps US Attainable Rate : 0 bps
DS Path Mode : Fast US Path Mode : Fast
DS Interleave Depth : 0 US Interleave Depth : 0
NE Current Attenuation : 0 dB Cur SNR Margin : 0 dB
DS actual PSD : 0. 0 dB US actual PSD : 0. 0 dB
NE CRC Count : 0 FE CRC Count : 0
NE ES Count : 0 FE ES Count : 0
Xdsl Reset Times : 0 Xdsl Link Times : 0
ITU Version[0] : b5004946 ITU Version[1] : 544e0000
VDSL Firmware Version : 05-04-08-00-00-06
Power Management Mode : DSL_G997_PMS_NA
Test Mode : DISABLE
-------------- ATU-C Info ---------------------------------
Far Current Attenuation : 0 dB Far SNR Margin : 0 dB
CO ITU Version[0] : 00000000 CO ITU Version[1] : 00000000
DSLAM CHIPSET VENDOR : < unknown >
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
d
d
s
s
l
l
i
i
d
d
l
l
e
e
Note: We can provide prompt support (support@draytek.com) if you refer to the telnet
command and have any queries.
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
210
adsl idle [on | tcpmessage | tcpmessage_off]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
on
tcpmessage
Tcpmessage_off
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vdsl idle ?
% Usage : adsl idle [on | tcpmessage | tcpmessage_off]
% DSL is under [DISABLE] test mode.
% DSL debug tool mode is off.
Vigor> vdsl idle on
% DSL is under [IDLE/QUIET] test mode.
% DSL debug tool mode is off.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
d
d
s
s
l
l
d
d
r
r
i
i
v
v
e
e
r
r
m
m
o
o
d
d
e
e
Note: We can provide prompt support (support@draytek.com) if you refer to the telnet
command and have any queries.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vdsl drivermode
%ADSL Enter Driver Mode!
% 1. please connect dsl line to the DSLAM.
% 2. Waiting for dsl SHOWTIME.
% 3. drop the dsl line.
% 4. now, it is on continuous sending mode.
% Use 'adsl reboot' to restart dsl to normal mode.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
d
d
s
s
l
l
r
r
e
e
b
b
o
o
o
o
t
t
Note: We can provide prompt support (support@draytek.com) if you refer to the telnet
command and have any queries.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vdsl reboot ?
%ADSL is Rebooting....
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
d
d
s
s
l
l
a
a
n
n
n
n
e
e
x
x
Note: We can provide prompt support (support@draytek.com) if you refer to the telnet
command and have any queries.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
211
> vdsl annex ?
% hardware is annex A.
% ADSL modem code is annex A
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
212
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
d
d
s
s
l
l
s
s
h
h
o
o
w
w
b
b
i
i
n
n
s
s
This command is used to display each Bin(Tone) SNR, Gain, and Bits allocated.
Note: We can provide prompt support (support@draytek.com
) if you refer to the telnet
command and have any queries.
adsl showbins [startbin endbin | up]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
startbin Available setting: 0 to 4092.
endbin Available setting: 4 to 4092.
up It is used to display upstream information. The default is
downstream.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vdsl showbins 0 30
DOWNSTREAM :
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bin SNR Gain Bi - Bin SNR Gain Bi - Bin SNR Gain Bi - Bin SNR Gain Bi
dB .1dB ts dB .1dB ts dB .1dB ts dB .1dB ts
--- ----- ---- -- - --- ----- ---- -- - --- ----- ---- -- - --- ----- ---- --
--- ----- ---- -- - --- ----- ---- -- - --- ----- ---- -- - --- ----- ---- --
Bin SNR Gain Bi - Bin SNR Gain Bi - Bin SNR Gain Bi - Bin SNR Gain Bi
dB .1dB ts dB .1dB ts dB .1dB ts dB .1dB ts
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
d
d
s
s
l
l
o
o
p
p
t
t
n
n
This command is used to enable or disable the parameters related to VDSL.
Note: We can provide prompt support (support@draytek.com
) if you refer to the telnet
command and have any queries.
adsl optn FUNC [us/ds/bi [value/on/off]]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
FUNC Available settings:
trellis',
'bitswap',
'sra',
'retx',
'aelem',
'status',
'g.vector'
‘default'.
us/ds/bi us – upstream
ds – downstream
bi – birection.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
213
value bitswap=0~2, sra=0~4
on/off On – Enable the function.
Off – Disable the function.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
d
d
s
s
l
l
s
s
a
a
v
v
e
e
c
c
f
f
g
g
This command is used to save the confugration.
Note: We can provide prompt support (support@draytek.com
) if you refer to the telnet
command and have any queries.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> Vigor> vdsl savecfg ?
% Xdsl Cfg Save OK!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
d
d
s
s
l
l
v
v
e
e
n
n
d
d
o
o
r
r
i
i
d
d
This command is used to set user defined CPE vender ID.
Note: We can provide prompt support (support@draytek.com
) if you refer to the telnet
command and have any queries.
adsl vendorid [?/status/on/off/ set vid0 vid1]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
status Display current setting of vendor ID.
On/off Enable/Disable the user defined setting.
set It is used to set user define vendor ID by “vid0” & “vid1”.
vid0 vid1 Set vendor ID number with the format of HEX, ex: 00fe7244
79612f21.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vdsl vendorid on set 00fe7244 79612f21
% User define CPE Vendor ID is ON
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
d
d
s
s
l
l
s
s
n
n
r
r
This command is used to .
Note: We can provide prompt support (support@draytek.com
) if you refer to the telnet
command and have any queries.
adsl srn [delta]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
214
delta It means SNR margin delta.
The range is from -50 to 50.
Current ADSL SNR Margin is 0 dB.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vdsl snr 25
ADSL SNR update successfully !
Restarting ADSL modem ...
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
b
b
p
p
a
a
This command allows to configure a network setting specified for Australia’s ISP.
bpa m [-<command> <parameter> | ... ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
m Available settings are 1 and 2.
-a <enable> 1/0 to enable/disable this entry
-n <UserName> contact UserName(max. 24 characters)
-p <PassWord> contact PassWord (max. 24 characters)
-s <select> It means to specify an IP address for Server.
0 : no selection.
1 : NSW(61.9.192.13)
2 : QLD(61.9.208.13),
3 : VIC(61.9.128.13)
4 : SA(61.9.224.13),
5 : WA(61.9.240.13)
-l <List> List all settings configured.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> bpa 1 -a 1 -n testUser -p testPassword -s 4
> bpa -l
-------index: 1 active------
UserName[1]: testUser
PassWord[1]: testPassword
ServerIP[1]:4
-------index: 2 inactive------
UserName[2]:
PassWord[2]:
ServerIP[2]:0
>
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
215
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
c
c
s
s
m
m
a
a
p
p
p
p
e
e
p
p
r
r
o
o
f
f
Commands under CSM allow you to set CSM profile to define policy profiles for different policy
of IM (Instant Messenger)/P2P (Peer to Peer) application.
“csm appe prof “ is used to configure the APP Enforcement Profile name. Such profile will be
applied in Default Rule of Firewall>>General Setup for filtering.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
csm appe prof -i INDEX [-v | -n NAME|setdefault]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
INDEX It means to specify the index number of CSM profile, from 1 to 32.
- v It means to view the configuration of the CSM profile.
- n It means to set a name for the CSM profile.
NAME It means to specify a name for the CSM profile, less then 15
characters.
setdefault Reset to default settings.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> csm appe prof -i 1 -n games
The name of APPE Profile 1 was setted.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
c
c
s
s
m
m
a
a
p
p
p
p
e
e
s
s
e
e
t
t
It is used to configure group settings for IM/P2P/Protocol and Others in APP Enforcement
Profile.
csm appe set -i INDEX [-v GROUP| -e AP_IDX | -d AP_IDX]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
INDEX Specify the index number of CSM profile, from 1 to 32.
- v View the IM/P2P/Protocol and Others configuration of the CSM
profile.
-e Enable to block specific application.
-d Disable to block specific application.
GROUP Specify the category of the application. Available options are: IM,
P2P, Protocol and Others.
AP_IDX Each application has independent index number for identification in
CLI command.
Specify the index number of the application here. If you have no
idea of the inex number, do the following (Take IM as an example):
Type “csm appe set –I 1 –v IM”, the system will list all of the index
numbers of the applications categorized under IM.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> csm appe set -i 1 -e 1
Profile 1 - : AIM is enabled.
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
216
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
c
c
s
s
m
m
a
a
p
p
p
p
e
e
s
s
h
h
o
o
w
w
It is used to display group (IM/P2P/Protocol and Others) information APP Enforcement Profile.
csm appe show [-a|-i|-p|-t|-m]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
-a View the configuration status for All groups.
-i View the configuration status of IM group.
-p View the configuration status of P2P group.
-t View the configuration status of protocol group.
-m View the configuration status of Others group.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
>csm appe show -t
Type Index Name Version Advance
Advanced Option: (M)essage, (F)ile Transfer, (G)ame, (C)onference, and (O)ther
Activities
-------------------------------------------------------------
PROTOCOL 52 DB2
PROTOCOL 53 DNS
PROTOCOL 54 FTP
PROTOCOL 55 HTTP 1.1
PROTOCOL 56 IMAP 4.1
PROTOCOL 57 IMAP STARTTLS 4.1
PROTOCOL 58 IRC 2.4.0 …………
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
c
c
s
s
m
m
a
a
p
p
p
p
e
e
c
c
o
o
n
n
f
f
i
i
g
g
It is used to display the configuration status (enabled or disabled) for IM/P2P/Protocol/Other
applications.
csm appe config -v INDEX [-i|-p|-t|-m]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
INDEX Specify the index number of CSM profile, from 1 to 32.
-i View the configuration status of IM group.
-p View the configuration status of P2P group.
-t View the configuration status of protocol group.
-m View the configuration status of Others group.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> csm appe config -v 1 -m
Group Type Index Name Enable A
vance Enable
Advance abbreviation: Message, File Transfer, Game, Conference, and Other
Advance abbreviation: : M, F, G, C, and O
-------------------------------------------------------------------
OTHERS TUNNEL 75 DNSCrypt Disable
OTHERS TUNNEL 76 DynaPass Disable
OTHERS TUNNEL 77 FreeU Disable
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
21
7
OTHERS TUNNEL 78 HTTP Proxy Disable
OTHERS TUNNEL 79 HTTP Tunnel Disable
OTHERS TUNNEL 80 Hamachi Disable
OTHERS TUNNEL 81 Hotspot Shield Disable
OTHERS TUNNEL 82 MS Teredo Disable
OTHERS TUNNEL 83 PGPNet Disable
OTHERS TUNNEL 84 Ping Tunnel Disable
.
.
.
------------------------------------------------------------------
Total 66 APPs
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
c
c
s
s
m
m
a
a
p
p
p
p
e
e
i
i
n
n
t
t
e
e
r
r
f
f
a
a
c
c
e
e
It is used to configure APPE signature download interface.
csm appe interface [AUTO/WAN#]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
P
P
a
a
r
r
a
a
m
m
e
e
t
t
e
e
r
r
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
AUTO Vigor router specifies WAN interface automatically.
WAN Specify the WAN interface for signature downloading.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> csm appe interface wan1
Download interface is set as "WAN1" now.
> csm appe interface auto
Download interface is set as "auto-selected" now.
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
218
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
c
c
s
s
m
m
a
a
p
p
p
p
e
e
e
e
m
m
a
a
i
i
l
l
It is used to set notification e-mail for APPE signature based on the settings configured in
System Maintenance>>SysLog/Mail Alert Setup (in which, the box of APPE Signature is
checkd under Enable E-Mail Alert).
csm appe email [-e|-d|-s]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
P
P
a
a
r
r
a
a
m
m
e
e
t
t
e
e
r
r
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
-e Enable notification e-mail mechanism.
-d Disable notification e-mail mechanism.
-s Send an example e-mail.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> csm appe email -e
Enable APPE email.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
c
c
s
s
m
m
u
u
c
c
f
f
It is used to configure settings for URL control filter profile.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
csm ucf show
csm ucf setdefault
csm ucf msg MSG
csm ucf obj INDEX [-n PROFILE_NAME | -l [P|B|A|N] | uac | wf ]
csm ucf obj INDEX -n PROFILE_NAME
csm ucf obj INDEX -p VALUE
csm ucf obj INDEX -l P|B|A|N
csm ucf obj INDEX uac
csm ucf obj INDEX wf
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
P
P
a
a
r
r
a
a
m
m
e
e
t
t
e
e
r
r
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
show It means to display all of the profiles.
setdefault It means to return to default settings for all of the profile.
msg MSG It means de set the administration message.
MSG means the content (less than 255 characters) of the message
itself.
obj It means to specify the object for the profile.
INDEX It means to specify the index number of CSM profile, from 1 to 8.
-n It means to set the profile name.
PROFILE_NAME It means to specify the name of the profile (less than 16 characters)
-p Set the priority (defined by the number specified in VALUE) for the
profile.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
219
VALUE Number 0 to 3 represent different conditions.
0: It means Bundle: Pass.
1: It means Bundle: Block.
2: It means Either: URL Access Control First.
3: It means Either: Web Feature First.
-l It means the log type of the profile. They are:
P: Pass,
B: Block,
A: All,
N: None
uac It means to set URL Access Control part.
wf It means to set Web Feature part.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> csm ucf obj 1 -n game -l B
Profile Index: 1 Profile Name:[game]
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
c
c
s
s
m
m
u
u
c
c
f
f
o
o
b
b
j
j
I
I
N
N
D
D
E
E
X
X
u
u
a
a
c
c
It means to configure the settings regarding to URL Access Control (uac).
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
csm ucf obj INDEX uac -v
csm ucf obj INDEX uac -e
csm ucf obj INDEX uac -d
csm ucf obj INDEX uac -a P|B
csm ucf obj INDEX uac -i E|D
csm ucf obj INDEX uac -o KEY_WORD_Object_Index
csm ucf obj INDEX uac -g KEY_WORD_Group_Index
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
INDEX It means to specify the index number of CSM profile, from 1 to 8.
- v It means to view the protocol configuration of the CSM profile.
-e It means to enable the function of URL Access Control.
-d It means to disable the function of URL Access Control.
-a Set the action of specific application, P or B.
B: Block. The web access meets the URL Access Control will be
blocked.
P: Pass. The web access meets the URL Access Control will be passed.
-i Prevent the web access from any IP address.
E: Enable the function. The Internet access from any IP address will
be blocked.
D: Disable the function.
-o Set the keyword object.
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
220
KEY_WORD_Object_Index Specify the index number of the object profile.
-g Set the keyword group.
KEY_WORD_Group_Index Specify the index number of the group profile.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> csm ucf obj 1 uac -i E
Log:[none]
Priority Select : [Bundle : Pass]
-----------------------------------------------
URL Access Control
[ ]Enable URL Access Control Action:[pass]
[v]Prevent web access from IP address.
No Obj NO. Object Name
--- -------- ---------------------------------
No Grp NO. Group Name
--- -------- ---------------------------------
> csm ucf obj 1 uac -a B
Log:[none]
Priority Select : [Bundle : Pass]
-----------------------------------------------
URL Access Control
[ ]Enable URL Access Control Action:[block]
[v]Prevent web access from IP address.
No Obj NO. Object Name
--- -------- ---------------------------------
No Grp NO. Group Name
--- -------- ---------------------------------
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
221
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
c
c
s
s
m
m
u
u
c
c
f
f
o
o
b
b
j
j
I
I
N
N
D
D
E
E
X
X
w
w
f
f
It means to configure the settings regarding to Web Feature (wf).
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
csm ucf obj INDEX wf -v
csm ucf obj INDEX wf -e
csm ucf obj INDEX wf -d
csm ucf obj INDEX wf -a P|B
csm ucf obj INDEX wf -s WEB_FEATURE
csm ucf obj INDEX wf -u WEB_FEATURE
csm ucf obj INDEX wf -f File_Extension_Object_index
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
INDEX It means to specify the index number of CSM profile, from 1 to 8.
- v It means to view the protocol configuration of the CSM profile.
-e It means to enable the restriction of web feature.
-d It means to disable the restriction of web feature.
-a Set the action of web feature, P or B.
B: Block. The web access meets the web feature will be blocked.
P: Pass. The web access meets the web feature will be passed.
-s It means to enable the the Web Feature configuration.
Features available for configuration are:
c: Cookie
p: Proxy
u: Upload
-u It means to cancel the web feature configuration.
-f It means to set the file extension object index number.
File_Extension_Object_inde
x
Type the index number (1 to 8) for the file extension object.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> csm ucf obj 1 wf -s c
-----------------------------------------------
Web Feature
[ ]Enable Restrict Web Feature Action:[pass]
File Extension Object Index : [0] Profile Name : []
[V] Cookie [ ] Proxy [ ] Upload
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
c
c
s
s
m
m
w
w
c
c
f
f
It means to configure the settings regarding to web control filter (wcf).
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
csm wcf show
csm wcf look
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
222
csm wcf cache
csm wcf server WCF_SERVER
csm wcf msg MSG
csm wcf setdefault
csm wcf obj INDEX -v
csm wcf obj INDEX -a P|B
csm wcf obj INDEX -n PROFILE_NAME
csm wcf obj INDEX -l N|P|B|A
csm wcf obj INDEX -o KEY_WORD Object Index
csm wcf obj INDEX -g KEY_WORD Group Index
csm wcf obj INDEX -w E|D|P|B
csm wcf obj INDEX -s CATEGORY|WEB_GROUP
csm wcf obj INDEX -u CATEGORY|WEB_GROUP
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
show It means to display the web content filter profiles.
Look It means to display the license information of WCF.
Cache It means to set the cache level for the profile.
Server WCF_SERVER It means to set web content filter server.
Msg MSG It means de set the administration message.
MSG means the content (less than 255 characters) of the message
itself.
setdefault It means to return to default settings for all of the profile.
obj It means to specify the object profile.
INDEX It means to specify the index number of web content filter profile,
from 1 to 8.
- v It means to view the web content filter profile.
-a Set the action of web content filter profile, P or B.
B: Block. The web access meets the web feature will be blocked.
P: Pass. The web access meets the web feature will be passed.
-n It means to set the profile name.
PROFILE_NAME It means to specify the name of the profile (less than 16 characters)
-l It means the log type of the profile. They are:
P: Pass,
B: Block,
A: All,
N: None
-o Set the keyword object.
KEY_WORD_Object_Index Specify the index number of the object profile.
-g Set the keyword group.
KEY_WORD_Group_Index Specify the index number of the group profile.
-w It means to set the action for the black and white list.
E:Enable,
D:Disable,
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
223
P:Pass,
B:Block
-s It means to choose the items under CATEGORY or WEB_GROUP.
-u It means to discard items under CATEGORY or WEB_GROUP.
WEB_GROUP Child_Protection, Leisure, Business, Chating, Computer Internet,
Other
CATEGORY Includes:
Alcohol & Tobacco, Criminal Activity, Gambling, Hate & Intoleranc,
Illegal Drug, Nudity, Pornography/Sexually Explicit, Weapons,
Violence, School Cheating,Sex Education, Tasteless, Child Abuse
Imges, Entertainment, Games, Sports, Travel, Leisure & Recreation,
Fashin & Beauty, Business, Job Search, Web-based Emai, Chat,
Instant Messaging, Anonymizers, Forums & Newsgroups, Computers
& Technology, Download Sites, Streaming Media & Downloads,
Phishing & Fraud, Search Engines & Portals, Social Networking,
Spam Sites,Malware, Botnets, Hacking, Illegal Software,
Information Security,Peer-to-eer, Advertisements & Pop-Ups, Arts,
Transportation, Compromised, Dating & Personals, , Education,
Finance, Government,Health & Medcine, News, Non-profits &
NGOs, Personal Sites,Politics, Real Estate, Rligion, Restaurants &
Dining,Shopping, Translators, General, Cults,Greetig cards, Image
Sharing, Network Errors, Parked Domains, Private IP Addresses)
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
224
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> csm wcf obj 1 -n test_wcf
Profile Index: 1
Profile Name:[test_wcf]
[]White/Black list
Action:[block]
No Obj NO. Object Name
--- -------- ---------------------------------
No Grp NO. Group Name
--- -------- ---------------------------------
Action:[block]
Log:[block]
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
child Protection Group:
[v]Alcohol & Tobacco [v]Criminal & Activity [v]Gambling
[v]Hate & Intolerance [v]Illegal Drug [v]Nudity
[v]Pornography & Sexually explicit [v]Violence [v]Weapons
[v]School Cheating [v]Sex Education [v]Tasteless
[v]Child Abuse Images
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
leisure Group:
[ ]Entertainment [ ]Games [ ]Sports
[ ]Travel [ ]Leisure & Recreation [ ]Fashion & Beauty
.
.
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
c
c
s
s
m
m
d
d
n
n
s
s
f
f
It means to configure the settings regarding to DNS filter.
csm dnsf enable ON|OFF
csm dnsf syslog N|P|B|A
csm dnsf wcf [INDEX]
csm dnsf ucf [INDEX]
csm dnsf cachetime [CACHE_TIME]
csm dnsf blockpage show/on/off
csm dnsf profile_show
csm dnsf profile_edit INDEX
csm dnsf profile_edit INDEX -n PROFILE_NAME
csm dnsf profile_edit INDEX -l N|P|B|A
csm dnsf profile_edit INDEX -w WCF_PROFILE
csm dnsf profile_edit INDEX -u UCF_PROFILE
csm dnsf profile_edit INDEX -c CACHE_TIME
csm dnsf profile_setdefault
csm dnsf local_bw [value]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
225
Parameter Description
enable Enable or disable DNS Filter.
ON: enable.
OFF: disable.
syslog Determine the content of records transmitting to Syslog.
P: Pass. Records for the packets passing through DNS filter will be
sent to Syslog.
B: Block. Records for the packets blocked by DNS filter will be
sent to Syslog.
A: All. Records for the packets passing through or blocked by DNS
filter will be sent to Syslog.
N: None. No record will be sent to Syslog.
wcf [INDEX] set WCF for DNS Filter Local Setting
ucf [INDEX] set UCF for DNS Filter Local Setting
service WCF_PROFILE WCF_PROFILE: Specify a WCF profile as the base of DNS filtering.
Type a number to indicate the index number of WCF profile (1 is
first profile, 2 is second profile, and so on ...).
cachetime [CACHE_TIME] CACHE_TIME: It means to set the time for cache to live (available
values are 1 to 24; 1 is one hour, 2 is two hours, and so on ...) for
DNS filter.
blockpage DNS sends block page for redirect port. When a web page is
blocked by DNS filter, the router system will send a message page
to describe that the page is not allowed to be visisted.
ON: Enable the function of displaying message page.
OFF: Disable the function of displaying message page.
SHOW: Display the function of displaying message page is ON or
OFF.
profile_show Display the table of the DNS filter profile.
profile_edit Modify the content of the DNS filter profile.
-n PROFILE_NAME PROFILE_NAME: Type the name of the DNS filter profile that you
want to modify.
-l N|P|B|A Specify the log type of the profile.
P: Pass.
B: Block.
A: All.
N: None.
-w WCF_PROFILE WCF_PROFILE: Type the index number of the WCF profile.
-u UCF_PROFILE UCF_PROFILE: Type the index number of the UCF profile.
-c CACHE_TIME -c means to set the cache time for DNS filter.
CACHE_TIME: It means to set the time for cache to live (available
values are 1 to 24; 1 is one hour, 2 is two hours, and so on ...) for
DNS filter.
local_bw [value] Enable /disable the Black/White List.
e: Enable Black/White List.
d: Disable Black/White List.
p: Pass action.
b: Block action.
a [type index][START_IP][END/MASK_IP]: Set address type
(0=mask, 1=single, 2=any, 3=range, 4=group).
g [item number][group index]: select group index (1 ~ 192) for
group and objects type.
o [item number][object index]: select object index (1~ 32) for
group and objects type.
s: show config setting
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
226
c: clear config and reset to default setting
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> csm dnsf enable ON
DNS Filter enable!
> csm dns profile_edit 1 -n Plant_1
Profile Index: 1
Profile Name:[Plant_1]
Log:[none]
WCF Profile Index: 0
UCF Profile Index: 0
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
d
d
d
d
n
n
s
s
l
l
o
o
g
g
Displays the DDNS log.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
>ddns log
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
d
d
d
d
n
n
s
s
t
t
i
i
m
m
e
e
Sets and displays the DDNS time.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ddns time <update in minutes>
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
Update in minutes Type the value as DDNS time. The range is from 1 to 14400.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ddns time
ddns time <update in minutes>
Valid: 1 ~ 1440
%Now: 1440
> ddns time 1000
ddns time <update in minutes>
Valid: 1 ~ 1440
%Now: 1000
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
d
d
o
o
s
s
This command allows users to configure the settings for DoS defense system.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
dos [-V | D | A]
dos [-s ATTACK_F [THRESHOLD][ TIMEOUT]]
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
22
7
dos [-a | e [ATTACK_F][ATTACK_0] | d [ATTACK_F][ATTACK_0]]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
-V It means to view the configuration of DoS defense system.
-D It means to deactivate the DoS defense system.
-A It means to activate the DoS defense system.
-s It means to enable the defense function for a specific attack and set
its parameter(s).
ATTACK_F It means to specify the name of flooding attack(s) or portscan, e.g.,
synflood, udpflood, icmpflood, or postscan.
THRESHOLD It means the packet rate (packet/second) that a flooding attack will
be detected. Set a value larger than 20.
TIMEOUT It means the time (seconds) that a flooding attack will be blocked.
Set a value larger than 5.
-a It means to enable the defense function for all attacks listed in
ATTACK_0.
-e It means to enable defense function for a specific attack(s).
ATTACK_0 It means to specify a name of the following attacks: ip_option,
tcp_flag, land, teardrop, smurf, pingofdeath, traceroute,
icmp_frag, syn_frag, unknow_proto, fraggle.
-d It means to disable the defense function for a specific attack(s).
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
>dos –A
The Dos Defense system is Activated
>dos –s synflood 50 10
Synflood is enabled! Threshold=50 <pke/sec> timeout=10 <pke/sec>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
e
e
x
x
i
i
t
t
Type this command will leave telnet window.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
I
I
n
n
t
t
e
e
r
r
n
n
e
e
t
t
This command allows you to configure detailed settings for WAN connection.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
internet [-<command> <parameter> | ... ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
<command><parameter>|…] The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one line.
-M n M means to set Internet Access Mode (Mandatory) and n means
different modes (represented by 0 – 3)
n=0: Offline
n=1: PPPoE
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
228
n=2: Dynamic IP
n=3: Static IP
n=4: PPTP with Dynamic IP,
n=5: PPTP with Static IP,
n=6: L2TP with Dynamic IP
n=7: L2TP with Static IP
n=A: 3G/4G USB Modem(PPP mode)
n=B: 3G/4G USB Modem(DHCP mode
-S <isp name> It means to set ISP Name (max. 23 characters).
-P <on/off> It means to enable PPPoE Service.
-u <username> It means to set username (max. 49 characters) for Internet
accessing.
-p <password> It means to set password (max. 49 characters) for Internet
accessing.
-a n It means to set PPP Authentication Type and n means different
types (represented by 0-1).
n=0: PAP/CHAP (this is default setting)
n=1: PAP Only
-t n It means to set connection duration and n means different
conditions.
n=-1: Always-on
n=1 ~ 999: Idle time for offline (default 180 seconds)
-i <ip address> It means that PPPoE server will assign an IP address specified here
for CPE (PPPoE client).
If you type 0.0.0.0 as the <ip address>, ISP will assign suitable IP
address for you. However, if you type an IP address here, the router
will use that one as a fixed IP.
-w <ip address> It means to assign WAN IP address for such connection. Please type
an IP address here for WAN port.
-n <netmask> It means to assign netmask for WAN connection. You have to type
255.255.255.xxx (x is changeable) as the netmask for WAN port.
-g <gateway> It means to assign gateway IP for such WAN connection.
-s <server ip> Set PPTP/L2TP Server IP.
<server ip>= ppp.qqq.rrr.sss: PPTP/L2TP server IP
-A <idx> Set to Always On mode, and <idx> as backup WAN#.
-B <mode> Set to Backup mode;
<mode> 0: When any WAN disconnect; 1: When all WAN disconnect.
-V It means to view Internet Access profile.
-C <sim pin code> Set SIM PIN code (max. 15 characters) for USB PPP mode.
-O <init string> Set Modem Initial String (max. 47 characters) for USB PPP mode.
-T <init string2> Set Modem Initial String2 (max. 47 characters) for USB PPP mode.
-D <dial string> Set Modem Dial String (max. 31 characters) for USB PPP mode.
-v <service name> Set Service Name (max. 23 characters) for USB PPP mode.
-m <ppp username> Set PPP Username (max. 63 characters) for USB PPP mode.
-o <ppp password> Set PPP Password (max. 62 characters) for USB PPP mode.
-e n Set PPP Authentication Type for USB PPP mode.
n= 0: PAP/CHAP (default),
1: PAP Only
-q n Set the first schedule for USB PPP mode.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
229
-x n Set the second schedule for USB PPP mode.
-y n Set the third schedule for USB PPP mode.
-z n Set the fourth schedule for USB PPP mode.
-Q <mode> Set (PPP mode or DHCP mode) WAN Connection Detection Mode.
<mode>
0: ARP Detect;
1: Ping Detect
-I <ping ip> Set (PPP mode or DHCP mode) WAN Connection Detection Ping IP for
USB DHCP or PPP mode.
<ping ip>= ppp.qqq.rrr.sss: WAN Connection Detection Ping IP
-L n Set WAN Connection Detection TTL (1-255) value for USB PPP mode.
-E <sim pin code> Set SIM PIN code (max. 19 characters) for USB DHCP mode.
-G <mode> Set Network Mode for USB DHCP mode.
<mode>
0: 4G/3G/2G;
1: 4G Only;
2: 3G Only;
3: 2G Only
-N <apn name> Set APN Name (max. 47 characters) for USB DHCP mode.
-U n Set MTU(1000-1440) for USB DHCP mode.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
>internet -M 1 -S tcom -u username -p password -a 0 -t -1 -i 0.0.0.0
WAN1 Internet Mode set to PPPoE/PPPoA
WAN1 ISP Name set to tcom
WAN1 Username set to username
WAN1 Password set successful
WAN1 PPP Authentication Type set to PAP/CHAP
WAN1 Idle timeout set to always-on
WAN1 Gateway IP set to 0.0.0.0
> internet -V
WAN1 Internet Mode:PPPoE
ISP Name: tcom
Username: username
Authentication: PAP/CHAP
Idle Timeout: -1
WAN IP: Dynamic IP
> internet -M 1 -u link1 -p link1 -a 0
WAN1 Internet Mode set to PPPoE/PPPoA
WAN1 Username set to link1
WAN1 Password set successful
WAN1 PPP Authentication Type set to PAP/CHAP
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
p
p
u
u
b
b
s
s
u
u
b
b
n
n
e
e
t
t
This command allows users to enable or disable the public subnet for your router.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip pubsubnet <Enable/Disable>
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
230
Parameter Description
Enable Enable the function.
Disable Disable the function.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip pubsubnet enable
public subnet enabled!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
p
p
u
u
b
b
a
a
d
d
d
d
r
r
This command allows to set the IP routed subnet for the router.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip pubaddr ?
ip pubaddr <public subnet IP address>
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
? Display an IP address which allows users set as the public subnet IP
address.
public subnet IP address Specify an IP address. The system will set the one that you specified
as the public subnet IP address.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip pubaddr ?
% ip addr <public subnet IP address>
% Now: 192.168.0.1
> ip pubaddr 192.168.2.5
% Set public subnet IP address done !!!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
p
p
u
u
b
b
m
m
a
a
s
s
k
k
This command allows users to set the mask for IP routed subnet of your router.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip pubmask ?
ip pubmask <public subnet mask>
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
? Display an IP address which allows users set as the public subnet
mask.
public subnet IP address Specify a subnet mask. The system will set the one that you
specified as the public subnet mask.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip pubmask ?
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
231
% ip pubmask <public subnet mask>
% Now: 255.255.255.0
> ip pubmask 255.255.0.0
% Set public subnet mask done !!!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
a
a
u
u
x
x
This command is used for configuring WAN IP Alias.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip aux add [IP] [Join to NAT Pool]
ip aux remove [index]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
add It means to create a new WAN IP address.
remove It means to delete an existed WAN IP address.
IP It means the auxiliary WAN IP address.
Join to NAT Pool 0 (disable) or 1 (enable).
index Type the index number of the table displayed on your screen.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip aux add 192.168.1.65 1
% 192.168.1.65 has added in index 2.
DrayTek> ip aux ?
%% ip aux add [IP] [Join to NAT Pool]
%% ip aux remove [Index]
%% Where IP = Auxiliary WAN IP Address.
%% Join to NAT Pool = 0 or 1.
%% Index = The Index number of table.
Now auxiliary WAN1 IP Address table:
Index no. Status IP address NAT IP pool
----------------------------------------------------
1 Disable 0.0.0.0 Yes
2 Enable 192.168.1.65 Yes
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
232
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
a
a
d
d
d
d
r
r
This command allows users to set/add a specified LAN IP your router.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip addr [IP address]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
IP address It means the LAN IP address.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
>ip addr 192.168.50.1
% Set IP address OK !!!
Info
When the LAN IP address is changed, the start IP address of DHCP server are
still the same. To make the IP assignment of the DHCP server being
consistent with this new IP address (they should be in the same network
segment), the IP address of the PC must be fixed with the same LAN IP
address (network segment) set by this command for accessing into the web
user interface of the router. Later, modify the start addresses for the DHCP
server.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
n
n
m
m
a
a
s
s
k
k
This command allows users to set/add a specified netmask for your router.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip nmask [IP netmask]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
IP netmask It means the netmask of LAN IP.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip nmask 255.255.0.0
% Set IP netmask OK !!!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
a
a
r
r
p
p
ARP displays the matching condition for IP and MAC address.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip arp add [IP address] [MAC address] [LAN or WAN]
ip arp del [IP address] [LAN or WAN]
ip arp flush
ip arp status
ip arp accept [0/1/2/3/4/5/status]
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
233
ip arp setCacheLife [time]
In which, arp add allows users to add a new IP address into the ARP table; arp del allows users
to remove an IP address; arp flush allows users to clear arp cache; arp status allows users to
review current status for the arp table; arp accept allows to accept or reject the source
/destination MAC address; arp setCacheLife allows users to configure the duration in which
ARP caches can be stored on the system. If ip arp setCacheLife is set with “60”, it means you
have an ARP cache at 0 second. Sixty seconds later without any ARP messages received, the
system will think such ARP cache is expired. The system will issue a few ARP request to see if
this cache is still valid.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
IP address It means the LAN IP address.
MAC address It means the MAC address of your router.
LAN or WAN It indicates the direction for the arp function.
0/1/2/3/4/5 0: disable to accept illegal source mac address
1: enable to accept illegal source mac address
2: disable to accept illegal dest mac address
3: enable to accept illegal dest mac address
4: Decline VRRP mac into arp table
5: Accept VRRP mac into arp table
status: display the setting status.
Time Available settings will be 10, 20, 30,....2550 seconds.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip arp accept status
Accept illegal source mac arp: disable
Accept illegal dest mac arp: disable
Accept VRRP mac into arp table: disable
> ip arp status
[ARP Table]
Index IP Address MAC Address Netbios Name
1 192.168.1.113 00-05-5D-E4-D8-EE A1000351
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
c
c
This command is available for WAN DHCP.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip dhcpc option
ip dhcpc option -h|l
ip dhcpc option -d [idx]
ip dhcpc option -e [1 or 0] -w [wan unmber] -c [option number] -v [option value]
ip dhcpc option -e [1 or 0] -w [wan unmber] -c [option number] –x [option value]
ip dhcpc option -e [1 or 0] -w [wan unmber] -c [option number] –a [option value]
ip dhcpc option -u [idx unmber]
ip dhcpc release [wan number]
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
234
ip dhcpc renew [wan number]
ip dhcpc status
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
option It is an optional setting for DHCP server.
-h: display usage
-l: list all custom set DHCP options
-d: delete custom dhcp client option by index number
-e: enable/disable option feature, 1:enable, 0:disable
-w: set WAN number (e.g., 1=WAN1)
-c: set option number: 0~255
-v: set option value by string
-x: set option value by raw byte (hex)
-u: update by index number
release It means to release current WAN IP address.
renew It means to renew the WAN IP address and obtain another new one.
status It displays current status of DHCP client.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip dhcpc option -e 1 -w 1/2 -c 18 -v /path1
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
p
p
i
i
n
n
g
g
This command allows users to ping IP address of WAN1/WAN2/PVC3/PVC4/PVC5 for verifying
if the WAN connection is OK or not.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip ping [IP address] [AUTO/WAN1/PVC3/PVC4/PVC5] [Source IP address]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
IP address It means the WAN IP address.
AUTO/WAN1/PVC3/PVC4/PVC
5
It means the WAN port /PVC that the above IP address passes
through.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip ping 192.168.1.1 AUTO
Pinging 192.168.1.1 with 64 bytes of Data through LAN
Receive reply from 192.168.1.1, time<1ms
Receive reply from 192.168.1.1, time<1ms
Receive reply from 192.168.1.1, time<1ms
Receive reply from 192.168.1.1, time<1msReceive reply from 192.168.1.1,
time<1ms
Packets: Sent = 5, Received = 5, Lost = 0 (0% loss)
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
t
t
r
r
a
a
c
c
e
e
r
r
t
t
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
235
This command allows users to trace the routes from the router to the host.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip tracert [Host/IP address] [WAN1/WAN2/WAN3] [Udp/Icmp]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
IP address It means the target IP address.
WAN1/WAN2/WAN3 It means the WAN port that the above IP address passes through.
Udp/Icmp It means the UDP or ICMP.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
>ip tracert 22.128.2.62 WAN1
Traceroute to 22.128.2.62, 30 hops max
1 172.16.3.7 10ms
2 172.16.1.2 10ms
3 Request Time out.
4 168.95.90.66 50ms
5 211.22.38.134 50ms
6 220.128.2.62 50ms
Trace complete
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
t
t
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
This command allows users to access specified device by telnet.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip telnet [IP address][Port]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
IP address Type the WAN or LAN IP address of the remote device.
Port Type a port number (e.g., 23).
Available settings: 0 ~65535.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip telnet 172.17.3.252 23
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
r
r
i
i
p
p
This command allows users to set the RIP (routing information protocol) of IP.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip rip [0/1/2]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
236
0/1/2 0 means disable; 1 means first subnet and 2 means second
subnet.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip rip 1
%% Set RIP LAN1.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
237
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
w
w
a
a
n
n
r
r
i
i
p
p
This command allows users to set the RIP (routing information protocol) of WAN IP.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip wanrip [ifno] -e [0/1]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
ifno It means the connection interface.
1: WAN1, 3: PVC3,4: PVC4,5: PVC5
Note: PVC3 ~PVC5 are virtual WANs.
-e It means to disable or enable RIP setting for specified WAN
interface.
1: Enable the function of setting RIP of WAN IP.
0: Disable the function.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip wanrip ?
Valid ex:ip wanrip <ifno> -e <0/1>
<ifno> 1: WAN1
3: PVC3,4: PVC4,5: PVC5
-e <0/1> 0: disable, 1: enable
Now status:
WAN[1] Rip Protocol disable
WAN[3] Rip Protocol disable
WAN[4] Rip Protocol disable
WAN[5] Rip Protocol disable
WAN[6] Rip Protocol enable
> ip wanrip 5 -e 1
> ip wanrip ?
Valid ex:ip wanrip <ifno> -e <0/1>
<ifno> 1: WAN1
3: PVC3,4: PVC4,5: PVC5
-e <0/1> 0: disable, 1: enable
Now status:
WAN[1] Rip Protocol disable
WAN[2] Rip Protocol disable
WAN[3] Rip Protocol disable
WAN[4] Rip Protocol enable
WAN[5] Rip Protocol enable
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
238
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
r
r
o
o
u
u
t
t
e
e
This command allows users to set static route.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip route add [dst] [netmask][gateway][ifno][rtype]
ip route del [dst] [netmask][rtype]
ip route status
ip route cnc
ip route default [off/?]
ip route clean [1/0]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
add It means to add an IP address as static route.
del It means to delete specified IP address.
dst It means the IP address of the destination.
netmask It means the netmask of the specified IP address.
gateway It means the gateway of the connected router.
ifno It means the connection interface.
3=WAN1
rtype It means the type of the route.
default : default route;
static: static route.
Rip: rip.
status It means current status of static route.
cnc It means current IP range for CNC Network.
default Set WAN1/WAN2/off as current default route.
clean Clean all of the route settings.
1: Enable the function.
0: Disable the function.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip route add 172.16.2.0 255.255.255.0 172.16.2.4 3 static
> ip route status
Codes: C - connected, S - static, R - RIP, * - default, ~ - private
C~ 192.168.1.0/ 255.255.255.0 is directly connected, LAN1
S 172.16.2.0/ 255.255.255.0 via 172.16.2.4, WAN1
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
239
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
i
i
g
g
m
m
p
p
_
_
p
p
r
r
o
o
x
x
y
y
This command allows users to enable/disable igmp proxy server.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip igmp_proxy set
ip igmp_proxy reset
ip igmp_proxy wan
ip igmp_proxy query
ip igmp_proxy ppp [0/1]
ip igmp_proxy status
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
set It means to enable proxy server.
reset It means to disable proxy server.
wan It means to specify WAN interface for IGMP service.
t_home It means to specify t_home proxy server for using.
On/off/show/help It means to turn on/off/display or get more information of the
T_home service.
query It means to set IGMP general query interval.
The default value is 125000 ms.
ppp 0 – No need to set IGMP with PPP header.
1 – Set IGMP with PPP header.
status It means to display current status for proxy server.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip igmp_proxy query 130000
This command is for setting IGMP General Query Interval
The default value is 125000 ms
Current Setting is:130000 ms
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
i
i
g
g
m
m
p
p
_
_
s
s
n
n
o
o
o
o
p
p
This command allows users to enable or disable IGMP snoop function.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip igmp_snoop enable
ip igmp_snoop disable
ip igmp_snoop status
ip igmp_snoop txquery
ip igmp_snoop chkleave
ip igmp_snoop separate
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
240
enable It means to enable igmp snoop function
disable It means to disable igmp snoop function.
status It means to display current igmp configuration.
txquery It means to send out IGMP QUERY to LAN periodically.
chkleave It means to check the leave status.
On: enable the IGMP snoop leave checking function.
Off: it will drop LEAVE if still clients on the same group.
separate It means to set IGMP packets being separated by NAT/Bridge.
On: The packets will be separated.
Off: The packets will not be separated by NAT/Bridge.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip igmp_snoop enable
%% ip igmp snooping [enable|disable|status], IGMP Snooping is Enabled.
> ip igmp_snoop disable
%% ip igmp snooping [enable|disable|status], IGMP Snooping is Disabled.
> ip igmp_snoop separate ?
% ip igmp separate [on/off]
igmp snoop seprate is ON now.
igmp packets will be separated by NAT/Bridge.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
241
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
d
d
m
m
z
z
Specify MAC address of certain device as the DMZ host.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip dmz [mac]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
mac It means the MAC address of the device that you want to specify
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
>ip dmz ?
% ip dmz <mac>, now : 00-00-00-00-00-00
> ip dmz 11-22-33-44-55-66
> ip dmz ?
% ip dmz <mac>, now : 11-22-33-44-55-66
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
d
d
m
m
z
z
s
s
w
w
i
i
t
t
c
c
h
h
This command allows users to set DMZ mode.
ip dmzswitch off
ip dmzswitch private
ip dmzswitch active_trueip
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
off It means to turn off DMZ function.
private It means to set DMZ with private IP.
active_trueip It means to set the DMZ with active true IP.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
>ip ip dmzswitch off
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
s
s
e
e
s
s
s
s
i
i
o
o
n
n
This command allows users to set maximum session limit number for the specified IP; set
message for exceeding session limit and set how many seconds the IP session block works.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip session on
ip session off
ip session default [num]
ip session defaultp2p [num]
ip session status
ip session show
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
242
ip session timer [num]
ip session [block/unblock][IP]
ip session [add/del][IP1-IP2][num][p2pnum]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
on It means to turn on session limit for each IP.
off It means to turn off session limit for each IP.
default [num] It means to set the default number of session num limit.
Defautlp2p [num] It means to set the default number of session num limit for p2p.
status It means to display the current settings.
show It means to display all session limit settings in the IP range.
timer [num] It means to set when the IP session block works.
The unit is second.
[block/unblock][IP] It means to block/unblock the specified IP address.
Block: The IP cannot access Internet through the router.
Unblock: The specified IP can access Internet through the router.
add It means to add the session limits in an IP range.
del It means to delete the session limits in an IP range.
IP1-IP2 It means the range of IP address specified for this command.
num It means the number of the session limits, e.g., 100.
p2pnum It means the number of the session limits, e.g., 50 for P2P.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip session default 100
> ip session add 192.168.1.5-192.168.1.100 100 50
> ip session on
> ip session status
IP range:
192.168.1.5 - 192.168.1.100 : 100
Current ip session limit is turn on
Current default session number is 100
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
b
b
a
a
n
n
d
d
w
w
i
i
d
d
t
t
h
h
This command allows users to set maximum bandwidth limit number for the specified IP.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip bandwidth on
ip bandwidth off
ip bandwidth default [tx_rate][rx_rate]
ip bandwidth status
ip bandwidth show
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
243
ip bandwidth [add/del] [IP1-IP2][tx][rx][shared]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
on It means to turn on the IP bandwidth limit.
off It means to turn off the IP bandwidth limit.
default [tx_rate][rx_rate] It means to set default tx and rx rate of bandwidth limit. The
range is from 0 – 65535 Kpbs.
status It means to display the current settings.
show It means to display all the bandwidth limits settings within the IP
range.
add It means to add the bandwidth within the IP range.
del It means to delete the bandwidth within the IP range.
IP1-IP2 It means the range of IP address specified for this command.
tx It means to set transmission rate for bandwidth limit.
rx It means to set receiving rate for bandwidth limit.
shared It means that the bandwidth will be shared for the IP range.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip bandwidth default 200 800
> ip bandwidth add 192.168.1.50-192.168.1.100 10 60
> ip bandwidth status
IP range:
192.168.1.50 - 192.168.1.100 : Tx:10K Rx:60K
Current ip Bandwidth limit is turn off
Auto adjustment is off
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
b
b
i
i
n
n
d
d
m
m
a
a
c
c
This command allows users to set IP-MAC binding for LAN host.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip bindmac on
ip bindmac off
ip bindmac [strict_on][strict_off]
ip bindmac subnet [all/set LAN_Index/unset LAN_Index/clear/show]
ip bindmac show
ip bindmac add [IP][MAC][Comment]
ip bindmac del [IP]/all
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
244
on It means to turn on IP bandmac policy. Even the IP is not in the
policy table, it can still access into network.
off It means to turn off all the bindmac policy.
strict_on / strict_off It means that only those IP address in IP bindmac policy table can /
can not access into network.
subnet It means to set LAN subnet to bind strict mode.
show It means to display the IP address and MAC address of the pair of
binded one.
add It means to add one ip bindmac.
del It means to delete one ip bindmac.
IP It means to type the IP address for binding with specified MAC
address.
MAC It means to type the MAC address for binding with the IP address
specified.
Comment It means to type words as a brief description.
All It means to delete all the IP bindmac settings.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip bindmac add 192.168.1.46 00:50:7f:22:33:55 just for test
> ip bindmac show
ip bind mac function is turned OFF
ip bind mac function is STRICT OFF
Show all IP Bind MAC entries.
IP : 192.168.1.46 bind MAC : 00-50-7f-22-33-55 HOST ID : (null)
Comment : just
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
245
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
m
m
a
a
x
x
n
n
a
a
t
t
u
u
s
s
e
e
r
r
This command is used to set the maximum number of NAT users.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip maxnatuser user no
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
User no A number specified here means the total NAT users that Vigor router
supports.
0 – It means no limitation.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip maxnatuser 100
% Max NAT user = 100
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
p
p
o
o
l
l
i
i
c
c
y
y
_
_
r
r
t
t
This command is used to set the IP policy route profile.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip policy_rt [-<command> <parameter> | ... ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
<command><parameter>|…] The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one line.
General Setup for Policy Route
-i [value] Specify an index number for setting policy route profile.
Value: 1 to 60. “-1” means to get a free policy index automatically.
-e [0/1] 0: Disable the selected policy route profile.
1: Enable the selected policy route profile.
-o [value] Determine the operation of the policy route.
Value:
add – Create a new policy rotue profile.
del – Remove an existed policy route profile.
edit – Modify an existed policy route profile.
flush – Reset policy route to default setting.
-1 [any/range] Specify the source IP mode.
Range: Indicate a range of IP addresses.
Any: It means any IP address will be treated as source IP address.
-2
[any/ip_range/ip_subnet/do
main]
Specify the destination IP mode.
Any: No need to specify an IP address for any IP address will be
treated as destination IP address.
ip_range: Indicates a range of IP addresses.
ip_subnet: Indicates the IP subnet.
domain: Indicates the domain name.
-3 [any/range] Specify the destination port mode.
Range: Indicate a range of port number.
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
246
Any: It means any port number can be used as destination port.
-G [default/specific] Specify the gateway mode.
-L [default/specific] Specify the failover gateway mode.
-s [value] Indicate the source IP start.
Value: The type format shall be “xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx”. (e.g, 192.168.1.0)
-S [value] Indicate the source IP end.
Value: The type format shall be “xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx”. (e.g,
192.168.1.100)
-d [value] Indicate the destination IP start.
Value: The type format shall be “xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx”. (e.g, 192.168.2.0)
-D [value] Indicate the destination IP end.
Value: The type format shall be “xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx”. (e.g,
192.168.2.100)
-p [value] Indicate the destination port start.
Value: Type a number (1 ~ 65535) as the port start (e.g., 1000).
-P [value] Indicate the destination port end.
Value: Type a number (1 ~ 65535) as the port end (e.g., 2000).
-y [value] Indicate the priority of the policy route profile.
Value: Type a number (0 ~ 250). The default value is “150”.
-I [value] Indicate the interface specified for the policy route profile.
Value: Available interfaces include,
LAN1 ~ LAN4, IP_Routed_Subnet,
DMZ_Subnet,
WAN1 ~ WAN3,
VPN_PROFILE_1 ~ VPN_PROFILE_32,
WAN_1_IP_ALIAS_1 ~ WAN_2_IP_ALIAS_32
-g [value] Indicate the gateway IP address.
Value: The type format shall be “xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx”. (e.g, 192.168.3.1)
-l [value] Indicate the failover IP address.
Value: The type format shall be “xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx”. (e.g, 192.168.4.1)
-t [value]
It means “protocol”.
Value: Available settings include “TCP”, “UDP”, “TCP/UDP”, “ICMP”
and “Any”.
-n [0/1]
Indicates the function of “Force NAT”.
0: Disable the function.
1: Enable the function.
-a [0/1]
Indicates to enable the function of failover.
0: Disable the function.
1: Enable the function.
-f [value]
It means to specify the interface for failover.
Value: Avaialbe interfaces include,
NO_FAILOVER,
Default_WAN,
Policy1 ~ Policy10
LAN1 ~ LAN4
IP_Routed_Subnet,
VPN_PROFILE_1 ~ VPN_PROFILE_32,
WAN_1_IP_ALIAS_1 ~ WAN_2_IP_ALIAS_32
-b [value]
It means “failback”.
Value: Available settings include,
0: Disable the function of “failback”.
1: Enable the function of “failback”.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
247
-v: View current failback setting.
Diagnose for Policy Route
-s [value] It means “source IP”.
Value: Available settings include:
Any: It indicates any IP address can be used as source IP address.
“xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx”: The type format (e.g, 192.168.1.0).
-d [value] It means “destination IP”.
Value : Available settings include:
Any: It indicates any IP address can be used as destination IP address.
“xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx”: Specify an IP address.
-p [value] It means “destination port”.
Value: Specify a number or type Any (indicating any number).
-t [value] It means “protocol”.
Value: Available settings include “ICMP”, “TCP”, “UDP” and “Any”.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip policy_rt diagnose -s 192.168.1.100 -d any -p any -t ICMP
-------------------------------------------------
Matched Route (Priority)
-------------------------------------------------
* No_Match
-------------------------------------------------
Matched Policy (Priority)
-------------------------------------------------
* Policy_1 (200)
* Conclusion:The packet was dropped because the send-to interface of the
matched
> ip policy_rt -i -1 -o add -1 range -s 192.168.1.10 -S 192.168.1.20 -2
ip_range –d 202.211.100.10 -D 202.211.100.20 -g 202.211.100.1 -I WAN1
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
l
l
a
a
n
n
D
D
N
N
S
S
R
R
e
e
s
s
This command is used to set LAN DNS profiles. With such feature, the user can configure some
services (such as ftp, www or database) with domain name which is easy to be accessed.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip lanDNSRes [-<command> <parameter> | ... ]
Parameter Description
-a <IP Address> It is used to configure IP address mapping (IPv4/IPv6 Address or
multiple subnet addresses).
IP Address: type the IP address (e.g., 192.168.1.56).
-c <CNAME> It is used to set CNAME for such profile.
-d <address mapping index
number>
It means to delete index number with address mapping configured.
address mapping index number : type the index number which
represents the address mapping profile.
-e <0/1> It means to enable or disable the function of LAN DNS or DNS
Forwarding Profile.
0: disable
1: enable
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
248
-i <profile setting index
number>
It means to create LAN DNS profile with specified domain name.
profile setting index number : type the index number which
represents the profile with domain name configured.
-l It means to list detailed information of profile configuration.
> ip lanDNSRes -l
%
% Idx: 7
% State: Enable
% Profile: DrayTekFTP
% Domain Name: ftp.draytek.com
% -------- Address Mapping Table --------
% Idx ReplyOnlySameSubnet IP Address
% 1 Yes 172.16.2.10
% 2 Yes 172.16.3.10
% 3 Yes 172.16.4.10
-n<domain name> It means to specify a domain name to be accessed.
-p<profile name> It means to set name of the LAN DNS profile.
-r It means to clear specified domain name profile and the address
mapping setting.
-s<0/1> It means to determine all subnet packets or only the packets with
the same subnet will be replied for address mapping profile.
0: reply all subnet packets.
1: reply only same subnet packet.
-z It means to update LAN DNS configuration to DNS cache.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip lanDNSRes -i 1 -n ftp.drayTek.com
% Configure Set1's DomainName:ftp.drayTek.com
> ip lanDNSRes -i 1 -n ftp.drayTek.com
> ip lanDNSRes -i 1 -a 172.16.2.10 -s 1
> ip lanDNSRes -i 1 -a 172.16.3.10 -s 1
> ip lanDNSRes -i 1 -a 172.16.4.10 -s 1
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
d
d
n
n
s
s
f
f
o
o
r
r
w
w
a
a
r
r
d
d
This command is used to set LAN DNS profile for conditional DNS forwarding.
ip dnsforward [-<command> <parameter> | ... ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
[<command>
<parameter>|…]
The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one line.
-a <IP Address> Set forwarded DNS server IP Address.
-d <DNS server mapping
index number>
Delete the selected LAN DNS profile.
-e <0/1> 0: disable such function.
1: enable such function.
-i <profile setting index
number>
Type the index number of the profile.
-l List the content of LAN DNS profile (including domain name, IP
address and message).
-n <domain name> Set domain name.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
249
-p <profile name> Set profile name for LAN DNS.
-r Reset the settings for selected profile.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip dnsforward -i 1 -n ftp.drayTek.com
% Configure Set1's DomainName:ftp.drayTek.com
> ip dnsforward -i 1 -a 172.16.1.1
% Configure Set1's IP:172.16.1.1
> ip dnsforward -i 1 -l
% Idx: 1
% State: Disable
% Profile: test
% Domain Name: ftp.drayTek.com
% DNS Server IP: 172.16.1.1
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
6
6
a
a
d
d
d
d
r
r
This command allows users to set the IPv6 address for your router.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip6 addr -s [prefix] [prefix-length] [LAN1|LAN2|...|LAN4|WAN1|WAN2|USB|VPN1|..VPN32]
ip6 addr -d [prefix] [prefix-length] [LAN1|LAN2|...|LAN4|WAN1|WAN2|USB|VPN1|..VPN32]
ip6 addr -a [LAN1|LAN2|...|LAN4|WAN1|WAN2|USB|VPN1|...|VPN32#]
ip6 addr -v [LAN1|LAN2|...|LAN4|WAN1|WAN2|USB]
ip6 addr –o [prefix] [prefix-length][WAN1|WAN2|USB]
ip6 addr -l [prefix] [prefix-length] [LAN1|LAN2|...|LAN4]
ip6 addr - [p|b] [prefix] [prefix-length] [WAN1|WAN2|USB]
ip6 addr -x [LAN1|LAN2|...|LAN4]
ip6 addr -c [LAN1|LAN2|...|LAN4]
ip6 addr -e [0/1/2] [LAN1|LAN2|...|LAN4]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
-s It means to add a static ipv6 address.
-d It means to delete an ipv6 address.
-a It means to show current address(es) status.
-u It means to show only unicast addresses.
prefix It means to type the prefix number of IPv6 address.
prefix-length It means to type a fixed value as the length of the prefix.
LAN|WAN1|WAN2|iface# It means to specify LAN or WAN interface for such address.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip6 addr -a
LAN
Unicast Address:
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
250
FE80::250:7FFF:FE00:0/64 (Link)
Multicast Address:
FF02::2
FF02::1:FF00:0
FF02::1
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
6
6
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
r
r
e
e
q
q
_
_
o
o
p
p
t
t
This command is used to configure option-request settings for DHCPv6 client.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip6 dhcp req_opt [LAN1 ~LAN
4
|WAN1|WAN2|USB] [-<command> <parameter>| ... ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
req_opt It means option-request.
LAN1~4|WAN1|WAN2|USB It means to specify LAN or WAN interface for such address.
[<command>
<parameter>|…]
The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one line.
-a It means to show current DHCPv6 status.
-s It means to ask the SIP.
-S It means to ask the SIP name.
-d It means to ask the DNS setting.
-D It means to ask the DNS name.
-n It means to ask NTP.
-i It means to ask NIS.
-I It means to ask NIS name.
-p It means to ask NISP.
-P It means to ask NISP name.
-b It means to ask BCMCS.
-B It means to ask BCMCS name.
-r It means to ask refresh time.
Parameter 1: the parameter related to the request will be displayed.
0: the parameter related to the request will not be displayed.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip6 dhcp req_opt WAN2 -S 1
> ip6 dhcp req_opt WAN2 -r 1
> ip6 dhcp req_opt WAN2 -a
% Interface WAN2 is set to request following DHCPv6 options:
% sip name
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
6
6
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
c
c
l
l
i
i
e
e
n
n
t
t
This command allows you to use DHCPv6 protocol to obtain IPv6 address from server.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
251
ip6 dhcp client [WAN1|WAN2|USB] [-<command> <parameter>| ... ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
client It means the dhcp client settings.
[<command>
<parameter>|…]
The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one line.
-a It means to show current DHCPv6 status.
-p [IAID] It means to request identity association ID for Prefix Delegation.
-n [IAID] It means to request identity association ID for Non-temporary
Address.
-t [time] It means to set solicit interval.
Time: 0 ~ seconds (default value is 0).
-c [parameter] It means to send rapid commit to server.
-I [parameter] It means to send information request to server.
-e[parameter] It means to enable or disable the DHCPv6 client.
1: Enable
0: Disable
-m [parameter] It means to enable/disable server DUID set by Link layer and time.
-d It means to display the client DUID.
-A [parameter] It means to set authentication protocol.
0: Undefine
2: delayed protocol
-R [parameter] It means to set realm value (max: 31 characters) in delayed
protocol.
-S [parameter] It means to set shared secret (max: 31 characters) in delayed
protocol.
-K [parameter] It means to set key ID (1~65535) in delayed protocol.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip6 dhcp client WAN2 –p 2008::1
> ip6 dhcp client WAN2 –a
Interface WAN2 has following DHCPv6 client settings:
DHCPv6 client enabled
request IA_PD whose IAID equals to 2008
> ip6 dhcp client WAN2 –n 1023456
> ip6 dhcp client WAN2 –a
Interface WAN2 has following DHCPv6 client settings:
DHCPv6 client enabled
request IA_NA whose IAID equals to 2008
> system reboot
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
6
6
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
s
s
e
e
r
r
v
v
e
e
r
r
This command allows you to configure DHCPv6 server.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip6 dhcp server [-<command> <parameter>| ... ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
252
Parameter Description
server It means the dhcp server settings.
[<command>
<parameter>|…]
The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one line.
-a It means to show current DHCPv6 status.
-b It means to show current DHCPv6 IP Assignment Table.
-n <name> It means to set a profile name.
-c<parameter> It means to send rapid commit to server.
1: Enable
0: Disable
-e<parameter> It means to enable or disable the DHCPv6 server.
1: Enable
0: Disable
-t <time> It means to set prefer lifetime.
-y <time> It means to set valid lifetime.
-u <time> It means to set T1 time.
-o <time> It means to set T2 time.
-i<pool_min_addr> It means to set the start IPv6 address of the address pool.
-x<pool_max_addr> It means to set the end IPv6 address of the address pool.
-r <1/0> It means to enable (1) or disable (0) auto_range.
-d<addr> It means to set the first DNS IPv6 address.
-D<addr> It means to set the second DNS IPv6 address.
-m<1/0> It means to enable(1) or disable (0) the server DUID set by Link
Layter and Time.
-q It means to set DNS domain search list.
-z<1/0> It means enable (1) or disable (0) the DHCP PD.
pdadd
<suffix><prefix_len><client
linklocal><client DUID>
It means to add PD node.
pddel <PD index> It means to delete PD node.
-A <parameter> It means to set authentication protocol.
0: Undefine
2: delayed protocol
3: Reconfigure key
- M <parameter> It means to set realm value (max: 31 characters) in delayed
protocol.
-S <parameter> It means to set shared secret (max: 31 characters) in delayed
protocol.
-K <parameter> It means to set key ID (1~65535) in delayed protocol.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip6 dhcp server -d FF02::1
> ip6 dhcp server -i ff02::1
> ip6 dhcp server -x ff02::3
> ip6 dhcp server -a
% Interface LAN has following DHCPv6 server settings:
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
253
% DHCPv6 server disabled
% maximum address of the pool: FF02::3
% minimum address of the pool: FF02::1
% 1st DNS IPv6 Addr: FF02::1
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
6
6
i
i
n
n
t
t
e
e
r
r
n
n
e
e
t
t
This command allows you to configure settings for accessing Internet.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip6 internet [-<command> <parameter> | ... ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
[<command>
<parameter>|…]
The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one line.
-W n W means to set WAN interface and n means different selections.
Default is WAN1.
n=1: WAN1
n=2: WAN2
n=3: WAN3
.
.
n=X: WANx
-M n M means to set Internet Access Mode (Mandatory) and n means
different modes (represented by 0 – 5)
n= 0: Offline,
n=1: PPP,
n=2: TSPC,
n=3: AICCU,
n=4: DHCPv6,
n=5: Static
n=6: 6in4-Static
n=7: 6rd
-m n It means to set IPv6 MTU.
N = any value (0 means “unspecified”).
6rd
-C n It means to set 6rd connection mode.
n=0: Auto
n=1: Static
-s <server> It means to set 6rd IPv4 Border Relay.
-m n It means to set 6rd IPv4 address mask length.
-p <prefix> It means to set IPv6 prefix for 6rd connection.
-l n It means to set the prefix length for 6rd connection.
6in4
-s <server> It means to set 6in4 remote endpoint IPv4 address.
-I <IPv6 Addr> It means to set the IPv6 address for 6in4 connection.
-P n It means to set IPv6 WAN prefix length for 6in4 connection.
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
254
-p <prefix> It means to set 6in4 LAN Routed Prefix.
-l n It means to set 6in4 LAN Routed Prefix length.
-T n It means to set 6in4 Tunnel TTL.
TSPC/AICCU
-u <username> It means to set Username (max. 63 characters).
-P <password> It means to set Password (max. 63 characters).
-s <server> It means to set Tunnel Server IP.
<server>= IPv4 Addr or URL (max. 63 characters)
AICCU
-p <prefix> It means to set Subnet Prefix (AICCU).
-l n It means to set Subnet Prefix length (AICCU).
-o It means to set AICCU always on. On = 1, Off = 0.
-f It means to set AICCU tunnel ID.
Static
-w <addr> It means to set Default Gateway.
Others
-d <server> It means to set 1st DNS Server IP.
<server>= IPv6 Addr
-D <server> It means to set 2nd DNS Server IP.
<server>= IPv6 Addr
-t <dhcp/ra/none> It means to set ipv6 PPP WAN test mode for DHCP or RA.
-V It means to view IPv6 Internet Access Profile.
-k It means to dial the Tunnel on the WAN.
-j It means to drop the Tunnel on the WAN.
-r n It means to set Prefix State Machine RA timeout.
-c n It means to set Prefix State Machine DHCPv6 Client timeout.
-q It means to set WAN detection mode (0:NS Detect, 1:Ping Detect,
2:Always On).
-z It means to set Ping Detect TTL (0-255).
-x It means to set Ping Detect Host (hostname or IPv6 address).
-i It means to set ipv6 connection interval (1500-60000 (unit:10ms)).
-b It means to enable DNSv6 based on DHCPv6. On = 1, Off = 0
-R It means to Enable RIPng. On = 1, Off = 0
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip6 internet -W 2 -M 2 -u 88886666 -p draytek123456 –s amsterdam.freenet6.net
This setting will take effect after rebooting.
Please use "sys reboot" command to reboot the router.
> system reboot
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
255
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
6
6
n
n
e
e
i
i
g
g
h
h
This command allows you to display IPv6 neighbour table.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip6 neigh -s[ inet6_addr] [eth_addr] [LAN1|LAN2|...|LAN4|WAN1|WAN2|USB]
ip6 neigh -d [inet6_addr] [LAN1|LAN2|...|LAN4|WAN1|WAN2|USB]
ip6 neigh -a [inet6_addr] [-N LAN1|LAN2|...|LAN4|WAN1|WAN2|USB]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
-s It means to add a neighbour.
-d It means to delete a neighbour.
-a It means to show neighbour status.
inet6_addr Type an IPv6 address
eth_addr Type submask address.
LAN1|LAN2|...|LAN4|WAN1
|WAN2|USB
Specify an interface for the neighbor.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip6 neigh -s 2001:2222:3333::1111 00:50:7F:11:ac:22:WAN1
Neighbour 2001:2222:3333::1111 successfully added!
> ip6 neigh -a
I/F ADDR MAC STATE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
LAN1 2001:2222:3333::1111 IN_TIMER
LAN4 :: NONE
LAN3 :: NONE
LAN1 :: NONE
LAN2 :: NONE
DMZ :: NONE
>
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
256
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
6
6
p
p
n
n
e
e
i
i
g
g
h
h
This command allows you to add a proxy neighbour.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip6 pneigh -s inet6_addr [LAN1|LAN2|...|LAN4|WAN1|WAN2|USB]
ip6 pneigh -d inet6_addr [LAN1|LAN2|...|LAN4|WAN1|WAN2|USB]]
ip6 pneigh -a [inet6_addr] [-N LAN1|LAN2|...|LAN4|WAN1|WAN2|USB]]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
-s It means to add a proxy neighbour.
-d It means to delete a proxy neighbour.
-a It means to show proxy neighbour status.
inet6_addr Type an IPv6 address
LAN|WAN1|WAN2 Specify an interface for the proxy neighbor.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip6 neigh -s FE80::250:7FFF:FE12:300 LAN1
% Neighbour FE80::250:7FFF:FE12:300 successfully added!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
6
6
r
r
o
o
u
u
t
t
e
e
This command allows you to set route for IPv6 connection.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip6 route -s [prefix] [prefix-length] [gateway] [LAN1|LAN2|...|LAN4|WAN1|WAN2|
USB|VPN1|...|VPN32] [-D]
ip6 route -d [prefix] [prefix-length]
ip6 route -a [LAN1|LAN2|...|LAN4|WAN1|WAN2| USB|VPN1|...|VPN32]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
-s It means to add a route.
-d It means to delete a route.
-a It means to show the route status.
-D It means that such route will be treated as the default route.
prefix It means to type the prefix number of IPv6 address.
prefix-length It means to type a fixed value as the length of the prefix.
gateway It means the gateway of the router.
LAN1|LAN2|...|LAN4|WAN1|
WAN2| USB|VPN1|...|VPN32
It means to specify LAN or WAN interface for such address.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip6 route -s FE80::250:7FFF:FE12:500 16 FE80::250:7FFF:FE12:100 LAN1
% Route FE80::250:7FFF:FE12:500/16 successfully added!
> ip6 route -a LAN1
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
25
7
PREFIX/PREFIX-LEN I/F METRIC FLAG NEXT-HOP
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
::0.0.0.1/128 LAN1 0 U ::
FE80::/128 LAN1 0 U ::
FE80::21D:AAFF:FE00:0/128 LAN1 0 U ::
FE80::/64 LAN1 256 U ::
FE80::/16 LAN1 1024 UGS
FE80::250:7FFF:FE12:100
FF00::/8 LAN1 256 U ::
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
6
6
p
p
i
i
n
n
g
g
This command allows you to pin an IPv6 address or a host.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip6 ping [IPV6 address/Host] [LAN1|LAN2|...|LAN4|WAN1|WAN2|USB] <send count>
<data_size]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
IPV6 address/Host It means to specify the IPv6 address or host for ping.
[LAN1|LAN2|...|LAN4|WAN1
|WAN2|USB]
It means to specify LAN or WAN interface for such address.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip6 ping 2001:4860:4860::8888 WAN1
Pinging 2001:4860:4860::8888 with 64 bytes of Data:
Receive reply from 2001:4860:4860::8888, time=330ms
Receive reply from 2001:4860:4860::8888, time=330ms
Receive reply from 2001:4860:4860::8888, time=330ms
Receive reply from 2001:4860:4860::8888, time=330ms
Receive reply from 2001:4860:4860::8888, time=330ms
Packets: Sent = 5, Received = 5, Lost = 0 <% loss>
>
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
258
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
6
6
t
t
r
r
a
a
c
c
e
e
r
r
t
t
This command allows you to trace the routes from the router to the host.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip6 tracert [IPV6 address/Host] [LAN1|LAN2|...|LAN4|WAN1|WAN2|USB]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
IPV6 address/Host It means to specify the IPv6 address or host for ping.
[LAN1|LAN2|...|LAN4|WAN1
|WAN2|USB]
It means to specify LAN or WAN interface for such address.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip6 tracert 2001:4860:4860::8888
traceroute to 2001:4860:4860::8888, 30 hops max through protocol ICMP
1 2001:5C0:1400:B::10B8 340 ms
2 2001:4DE0:1000:A22::1 330 ms
3 2001:4DE0:A::1 330 ms
4 2001:4DE0:1000:34::1 340 ms
5 2001:7F8:1: :A501:5169:1 330 ms
6 2001:4860::1:0:4B3 350 ms
7 2001:4860::8:0:2DAF 330 ms
8 2001:4860::2:0:66
E
340 ms
9 Request timed out. *
10 2001:4860:4860::8888 350 ms
Trace complete.
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
6
6
t
t
s
s
p
p
c
c
This command allows you to display TSPC status.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip6 tspc [ifno]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
ifno It means the connection interface.
Ifno=1 (means WAN1)
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip6 tspc 1
Local Endpoint v4 Address : 111.243.177.223
Local Endpoint v6 Address : 2001:05c0:1400:000b:0000:0000:0000:10b9
Router DNS name : 8886666.broker.freenet6.net
Remote Endpoint v4 Address :81.171.72.11
Remote Endpoint v6 Address : 2001:05c0:1400:000b:0000:0000:0000:10b8
Tspc Prefixlen : 56
Tunnel Broker: Amsterdam.freenet.net
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
259
Status: Connected
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
6
6
r
r
a
a
d
d
v
v
d
d
This command allows you to enable or disable RADVD server.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
Ip6 radvd <LAN1|LAN2|...|LAN4> [-<command> <parameter>| ... ]
ip6 radvd –V
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
[<command>
<parameter>|…]
The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one line.
-s It means to enable or disable the default lifetime of the RADVD
server.
1: Enable the RADVD server.
0: Disable the RADVD server.
-D <0/1/2> It means to set RDNSS Disable/Enable/Deploy when WAN is up.
-d <lifetme> It means to set RA default lifetime.
-i <lifetme> It means to set RA min interval time(sec).
-I <lifetme> It means to set RA MAX interval time(sec).
-h <hoplimit> It means to set RA hop limit.
-m <mtu/auto> It means to set RA MTU, 1280-1500.
mtu: auto - auto select MTU from WAN,
-e <time> It means to set reachable time.
-a <time/infinity> It means to set retransmit timer /infinity.
-p <0/1/2> It means to set radvd default preference Low/Medium/High.
0-low
1-medium
2-high
-v It means to view radvd configuration.
-V It means to view setting in RA.
-L <time/infinity> It means to set prefix valid lifetime.
-P <time/infinity> set prefix preferred lifetime.
-r [num] It means to to set RA test for item.
0-default,
121:logo 121,
124:logo 124..
-R It means to reload Config and send RA for subnets.
-u It means to view MTU on all interfaces.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip6 radvd LAN1 -V
% [LAN1] setting !
% Default Lifetime : 0 seconds
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
260
% min interval time : 200 seconds
% MAX interval time : 600 seconds
% Hop limit : 64
% MTU : 0
% Reachable time : 0
% Retransmit time : 0
% Preference : Medium
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
6
6
m
m
n
n
g
g
t
t
This command allows you to manage the settings for access list.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip6 mngt list
ip6 mngt list [add <Index> <IPv6 Object Index> |remove <Index>|flush]
ip6 mngt status
ip6 mngt [http|telnet|ping|https|ssh] [on|off]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
list It means to show the setting information of the access list.
status It means to show the status of IPv6 management.
add It means to add an IPv6 address which can be used to execute
management through Internet.
index It means the number (1, 2 and 3) allowed to be configured for IPv6
management.
remove It means to remove (delete) the specified index number with IPv6
settings.
flush It means to clear the IPv6 access table.
http|telnet|ping|https|ssh These protocols are used for accessing Internet.
on|off It means to enable (on) or disable (off) the Internet accessing
through http/telnet/ping.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip6 mngt list add 1 1
%% Set OK.
> ip6 mngt status
% IPv6 Remote Management :
telnet : off, http : off, https : off, ssh : off, ping : off
> ip6 mngt http on
> ip6 mngt status
% IPv6 Remote Management :
telnet : off, http : on, https : off, ssh : off, ping : off
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
6
6
o
o
n
n
l
l
i
i
n
n
e
e
This command allows you to check the online status of IPv6 LAN /WAN.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip6 online [WAN1|WAN2|USB]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
261
Parameter Description
[WAN1|WAN2|USB] It means the connection interface.
0=LAN1
1=WAN1
2=WAN2
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip6 online WAN1
% WAN1 online status :
% IPv6 WAN1 TSPC
% Default Gateway : ::
% Interface : DOWN
% UpTime : 0:00:00
% IPv6 DNS Server: :: Static
% IPv6 DNS Server: :: Static
% IPv6 DNS Server: :: Static
% Tx packets = 0, Tx bytes = 0, Rx packets = 0, Rx bytes = 0
% MTU Onlink: 1280 , Config MTU : 0
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
6
6
a
a
i
i
c
c
c
c
u
u
This command allows you to set IPv6 settings for WAN interface with connection type of
AICCU.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip6 aiccu -i <ifno> -r
ip6 aiccu -i <ifno> -s
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
ifno It means the connection interface.
1=WAN1
2=WAN2
-r It means to remove (delete) the specified index number with IPv6
settings.
-s It means to display the AICCU status.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip6 aiccu -i 1 -s
Status: Idle
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
6
6
n
n
t
t
p
p
This command allows you to set IPv6 settings for NTP (Network Time Protocols) server.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip6 ntp –h
ip6 ntp –v
ip6 ntp –p [0/1]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
262
Parameter Description
–h It is used to display the usage of such command.
-v It is used to show the NTP state.
-p <0/1> It is used to specify NTP server for IPv6.
0 – Auto
1 – First Query IPv6 NTP Server.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip6 ntp -p 1
% Set NTP Priority: IPv6 First
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
6
6
l
l
a
a
n
n
This command allows you to set IPv6 settings for LAN interface.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip6 lan -l n [-<l:w:d:D:m:o:s> <parameter> | ... ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
–h It is used to display the usage of such command.
-l n
It means to selete LAN interface to be set.
n= 1: LAN1
n= 2: LAN2, ... x: LANx. Default is LAN1
-w n
It means to selete WAN interface to be primary interface.
n= 0: None,
n=1: WAN1 ,
n=2: WAN2, ... x: WANx.
-d <server>
It means to set 1st DNS Server IP.
<server>= IPv6 Address
-D <server>
It means to set 2nd DNS Server IP.
<server>= IPv6 Address
-m n
It means to set ipv6 LAN management.
n=0:OFF
n=1:SLAAC. Default is SLAAC
n=2:DHCPv6
-o n
It means to enable Other option(O-bit) flag. (O-bit is redundant
when management is DHCPv6)
n=0: Disable
n=1: Enable.
-e n
It means to add an extension WAN.
n: 1: WAN1, 2: WAN2, ... x: WANx.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
263
-E n
It means to delete an extension WAN.
n: 1: WAN1 ,2: WAN2, ... x: WANx.
-b map
It means to set bit map(decimal) for extension WAN.
map:
bit 0: WAN1
bit 1: WAN2, ... bit n: WAN(n+1).
-f n
It means to disable IPv6.
n= 1: Disable IPv6,
n=0: Enable IPv6.
-R n
It means to enable /disable RIPng.
n=1: Enable RIPng,
n=0: Disable RIPng.
-s n
It means to show IPv6 LAN setting.
n=0:show all. Default is show all.
n=1: LAN1
n=2: LAN2, ... 4: LAN4,
n=5: DMZ.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip6 lan -l 1 -w 1 -d 2001:4860:4860::8888 -o 1 -f 0 -s 2
% Set primary WAN1!
% Set 1st DNS server 2001:4860:4860::8888
% Set Other Option Enable!
% [LAN1] support ipv6!
This setting will take effect after rebooting.
Please use "sys reboot" command to reboot the router.
% [LAN2] setting:
% Primary WAN : WAN1
% Management : SLAAC
% Other Option : Disable
% WAN Exten : None
% Subnet ID : 2
% Static IP(0) : ::/0
% [ifno: 0, enable: 0]
% Static IP(1) : ::/0
% [ifno: 0, enable: 0]
% Static IP(2) : ::/0
% [ifno: 0, enable: 0]
% Static IP(3) : ::/0
% [ifno: 0, enable: 0]
% DNS1 : 2001:4860:4860::8888
% DNS2 : 2001:4860:4860::8844
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
264
% ULA Type : OFF
% RIPng : Enable
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
6
6
s
s
e
e
s
s
s
s
i
i
o
o
n
n
This command allows you to set sessions limit for IPv6 address.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip6 session [on/off/default num/status/show]
ip6 session [add/del] [IP1-IP2] [num]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
on It means to turn on session limit for each IP.
off It means to turn off session limit for each IP.
default <num> It means to set the default number of session num limit.
status It means to display the current settings.
show It means to display all IP range session limit settings.
add It means to add the session limit for an IPv6 range.
<IP1-IP2> - Specify a range for IPv6 addresses.
del It means to delete the session limit for an IPv6 range by first IP (IP1)
or 'del all'.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip6 session on
> ip6 session add 2100:ABCD::2-2100:ABCD::10 100
> ip6 session status
IPv6 range:
2100:ABCD::2 - 2100:ABCD::10 : 100
Current ip6 session limit is turn on
Current default session number is 100
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
6
6
b
b
a
a
n
n
d
d
w
w
i
i
d
d
t
t
h
h
This command allows you to set IPv6 settings
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ip6 Bandwidth [on/off/default tx_rate rx_rate/status/show]
ip6 Bandwidth [add/del] [IP1-IP2] [tx][rx][shared]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
on It means to turn on bandwidth limit for each IP.
off It means to turn off bandwidth limit for each IP.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
265
default <tx> <rx> It means to set the default transmission (tx), receiving (rx) rate of
bandwidth limit (0-30000 Kbps/Mbps).
status It means to display the current settings.
show It means to display all IP range bandwidth limit settings.
add It means to add the bandwidth limit for an IPv6 range.
<IP1-IP2> - Specify a range for IPv6 addresses.
del It means to delete the bandwidth limit for an IPv6 range by first IP
(IP1) or 'del all'.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip6 bandwidth on
> ip6 bandwidth add 2001:ABCD::2-2001:ABCD::10 512 5M shared
> ip6 bandwidth status
IPv6 range:
2001:ABCD::2 - 2001:ABCD::10 : Tx:512K Rx:5M shared
Current ip6 Bandwidth limit is turn on
Current default ip6 Bandwidth rate is Tx:2000K Rx:8000K bps
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
f
f
v
v
i
i
e
e
w
w
IPF users to view the version of the IP filter, to view/set the log flag, to view the running IP
filter rules.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ipf view [-VcdhrtzZ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
-V It means to show the version of this IP filter.
-c It means to show the running call filter rules.
-d It means to show the running data filter rules.
-h It means to show the hit-number of the filter rules.
-r It means to show the running call and data filter rules.
-t It means to display all the information at one time.
-z It means to clear a filter rule’s statistics.
-Z It means to clear IP filter’s gross statistics.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ipf view -V -c -d
ipf: IP Filter: v3.3.1 (1824)
Kernel: IP Filter: v3.3.1
Running: yes
Log Flags: 0x80947278 = nonip
Default: pass all, Logging: available
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
266
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
f
f
s
s
e
e
t
t
This command is used to set general rule for firewall.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ipf set [Options]
ipf set [SET_NO] rule [RULE_NO] [Options]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
Options There are several options provided here, such as -v, -c [SET_NO], -d
[SET_NO],… and etc.
SET_NO It means to specify the index number (from 1 to 12) of filter set.
RULE_NO It means to specify the index number (from 1 to 7) of filter rule set.
-v Type “-v” to view the configuration of general set.
-c [SET_NO] It means to setup Call Filter, e.g., -c 2. The range for the index
number you can type is “0” to “12” (0 means “disable).
-d [SET_NO] It means to setup Data Filter, e.g., -d 3. The range for the index
number you can type is “0” to “12” (0 means “disable).
-l [VALUE] It means to setup Log Flag, e.g., -l 2
Type “0” to disable the log flag.
Type “1” to display the log of passed packet.
Type “2” to display the log of blocked packet.
Type “3” to display the log of non-matching packet.
- p [VALUE] It means to setup actions for packet not matching any rule, e.g., -p
1
Type “0” to let all the packets pass;
Type “1” to block all the packets.
-R [v4/v6][Enable/Disable] : Accept routing packet from WAN
-L [VALUE] It means to enable/disable Strict Security Firewall.
0:Disable, 1:Enable
-C [VALUE] It means to set code page.
code page number ('?' for more information).
-M [APPE_NO] It means to set APPE for packets not matching any rule.
-U [URL_NO] It means to set URL Content Filter for packets not matching any
rule.
-W [WEB_NO] It means to set WEB Content Filter for packets not matching any
rule.
-D [DNS_NO] It means to set DNS Filter for packet not matching any rule.
-g [VALUE] It means to set DNS Filter syslog.
0:Disable 1:Enable
-a [AD_SET] It means to configure the advanced settings.
-f [VALUE] It means to accept large incoming fragmented UDP or ICMP packets.
0:Disable, 1:Enable
-t [VALUE] It means to enable Transparent Mode.
-E [VALUE] It means to set the session limitation max count.
VALUE : 0-32000
-Q [VALUE] It means to set the QoS class.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
267
The value from 0 to 4.
0:None, 1:Class 1, 2:Class 2, 3:Class 3, 4:Default Class
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ipf set -c 1 #set call filter start from set 1
Setting saved.
> ipf set -d 2 #set data filter start from set 2
Setting saved.
> ipf set -v
Call Filter: Enable (Start Filter Set = 1)
Data Filter: Enable (Start Filter Set = 2)
Log Flag : Disable
Actions for packet not matching any rule:
Pass or Block : Pass
CodePage : ANSI(1252)-Latin I
Max Sessions Limit: 32000
Current Sessions : 0
Mac Bind IP : Non-Strict
QOS Class : None
APP Enforcement : None
URL Content Filter : None
WEB Content Filter : None
DNS Filter : None
Load-Balance policy : Auto-select
---------------------------------------------------------------------
CodePage : ANSI(1252)-Latin I
Window size : 65535
Session timeout : 1440
DrayTek Banner : Enable
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Accept large incoming fragmented UDP or ICMP packets: Enable
Transparent Mode : Disable
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Block routing packet from WAN:
[ ] IPv4
[v] IPv6
---------------------------------------------------------------------
[v] Enable Strict Security Firewall
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
f
f
r
r
u
u
l
l
e
e
This command is used to set filter rule for firewall.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ipf rule s r [-<command> <parameter> | ...
ipf rule s r -v
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
s Such word means Filter Set, range form 1~12.
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
268
r Such word means Filter Rule, range from 1~7.
<Command><parameter> The following lists all of the available commands with parameters.
-e It means to enable or disable the rule setting.
0- disable
1- enable
-D [value] It means to set direction.
0, LAN//DMZ/RT/VPN -> WAN
1, WAN -> LAN/DMZ/RT/VPN
2, LAN/DMZ/RT/VPN -> LAN/DMZ/RT/VPN
-s o:g <obj> It means to specify source IP object and IP group.
o - indicates “object”.
g - indicates “group”.
obj - indicates index number of object or index number of group.
Available settings range from 1-192. For example, “-s g 3" means
the third source IP group profile.
–s u <Address Type> <Start IP
Address> <End IP Address> |
<Address Mask>
It means to configure source IP address including address type,
start IP address, end IP address and address mask.
u – It means “user defined”.
Address Type - Type the number (representing different address
type).
0 - Subnet Address
1 - Single Address
2 - Any Address
3 - Range Address
Example:
Set Subnet Address => -s u 0 192.168.1.10 255.255.255.0
Set Single Address => -s u 1 192.168.1.10
Set Any Address => -s u 2
Set Range Address => -s u 3 192.168.1.10 192.168.1.15
-d o:g <obj> It means to specify destination IP object and IP group.
o – indicates “object”.
g – indicates “group”
<obj>– indicates index number of object or index number of group.
Available settings range from 1-192. For example, “-d g 1" means
the first destination IP group profile.
–d u <Address Type> <Start IP
Address> <End IP Address> |
<Address Mask>
It means to configure destination IP address including address type,
start IP address, end IP address and address mask.
u – It means “user defined”.
Address Type - Type the number (representing different address
type).
0 - Subnet Address
1 - Single Address
2 - Any Address
3 - Range Address
Example:
Set Subnet Address => -d u 0 192.168.1.10 255.255.255.0
Set Single Address => -d u 1 192.168.1.10
Set Any Address => -d u 2
Set Range Address => -d u 3 192.168.1.10 192.168.1.15
-S o:g <obj> It means to specify Service Type object and IP group.
o – indicates “object”.
g – indicates “group”
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
269
<obj> – indicates index number of object or index number of group.
Available settings range from 1-96. For example, “-S 0 1" means the
first service type object profile.
-S u <protocol>
<source_port__value>
<destination_port_vale>
It means to configure advanced settings for Service Type, such as
protocol and port range.
u – it means “user defined”.
<protocol> – It means TCP(6),UDP(17), TCP/UDP(255).
<source_port__value> –
1 – Port OP, range is 0-3. 0:= =, 1:!=, 2:>, 3:<
3 – Port range of the Start Port Number, range is
1-65535.
5 – Port range of the End Port Number, range is 1-65535.
<destination_port_value>:
2 – Port OP, range is 0-3, 0:==, 1:!=, 2:>, 3:<
4 – Port range of the Start Port Number, range is
1-65535.
6 – Port range of the End Port Number, range is 1-65535.
-f <value> It means to set the gragment type.
0 – Don’t care
1 – Unfragmented
2 – Fragmented
3 – Too Short
-F It means the Filter action you can specify.
0 –Pass Immediately,
1 – Block Immediately,
2 – Pass if no further match,
3 – Block if no further match.
-m <value> It means to set the MAC Bind IP type.
0 – Non-Strict
1 – Strict
-L <value> It means to set number of sessions control.
0 ~ 30000
-q <value> It means the classification for QoS.
1– Class 1,
2 – Class 2,
3 – Class 3,
4 – Other
-l <wan><log flag> It means load balance policy.
Such function is used for “debug” only.
-E <value> It means to enable APP Enforcement.
1 - Enable
0 - Disable
-a<index><log flag> It means to specify which APP Enforcement profile will be applied.
<index> – Available settings range from 0 ~ 32. “0” means no profile
will be applied.
<log flag> - Enable (1) the syslog; disable (0) the syslog.
-u<index><log flag> It means to specify which URL Content Filter profile will be applied.
<index> – Available settings range from 0 ~ 8. “0” means no profile
will be applied.
<log flag> - Enable (1) the log; disable (0) the log
-w<index><log flag> It means to specify which web content filter profile will be applied.
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
270
<index> – Available settings range from 0 ~ 8. “0” means no profile
will be applied.
<log flag> - Enable (1) the log; disable (0) the log
-n<index><log flag> It means to specify which DNS filter profile will be applied.
<index> – Available settings range from 0 ~ 8. “0” means no profile
will be applied.
<log flag> - Enable (1) the log; disable (0) the log
-N <value> It means to set number of the next filter set.
0 - 12
-c <0-20> It means to set code page. Different number represents different
code page.
0. None
1. ANSI(1250)-Central Europe
2. ANSI(1251)-Cyrillic
3. ANSI(1252)-Latin I
4. ANSI(1253)-Greek
5. ANSI(1254)-Turkish
6. ANSI(1255)-Hebrew
7. ANSI(1256)-Arabic
8. ANSI(1257)-Baltic
9. ANSI(1258)-Viet Nam
10. OEM(437)-United States
11. OEM(850)-Multilingual Latin I
12. OEM(860)-Portuguese
13. OEM(861)-Icelandic
14. OEM(863)-Canadian French
15. OEM(865)-Nordic
16. ANSI/OEM(874)-Thai
17. ANSI/OEM(932)-Japanese Shift-JIS
18. ANSI/OEM(936)-Simplified Chinese GBK
19. ANSI/OEM(949)-Korean
20. ANSI/OEM(950)-Traditional Chinese Big5
-C <Windows Size>
<Session_Timeout>
It means to set Window size and Session timeout (Minute).
<Windows Size> - Available settings range from 0 ~ 65535.
<Session_Timeout> - Make the best utilization of network resources.
-v It is used to show current filter/rule settings.
-M <Your Comments> It means to set comment for the set rule.
-U <up or down> It means to move Up or Down the order of a rule in the filter set.
0 – up
1 - down
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ipf rule 2 1 -e 1 -M "Your Comments" -s "o 1" -d "o 2" -S "o 1" -F "1 1"
> ipf rule 2 1 -v
Filter Set 2 Rule 1:
Status : Enable
Comments: Your Comments
Index(1-15) in Schedule Setup: <null>, <null>, <null>, <null>
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
271
Direction : LAN/DMZ/RT/VPN -> WAN
Source IP : Object1,
Destination IP : Object2,
Service Type : TCP/UDPObject1,
Fragments : Don't Care
Pass or Block : Block Immediately
Branch to Other Filter Set: None
Max Sessions Limit : 32000
Current Sessions : 0
Mac Bind IP : Non-Strict
Qos Class : None
APP Enforcement : None
URL Content Filter : None
WEB Content Filter : None
DNS Filter : None
Load-Balance policy : Auto-select
Log : Enable
----------------------------------------------------------------------
CodePage : ANSI(1252)-Latin I
Window size : 65535
Session timeout : 1440
DrayTek Banner : Enable
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Strict Security Checking
[ ]APP Enforcement
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
i
i
p
p
f
f
f
f
l
l
o
o
w
w
t
t
r
r
a
a
c
c
k
k
This command is used to set and view flowtrack sessions.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ipf flowtrack set [-re]
ipf flowtrack view [-f]
ipf flowtrack [-i][-p][-t]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
-r It means to refresh the flowtrack.
-e It means to enable or disable the flowtrack.
-f It means to show the sessions state of flowtrack. If you do not
specify any IP address, then all the session state of flowtrack will be
displayed.
-b It means to show all of IP sessions state.
- i [IP address] It means to specify IP address (e.g,, -i 192.168.2.55).
-p[value] It means to type a port number (e.g., -p 1024).
Available settings are 0 ~ 65535.
-t [value] It means to specify a protocol (e.g., -t tcp).
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
272
Available settings include:
tcp
udp
icmp
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
>ipf flowtrack set -r
Refresh the flowstate ok
> ipf flowtrack view -f
Start to show the flowtrack sessions state:
ORIGIN>> 192.168.1.11:59939 -> 8.8.8.8: 53 ,ifno=0
REPLY >> 8.8.8.8: 53 -> 192.168.1.11:59939 ,ifno=3
proto=17, age=93023180(3920), flag=203
ORIGIN>> 192.168.1.11:15073 -> 8.8.8.8: 53 ,ifno=0
REPLY >> 8.8.8.8: 53 -> 192.168.1.11:15073 ,ifno=3
proto=17, age=93025100(2000), flag=203
ORIGIN>> 192.168.1.11: 7247 -> 8.8.8.8: 53 ,ifno=0
REPLY >> 8.8.8.8: 53 -> 192.168.1.11: 7247 ,ifno=3
proto=17, age=93020100(7000), flag=203
End to show the flowtrack sessions state
> ipf flowtrack set -e
Current flow_enable=0
> ipf flowtrack set -e
Curretn flow_enable=1
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
L
L
o
o
g
g
This command allows users to view log for WAN interface such as call log, IP filter log, flush
log buffer, etc.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
log [-cfhiptwx?] [-F a| c | f | w]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
-c It means to show the latest call log.
-f It means to show the IP filter log.
-F It means to show the flush log buffer.
a: flush all logs
c: flush the call log
f: flush the IP filter log
w: flush the WAN log
-h It means to show this usage help.
-p It means to show PPP/MP log.
-t It means to show all logs saved in the log buffer.
-w It means to show WAN log.
-x It means to show packet body hex dump.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
273
> log -w
25:36:25.580 ---->DHCP (WAN-5) Len = 548XID = 0x7880fdd4
Client IP = 0.0.0.0
Your IP = 0.0.0.0
Next server IP = 0.0.0.0
Relay agent IP = 0.0.0.0
25:36:33.580 ---->DHCP (WAN-5) Len = 548XID = 0x7880fdd4
Client IP = 0.0.0.0
Your IP = 0.0.0.0
Next server IP = 0.0.0.0
Relay agent IP = 0.0.0.0
25:36:41.580 ---->DHCP (WAN-5) Len = 548XID = 0x7880fdd4
Client IP = 0.0.0.0
Your IP = 0.0.0.0
Next server IP = 0.0.0.0
Relay agent IP = 0.0.0.0
25:36:49.580 ---->DHCP (WAN-5) Len = 548XID = 0x7880fdd4
Client IP = 0.0.0.0
Your IP = 0.0.0.0
Next server IP = 0.0.0.0
Relay agent IP = 0.0.0.0
25:36:57.580 ---->DHCP (WAN-5) Len = 548XID = 0x7880fdd4
Client IP = 0.0.0.0
Your IP = 0.0.0.0
--- MORE --- ['q': Quit, 'Enter': New Lines, 'Space Bar': Next Page] ---
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
n
n
g
g
t
t
f
f
t
t
p
p
p
p
o
o
r
r
t
t
This command allows users to set FTP port for management.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
mngt ftpport [FTP port]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
FTP port It means to type the number for FTP port. The default setting is
21.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> mngt ftpport 21
% Set FTP server port to 21 done.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
n
n
g
g
t
t
h
h
t
t
t
t
p
p
p
p
o
o
r
r
t
t
This command allows users to set HTTP port for management.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
mngt httpport [Http port]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
Http port It means to enter the number for HTTP port. The default setting is
80.
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
274
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> mngt httpport 80
% Set web server port to 80 done.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
n
n
g
g
t
t
h
h
t
t
t
t
p
p
s
s
p
p
o
o
r
r
t
t
This command allows users to set HTTPS port for management.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
mngt httpsport [Https port]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
Https port It means to type the number for HTTPS port. The default setting is
443.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> mngt httpsport 443
% Set web server port to 443 done.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
n
n
g
g
t
t
t
t
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
p
p
o
o
r
r
t
t
This command allows users to set telnet port for management.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
mngt telnetport [Telnet port]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
Telnet port It means to type the number for telnet port. The default setting is
23.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> mngt telnetport 23
% Set Telnet server port to 23 done.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
n
n
g
g
t
t
s
s
s
s
h
h
p
p
o
o
r
r
t
t
This command allows users to set SSH port for management.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
mngt sshport [ssh port]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
ssh port It means to type the number for SSH port. The default setting is
22.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> mngt sshport 23
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
275
% Set ssh port to 23 done.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
n
n
g
g
t
t
n
n
o
o
p
p
i
i
n
n
g
g
This command is used to pass or block Ping from LAN PC to the internet.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
mngt noping [on]
mngt noping [off]
mngt noping [viewlog]
mngt noping [clearlog]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
on All PING packets will be forwarded from LAN PC to Internet.
off All PING packets will be blocked from LAN PC to Internet.
viewlog It means to display a log of ping action, including source MAC and
source IP.
clearlog It means to clear the log of ping action.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> mngt noping off
No Ping Packet Out is OFF!!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
n
n
g
g
t
t
d
d
e
e
f
f
e
e
n
n
s
s
e
e
w
w
o
o
r
r
m
m
This command can block specified port for passing through the router.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
mngt defenseworm [on]
mngt defenseworm [off]
mngt defenseworm [add port]
mngt defenseworm [del port]
mngt defenseworm [viewlog]
mngt defenseworm [clearlog]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
on It means to activate the function of defense worm packet out.
off It means to inactivate the function of defense worm packet out.
add port It means to add a new TCP port for block.
del port It means to delete a TCP port for block.
viewlog It means to display a log of defense worm packet, including source
MAC and source IP.
clearlog It means to remove the log of defense worm packet.
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
276
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> mngt defenseworm add 21
Add TCP port 21
Block TCP port list: 135, 137, 138, 139, 445, 21
> mngt defenseworm del 21
Delete TCP port 21
Block TCP port list: 135, 137, 138, 139, 445
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
n
n
g
g
t
t
r
r
m
m
t
t
c
c
f
f
g
g
This command can allow the system administrators to login from the Internet. By default, it is
not allowed.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
mngt rmtcfg [status]
mngt rmtcfg [enable]
mngt rmtcfg [disable]
mngt rmtcfg [http/https/ftp/telnet/ssh/tr069] [on/off]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
status It means to display current setting for your reference.
enable It means to allow the system administrators to login from the
Internet.
disable It means to deny the system administrators to login from the
Internet.
http/https/ftp/telnet/ssh/t
r069
It means to specify one of the servers/protocols for enabling or
disabling.
on/off on – enable the function.
off – disable the function.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> mngt rmtcfg ftp on
Enable server fail
Remote configure function has been disabled
please enable by enter mngt rmtcfg enable
> mngt rmtcfg enable
%% Remote configure function has been enabled.
> mngt rmtcfg ftp on
%% FTP server has been enabled.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
n
n
g
g
t
t
l
l
a
a
n
n
a
a
c
c
c
c
e
e
s
s
s
s
This command allows users to manage accessing into Vigor router through LAN port.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
mngt lanaccess -e [0/1] –s [value] –i [value]
mngt lanaccess –I
mngt lanaccess –E
mngt lanaccess –f
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
27
7
mngt lanaccess –d
mngt lanaccess –v
mngt lanaccess –h
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
-e[0/1] It means to enable/disable the function.
0-disable the function.
1-enable the function.
-s[value] It means to specify service offered.
Available values include:
FTP, HTTP, HTTPS, TELNET, SSH, None, All
-i[value] It means the interface which is allowed to access.
Available values include:
LAN2~LAN4, IP Routed Subnet, None, All
Note: LAN1 is always allowed for accessing into the router.
-I It means to inidicate the index number (1 ~ 192) of IP object which
is allowed to acces vigor router.
-E It means to enable (1) / disable (0) a specific IP to access vigor
router.
-f It means to flush all of the settings.
-d It means to restore the factory default settings.
-v It means to view current settings.
-h It means to get the usage of such command.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> mngt lanaccess -e 1
> mngt lanaccess -s FTP,TELNET
> mngt lanaccess -i LAN3
> mngt lanaccess -v
Current LAN Access Control Setting:
* Enable:Yes
* Service:
- FTP:Yes
- HTTP:No
- HTTPS:No
- TELNET:Yes
- SSH:No
- TR069:No
* Subnet:
- LAN 1: disabled
- Specific IP(IP object:0) is disabled
- LAN 2: disabled
- Specific IP(IP object:0) is disabled
- LAN 3: enabled
- Specific IP(IP object:0) is disabled
- LAN 4: disabled
- Specific IP(IP object:0) is disabled
- IP Routed Subnet: disabled
- Specific IP(IP object:0) is disabled
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
278
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
n
n
g
g
t
t
e
e
c
c
h
h
o
o
i
i
c
c
m
m
p
p
This command allows users to reject or accept PING packets from the Internet.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
mngt echoicmp [enable]
mngt echoicmp [disable]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
enable It means to accept the echo ICMP packet.
disable It means to drop the echo ICMP packet.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> mngt echoicmp enable
%% Echo ICMP packet enabled.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
n
n
g
g
t
t
a
a
c
c
c
c
e
e
s
s
s
s
l
l
i
i
s
s
t
t
This command allows you to specify that the system administrator can login from a specific
host or network. A maximum of three IPs/subnet masks is allowed.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
mngt accesslist list
mngt accesslist add [index][IP Object Index]
mngt accesslist remove [index]
mngt accesslist flush
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
list It can display current setting for your reference.
add It means adding a new entry.
index It means to specify the number of the entry.
ip object index It means to specify an IP address.
remove It means to delete the selected item.
flush It means to remove all the settings in the access list.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> mngt accesslist add 1 1
%% Set OK.
> mngt accesslist list
%% Access list :
[Index] [IP Object Index] [IP/CIDR or StartIP ~ EndIP]
==========================================================================
1 1 Please setting index=1 for IP Object
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
m
m
n
n
g
g
t
t
s
s
n
n
m
m
p
p
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
279
This command allows you to configure SNMP for management.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
mngt snmp [-<command> <parameter> | ... ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
[<command>
<parameter>|…]
The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one line.
-e <1/2> 1: Enable the SNMP function.
2: Disable the SNMP function.
-g<Community name> It means to set the name for getting community by typing a proper
character. (max. 23 characters)
-s <Community name> It means to set community by typing a proper name. (max. 23
characters)
-m <IP address> It means to set one host as the manager to execute SNMP function.
Please type in IPv4 address to specify certain host.
-t <Community name> It means to set trap community by typing a proper name. (max. 23
characters)
-n <IP address> It means to set the IPv4 address of the host that will receive the
trap community.
-T <seconds> It means to set the trap timeout <0~999>.
-V It means to list SNMP setting.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> mngt snmp -e 1 -g draytek -s DK -m
192.168.1.20,192.168.5.192/26,10.20.3.40/24 -t trapcom -n
192.168.1.20,10.20.3.40 -T 88
SNMP Agent Turn on!!!
Get Community set to draytek
Set Community set to DK
Manager Host IP set to 192.168.1.20,192.168.5.192/26,10.20.3.40/24
Trap Community set to trapcom
Notification Host IP set to 192.168.1.20,10.20.3.40
Trap Timeout set to 88 seconds
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
o
o
b
b
j
j
e
e
c
c
t
t
i
i
p
p
o
o
b
b
j
j
This command is used to create an IP object profile.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
object ip obj setdefault
object ip obj INDEX -v
object ip obj INDEX -n NAME
object ip obj INDEX -i INTERFACE
object ip obj INDEX -s INVERT
object ip obj INDEX -a TYPE [START_IP] [END/MASK_IP]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
280
Parameter Description
setdefault It means to return to default settings for all profiles.
INDEX It means the index number of the specified object profile.
-v It means to view the information of the specified object profile.
Example: object ip obj 1 -v
-n NAME It means to define a name for the IP object.
NAME: Type a name with less than 15 characters.
Example: object ip obj 9 -n bruce
-i INTERFACE It means to define an interface for the IP object.
INTERFACE=0, means any
INTERFACE=1, means LAN
INTERFACE=3, means WAN
Example: object ip obj 8 -i 0
-s INVERT It means to set invert seletion for the object profile.
INVERT=0, means disableing the function.
INVERT=1, means enabling the function.
Example: object ip obj 3 -s 1
-a TYPE It means to set the address type and IP for the IP object profile.
TYPE=0, means Mask
TYPE=1, means Single
TYPE=2, means Any
TYPE=3, means Rang
TYPE=4, means Mac
Example: object ip obj 3 -a 2
[START_IP] When the TYPE is set with 2, you have to type an IP address as a
starting point and another IP address as end point.
Type an IP address.
[END/MASK_IP] Type an IP address (different with START_IP) as the end IP address.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> object ip obj 1 -n marketing
OK.
> object ip obj 1 -a 1 192.168.1.45
OK.
> object ip obj 1 -v
IP Object Profile 1
Name :[marketing]
Interface:[Any]
Address type:[single]
Start ip address:[192.168.1.45]
End/Mask ip address:[0.0.0.0]
MAC Address:[00:00:00:00:00:00]
Invert Selection:[0]
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
o
o
b
b
j
j
e
e
c
c
t
t
i
i
p
p
g
g
r
r
p
p
This command is used to integrate several IP objects under an IP group profile.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
281
object ip grp setdefault
object ip grp INDEX -v
object ip grp INDEX -n NAME
object ip grp INDEX -i INTERFACE
object ip grp INDEX -a IP_OBJ_INDEX
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
setdefault It means to return to default settings for all profiles.
INDEX It means the index number of the specified group profile.
-v It means to view the information of the specified group profile.
Example: object ip grp 1 -v
-n NAME It means to define a name for the IP group.
NAME: Type a name with less than 15 characters.
Example: object ip grp 8 -n bruce
-i INTERFACE It means to define an interface for the IP group.
INTERFACE=0, means any
INTERFACE=1, means LAN
INTERFACE=3, means WAN
Example: object ip grp 3 -i 0
-a IP_OBJ_INDEX It means to specify IP object profiles for the group profile.
Example: :object ip grp 3 -a 1 2 3 4 5
The IP object profiles with index number 1,2,3,4 and 5 will be group
under such profile.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> object ip grp 2 -n First
IP Group Profile 2
Name :[First]
Interface:[Any]
Included ip object index:
[0:][0]
[1:][0]
[2:][0]
[3:][0]
[4:][0]
[5:][0]
[6:][0]
[7:][0]
[8:][0]
[9:][0]
[10:][0]
[11:][0]
> object ip grp 2 -a 1 2
IP Group Profile 2
Name :[First]
Interface:[Lan]
Included ip object index:
[0:][0]
[1:][0]
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
282
[2:][0]
[3:][0]
[4:][0]
[5:][0]
[6:][0]
[7:][0]
[8:][0]
[9:][0]
[10:][0]
[11:][0]
Set ok!
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
283
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
o
o
b
b
j
j
e
e
c
c
t
t
i
i
p
p
v
v
6
6
o
o
b
b
j
j
This comman is used to create an IPv6 object profile.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
obj ipv6 obj setdefault
obj ipv6 obj INDEX -v
obj ipv6 obj INDEX -n NAME
obj ipv6 obj INDEX -s INVERT
obj ipv6 obj INDEX -e MATCH_TYPE
obj ipv6 obj INDEX -a TYPE [START_IP] [END_IP]|[Prefix Length]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
setdefault It means to return to default settings for all profiles.
INDEX It means the index number of the specified object profile.
-v It means to view the information of the specified object profile.
Example: object ipv6 obj 1 -v
-n NAME It means to define a name for the IPv6 object.
NAME: Type a name with less than 15 characters.
Example: object ipv6 obj 9 -n bruce
-s INVERT It means to set invert seletion for the object profile.
INVERT=0, means disableing the function.
INVERT=1, means enabling the function.
Example: object ipv6 obj 3 -s 1
-e MATCH_TYPE It means to set the match type of ipv6 object profile.
0:128 Bits,
1:Suffix 64 Bits Interface ID
-a TYPE It means to set the address type for the IPv6 object profile.
TYPE=0, means Mask
TYPE=1, means Single
TYPE=2, means Any
TYPE=3, means Rang
TYPE=4, means Mac
Example: object ipv6 obj 3 -a 2
[START_IP] When the TYPE is set with 2, you have to type an IPv6 address as a
starting point and another IP address as end point.
Type an IPv6 address as the starting point.
[END/ Prefix Length] Type an IPv6 address (different with START_IP) as the end IPv6
address or the prefix length of the IPv6 address.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> obj ipv6 obj 9 -n bruce
Setting saved.
> obj ipv6 obj 3 -s 1
Setting saved.
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
284
> obj ipv6 obj 3 -e 1
You can not set 64 bits Interface ID for Subnet type.
Setting saved.
> obj ipv6 obj 3 -a 3 2607:f0d0:1002:51::4 2607:f0d0:1002:51::4
Setting saved.
> obj ipv6 obj 3 -v
IPv6 Object Profile 3
Name :[]
Address Type:[range]
Start IPv6 Address:[2607:F0D0:1002:51::4]
End IPv6 Address:[2607:F0D0:1002:51::4]
Prefix Length:[0]
MAC Address:[00:00:00:00:00:00]
Invert Selection:[0]
Match Type:[0]
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
o
o
b
b
j
j
e
e
c
c
t
t
i
i
p
p
v
v
6
6
g
g
r
r
p
p
This command is used to integrate several IPv6 objects under an IPv6 group profile.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
ipv6 grp setdefault
ipv6 grp INDEX -v
ipv6 grp INDEX -n NAME
ipv6 grp INDEX -a IP_OBJ_INDEX
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
setdefault It means to return to default settings for all profiles.
INDEX It means the index number of the specified group profile.
-v It means to view the information of the specified group profile.
Example: object ip grp 1 -v
-n NAME It means to define a name for the IPv6 group.
NAME: Type a name with less than 15 characters.
Example: object ip grp 8 -n bruce
-a IP_OBJ_INDEX It means to specify IPv6 object profiles for the group profile.
Example: :object ip grp 3 -a 1 2 3 4 5
The IP object profiles with index number 1,2,3,4 and 5 will be group
under such profile.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> object ipv6 grp 8 -n bruce
IPv6 Group Profile 8
Name :[bruce]
Included ip object index:
[0:][0]
[1:][0]
[2:][0]
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
285
[3:][0]
[4:][0]
[5:][0]
[6:][0]
[7:][0]
> object ipv6 grp 8 -a 1 2 3 4 5
IPv6 Group Profile 8
Name :[bruce]
Included ip object index:
[0:][1]
[1:][2]
[2:][3]
[3:][4]
[4:][5]
[5:][0]
[6:][0]
[7:][0]
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
o
o
b
b
j
j
e
e
c
c
t
t
s
s
e
e
r
r
v
v
i
i
c
c
e
e
o
o
b
b
j
j
This command is used to create service object profile.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
object service obj setdefault
object service obj INDEX -v
object service obj INDEX -n NAME
object service obj INDEX -p PROTOCOL
object service obj INDEX -s CHK [START_P] [END_P]
object service obj INDEX -d CHK [START_P] [END_P]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
setdefault It means to return to default settings for all profiles.
INDEX It means the index number of the specified service object profile.
-v It means to view the information of the specified service object
profile.
Example: object service obj 1 -v
-n NAME It means to define a name for the IP object.
NAME: Type a name with less than 15 characters.
Example: object service obj 9 -n bruce
-p PROTOCOL It means to define a PROTOCOL for the service object profile.
PROTOCOL =0, means any
PROTOCOL =1, means ICMP
PROTOCOL =2, means IGMP
PROTOCOL =6, means TCP
PROTOCOL =17, means UDP
PROTOCOL =58, means ICMPv6
PROTOCOL =255, means TCP/UDP
Other values mean other protocols.
Example: object service obj 8 -p 1
CHK It means the check action for the port setting.
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
286
0=equal(=), when the starting port and ending port values are the
same, it indicates one port; when the starting port and ending port
values are different, it indicates a range for the port and available
for this service type.
1=not equal(!=), when the starting port and ending port values are
the same, it indicates all the ports except the port defined here;
when the starting port and ending port values are different, it
indicates that all the ports except the range defined here are
available for this service type.
2=larger(>), the port number greater than this value is available..
3=less(<), the port number less than this value is available for this
profile.
-s CHK [START_P] [END_P] It means to set souce port check and configure port range (1~65565)
for TCP/UDP.
END_P, type a port number to indicate source port.
Example: object service obj 3 -s 0 100 200
-d CHK [START_P] [END_P] It means to set destination port check and configure port range
(1~65565) for TCP/UDP.
END_P, type a port number to indicate destination port.
Example: object service obj 3 -d 1 100 200
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> object service obj 1 -n limit
> object service obj 1 -p 255
> object service obj 1 -s 1 120 240
> object service obj 1 -d 1 200 220
> object service obj 1 -v
Service Object Profile 1
Name :[limit]
Protocol:[TCP/UDP]
Source port check action:[!=]
Source port range:[120~240]
Destination port check action:[!=]
Destination port range:[200~220]
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
o
o
b
b
j
j
e
e
c
c
t
t
s
s
e
e
r
r
v
v
i
i
c
c
e
e
g
g
r
r
p
p
This command is used to integrate several service objects under a service group profile.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
object service grp setdefault
object service grp INDEX –v
object service grp INDEX –n NAME
object service grp INDEX –a SER_OBJ_INDEX
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
setdefault It means to return to default settings for all profiles.
INDEX It means the index number of the specified group profile.
-v It means to view the information of the specified group profile.
Example: object service grp 1 –v
-n NAME It means to define a name for the service group.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
28
7
NAME: Type a name with less than 15 characters.
Example: object service grp 8 –n bruce
-a SER_OBJ_INDEX It means to specify service object profiles for the group profile.
Example: :object service grp 3 –a 1 2 3 4 5
The service object profiles with index number 1,2,3,4 and 5 will be
group under such profile.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
>object service grp 1 –n Grope_1
Service Group Profile 1
Name :[Grope_1]
Included service object index:
[0:][0]
[1:][0]
[2:][0]
[3:][0]
[4:][0]
[5:][0]
[6:][0]
[7:][0]
>object service grp 1 –a 1 2
Service Group Profile 1
Name :[Grope_1]
Included service object index:
[0:][1]
[1:][2]
[2:][0]
[3:][0]
[4:][0]
[5:][0]
[6:][0]
[7:][0]
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
o
o
b
b
j
j
e
e
c
c
t
t
k
k
w
w
This command is used to create keyword profile.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
object kw obj setdefault
object kw obj show PAGE
object kw obj INDEX –v
object kw obj INDEX –n NAME
object kw obj INDEX –a CONTENTS
object kw obj INDEX -c
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
setdefault It means to return to default settings for all profiles.
show PAGE It means to show the contents of the specified profile.
PAGE: type the page number.
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
288
Show It means to show the contents for all of the profiles.
INDEX It means the index number of the specified keyword profile.
-v It means to view the information of the specified keyword profile.
-n NAME It means to define a name for the keyword profile.
NAME: Type a name with less than 15 characters.
-a CONTENTS It means to set the contents for the keyword profile.
Example: object kw obj 40 –a test
-c It means to clear the contents of keyword object profile.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> object kw obj 1 -n children
Profile 1
Name :[children]
Content:[]
> object kw obj 1 -a gambling
Profile 1
Name :[children]
Content:[gambling]
> object kw obj 1 -v
Profile 1
Name :[children]
Content:[gambling]
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
o
o
b
b
j
j
e
e
c
c
t
t
f
f
e
e
This command is used to create File Extension Object profile.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
object fe show
object fe setdefault
object fe obj INDEX -v
object fe obj INDEX -n NAME
object fe obj INDEX -e CATEGORY|FILE_EXTENSION
object fe obj INDEX -d CATEGORY|FILE_EXTENSION
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
show It means to show the contents for all of the profiles.
setdefault It means to return to default settings for all profiles.
INDEX It means the index number (from 1 to 8) of the specified file
extension object profile.
-v It means to view the information of the specified file extension
object profile.
-n NAME It means to define a name for the file extension object profile.
NAME: Type a name with less than 15 characters.
-e It means to enable the specific CATEGORY or FILE_EXTENSION.
-d It means to disable the specific CATEGORY or FILE_EXTENSION
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
289
CATEGORY|FILE_EXTENSION CATEGORY:
Image, Video, Audio, Java, ActiveX, Compression, Executation
Example: object fe obj 1 -e Image
FILE_EXTENSION:
".bmp", ".dib", ".gif", ".jpeg", ".jpg", ".jpg2", ".jp2", ".pct",
".pcx", ".pic", ".pict", ".png", ".tif", ".tiff", ".asf", ".avi",
".mov", ".mpe", ".mpeg", ".mpg", ".mp4", ".qt", ".rm", ".wmv",
".3gp", ".3gpp", ".3gpp2", ".3g2", ".flv", ".swf", ".aac", ".aiff"
".au", ".mp3", ".m4a", ".m4p", ".ogg", ".ra", ".ram", ".vox",
".wav", ".wma", ".class", ".jad", ".jar", ".jav", ".java", ".jcm",
".js", ".jse", ".jsp", ".jtk", ".alx", ".apb", ".axs", ".ocx",
".olb", ".ole", ".tlb", ".viv", ".vrm", ".ace", ".arj", ".bzip2",
".bz2", ".cab", ".gz", ".gzip", ".rar", ".sit", ".zip", ".bas",
".bat", ".com", ".exe", ".inf", ".pif", ".reg", ".scr", ".torrent"
Example: object fe obj 1 -e .bmp
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> object fe obj 1 -n music
> object fe obj 1 -e Audio
> object fe obj 1 -v
Profile Index: 1
Profile Name:[music]
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Image category:
[ ].bmp [ ].dib [ ].gif [ ].jpeg [ ].jpg [ ].jpg2 [ ].jp2 [ ].pct
[ ].pcx [ ].pic [ ].pict [ ].png [ ].tif [ ].tiff
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Video category:
[ ].asf [ ].avi [ ].mov [ ].mpe [ ].mpeg [ ].mpg [v].mp4 [ ].qt
[ ].rm [v].wmv [ ].3gp [ ].3gpp [ ].3gpp2 [ ].3g2
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Audio category:
[v].aac [v].aiff [v].au [v].mp3 [v].m4a [v].m4p [v].ogg [v].ra
[v].ram [v].vox [v].wav [v].wma
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Java category:
[ ].class [ ].jad [ ].jar [ ].jav [ ].java [ ].jcm [ ].js [ ].jse
[ ].jsp [ ].jtk
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
ActiveX category:
[ ].alx [ ].apb [ ].axs [ ].ocx [ ].olb [ ].ole [ ].tlb [ ].viv
[ ].vrm
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Compression category:
[ ].ace [ ].arj [ ].bzip2 [ ].bz2 [ ].cab [ ].gz [ ].gzip [ ].rar
[ ].sit [ ].zip
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Executation category:
[ ].bas [ ].bat [ ].com [ ].exe [ ].inf [ ].pif [ ].reg [ ].scr
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
290
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
o
o
b
b
j
j
e
e
c
c
t
t
s
s
m
m
s
s
This command is used to create short message object profile.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
object sms show
object sms setdefault
object sms obj INDEX -v
object sms obj INDEX -n NAME
object sms obj INDEX -s Service Provider
object sms obj INDEX -u Username
object sms obj INDEX -p Password
object sms obj INDEX -q Quota
object sms obj INDEX -i Interval
object sms obj INDEX -l URL
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
show
It means to show the contents for all of the profiles.
setdefault
It means to return to default settings for all profiles.
[INDEX]
It means the index number (from 1 to 10) of the specified SMS
object profile.
-v
It means to view the information of the specified SMS object
profile.
-n [NAME]
It means to define a name for the SMS object profile.
NAME: Type a name with less than 15 characters.
-s [Service Provider]
It means to specify the number of the service provider which offers
the service of SMS. Different numbers represent different service
provider.
0 : kotsms.com.tw (TW)
2 : textmarketer.co.uk (UK)
4 : messagemedia.co.uk (UK)
5 : bulksms.com (INT)
6 : bulksms.co.uk (UK)
7 : bulksms.2way.co.za (ZA)
8 : bulksms.com.es (ES)
9 : usa.bulksms.com (US)
10 : bulksms.de (DE)
11 : www.pswin.com (EU)
12 : www.messagebird.com (EU)
13 : www.lusosms.com (EU)
14 : www.vibeactivemedia.com (UK)
-u [Username]
It means to define a user name for the SMS object profile.
Type a user name that the sender can use to register to selected
SMS provider.
-p [Password]
It means to define a password for the SMS object profile.
Type a password that the sender can use to register to selected SMS
provider.
-q [Quota]
Type the number of the credit that you purchase from the service
provider.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
291
Note that one credit equals to one SMS text message on the
standard route.
-I [Interval]
It means to set the sending interval for the SMS to be delivered.
Type the shortest time interval for the system to send SMS.
-l [URL]
It means to set the URL of SMS object profile 9 and 10.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> object sms obj 1 –n CTC
> object sms obj 1 -n CTC
> object sms obj 1 -s 0
> object sms obj 1 -u carrie
> object sms obj 1 -p 19971125cm
> object sms obj 1 -q 2
> object sms obj 1 -i 50
> object sms obj 1 -v
Profile Index: 1
Profile Name:[CTC]
SMS Provider:[kotsms.com.tw (TW)]
Username:[carrie]
Password:[******]
Quota:[2]
Sending Interval:[50(seconds)]
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
o
o
b
b
j
j
e
e
c
c
t
t
m
m
a
a
i
i
l
l
This command is used to create mail object profile.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
object mail show
object mail setdefault
object mail obj INDEX -v
object mail obj INDEX -n Profile Name
object mail obj INDEX -s SMTP Server
object mail obj INDEX -l Use SSL
object mail obj INDEX -m SMTP Port
object mail obj INDEX -a Sender Address
object mail obj INDEX -t Authentication
object mail obj INDEX -u Username
object mail obj INDEX -p Password
object mail obj INDEX -i Sending Interval
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
show
It means to show the contents for all of the profiles.
setdefault
It means to return to default settings for all profiles.
[INDEX]
It means the index number (from 1 to 10) of the specified mail
object profile.
-v
It means to view the information of the specified mail object
profile.
-n [Profile Name]
It means to define a name for the mail object profile.
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
292
Profile Name: Type a name with less than 15 characters.
-s [SMTP Server]
It means to set the IP address of the mail server.
-l [Use SSL]
It means to use port 465 for SMTP server for some e-mail server uses
https as the transmission method.
0 – disable
1 – enable to use the port number.
-m [SMTP Port]
It means to set the port number for SMTP server.
-a [Sender Address]
It means to set the e-mail address (e.g., johnwash@abc.com.tw) of
the sender.
-t Authentication
The mail server must be authenticated with the correct username
and password to have the right of sending message out.
0 – disable
1 – enable to use the port number.
-u Username
Type a name for authentication. The maximum length of the name
you can set is 31 characters.
-p Password
Type a password for authentication. The maximum length of the
password you can set is 31 characters.
-I Sending Interval
Define the interval for the system to send the SMS out. The unit is
second.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> object mail obj 1 -n buyer
> object mail obj 1 -s 192.168.1.98
> object mail obj 1 -m 25
> object mail obj 1 -t 1
> object mail obj 1 -u john
> object mail obj 1 -p happy123456
> object mail obj 1 -i 25
> object mail obj 1 -v
Profile Index: 1
Profile Name:[buyer]
SMTP Server:[192.168.1.98]
SMTP Port:[25]
Sender Address:[]
Use SSL:[disable]
Authentication:[enable]
Username:[john]
Password:[******]
Sending Interval:[25(seconds)]
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
o
o
b
b
j
j
e
e
c
c
t
t
n
n
o
o
t
t
i
i
This command is used to create notification object profile.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
object noti show
object noti setdefault
object noti obj INDEX -v
object noti obj INDEX -n Profile Name
object mail obj INDEX –e Category Status
object mail obj INDEX –d Category Status
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
293
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
show
It means to show the contents for all of the profiles.
setdefault
It means to return to default settings for all profiles.
[INDEX]
It means the index number (from 1 to 8) of the specified
notification object profile.
-v
It means to view the information of the specified notification
object profile.
-n [Profile Name]
It means to define a name for the notification object profile.
Profile Name: Type a name with less than 15 characters.
–e
It means to enable the status of specified category.
-d
It means to disable the status of specified category.
[Category]
Available categories are:
1: WAN; 2: VPN Tunnel; 3: Temperature Alert;
4: WAN Budget ( 這個項目應該要取消，2133 沒有此功能); 5:
CVM( 這個項目應該要取消，2133 沒有此功能)
[status]
For WAN –
1: Disconnected; 2: Reconnected.
For VPN Tunnel -
1: Disconnected; 2: Reconnected.
For Temperature Alert –
1: Out of Range.
For WAN Budget – ( 這個項目應該要取消，2133 沒有此功能)
1: Limit Reached.
For CVM –( 這個項目應該要取消，2133 網頁上沒有此功能)
1: CPE Offline; 2: Backup Fail; 3: Restore Fail; 4: FW Update Fail; 5:
VPN Profile Setup Fail.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> object noti obj 1 –n marketing
> object noti obj 1 -e 1 1
> object noti obj 1 -e 2 1
> object noti obj 1 -e 5 3
> object noti obj 1 -v
Profile Index: 1
Profile Name:[marketing]
Category Status
WAN [v]Disconnected [ ]Reconnected
VPN Tunnel [v]Disconnected [ ]Reconnected
Temperature Alert [ ]Out of Range
WAN Budget Alert [ ]Limit Reached (這個項目應該要取消，2133 網頁上沒有此功能)
CVM Alert [ ]CPE Offline (這個項目應該要取消，2133 網頁上沒有此功能)
[ ]CPE Config Backup Fail
[v]CPE Config Restore Fail
[ ]CPE Firmware Fpgrade Fail
[ ]CPE VPN Profile Setup Fail
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
o
o
b
b
j
j
e
e
c
c
t
t
s
s
c
c
h
h
e
e
d
d
u
u
l
l
e
e
This command is used to create schedule object profile.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
294
object schedule set [INDEX] option
object schedule view [INDEX]
object schedule setdefault
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
set
It means to set the schedule profile.
[INDEX]
It means the index number (from 1 to 15) of the specified object
profile.
option
Available options for schedule includes:
-e , -c, -D, -T, -d, -a
-e [value]
It means to enable the schedule setup.
0 – disable
1 – enable
-c [comment]
It means to set brief description for the specified profile.
The length range of the comment: 1 ~ 32 characters.
-D [year][month][day]
It means to set the starting date of the profile.
[year] – Must be between 2000-2049.
[month] - Must be between 1-12.
[day] - Must be between 1-31.
For example: To set Start Date 2015/10/6, type
> object schedule set 1 -D "2015 10 6"
-T [hour][minute]
It means to set the starting time of the profile.
[hour] - Must be between 0-23.
[minute] - Must be between 0-59.
For example: To set Start Time 10:20, type
> object schedule set 1 -T "10 20"
-d [hour][minute]
It means to set the duration time of the profile.
[hour] - Must be between 0-23.
[minute] - Must be between 0-59.
For example: To set Duration Time 3:30, type
> object schedule set 1 -d "3 30"
-a [value]
It means to set the action used for the profile.
[value] –
0:Force On, 1:Force Down, 2:Enable Dial-On-Demand, 3:Disable
Dial-On-Demand
-I [value]
It means to set idle time.
[value] – Must be between 0-255(minute). The default is 0.
-h [option]
[day/date/cycle_days]
Set how often the schedule will be applied.
[option] –
0: Once, 1: Weekdays, 2:Monthly, 3:Cycle days
[day] –
Sun, Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat
If the [option] set Weekdays, then must select which days of Week.
example: To select Sunday, Monday, Thursday, type
[date] : 1-28
[cycle_days] : 1-30
If the [option] set cycle days, then must select which days to do
cycle schedule
example: To select cycle 10 days:
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
295
> object schedule set 1 -h 3 10"
view [INDEX]
It means to show the content of the profile.
setdefault
It means to return to default settings for all profiles.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> object schedule set 1 -e 1
> object schedule set 1 -c Working
> object schedule set 1 -D "2017 4 18"
> object schedule set 1 -T "8 1"
> object schedule set 1 -d "2 30"
> object schedule set 1 -a 0
> object schedule set 1 -h "1 Mon Wed"
> object schedule view 1
Index No.1
--------------------------------------------------
[v] Enable Schedule Setup
Comment [ Working ]
Start Date (yyyy-mm-dd) [ 2017 ]-[ 4 ]-[ 18 ]
Start Time (hh:mm) [ 8 ]:[ 1 ]
Duration Time (hh:mm) [ 2 ]:[ 30 ]
Action [ Force On ]
Idle Timeout [ 0 ] minute(s).(max. 255, 0 for default)
--------------------------------------------------------------------
How Often
[v] Weekdays
[ ]Sun [v]Mon [ ]Tue [v]Wed [ ]Thu [ ]Fri [ ]Sat
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
p
p
o
o
r
r
t
t
This command allows users to set the speed for specific port of the router.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
port [1, 2, 3, 4, all] [AN, 100F, 100H, 10F, 10H, status]
port [wan1] [AN, 1000F, 100F, 100H, 10F, 10H, status]
port [enable,disable] [1, 2, 3, 4, all]
port status
port sniff [on,off,port,txrx,restart,status]
port 8021x [enable,disable,status,addport,delport]
port jumbo
port wanfc
port spoof [on, off, stat]
port mac_flush
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
1, 2, 3, 4, all It means the number of LAN port.
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
296
wan1 It means the WAN1 interface.
AN… 10H It means the physical type for the specific port.
AN: auto-negotiate.
1000F: 1000M Full Duplex.
100F: 100M Full Duplex.
100H: 100M Half Duplex.
10F: 10M Full Duplex.
10H: 10M Half Duplex.
status It means to view the Ethernet port status.
wanfc It means to set WAN flow control.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> port 1 100F
%Set Port 1 Force speed 100 Full duplex OK !!!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
p
p
o
o
r
r
t
t
m
m
a
a
p
p
t
t
i
i
m
m
e
e
This command allows you to set a time of keeping the session connection for specified
protocol.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
portmaptime [-<command> <parameter> | ... ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
[<command>
<parameter>|…]
The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one line.
-t <sec> It means “TCP” protocol.
<sec>: Type a number to set the TCP session timeout.
-u <sec> It means “UDP” protocol.
<sec>: Type a number to set the UDP session timeout.
-i <sec> It means “IGMP” protocol.
<sec>: Type a number to set the IGMP session timeout.
-w <sec> It means “TCP WWW” protocol.
<sec>: Type a number to set the TCP WWW session timeout.
-s <sec> It means “TCP SYN” protocol.
<sec>: Type a number to set the TCP SYN session timeout.
-f It means to flush all portmaps (useful for diagnostics).
-l <List> List all settings.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> portmaptime -t 86400 -u 300 -i 10
> portmaptime -l
------ Current setting ------
TCP Timeout : 86400 sec.
UDP Timeout : 300 sec.
IGMP Timeout : 10 sec.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
297
TCP WWW Timeout: 60 sec.
TCP SYN Timeout: 60 sec.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
q
q
o
o
s
s
s
s
e
e
t
t
u
u
p
p
This command allows user to set general settings for QoS.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
qos setup [-<command> <parameter> | ... ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
[<command>
<parameter>|…]
The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one line.
-h Type it to display the usage of this command.
-m <mode> It means to define which traffic the QoS control settings will apply
to and eable QoS control.
0: disable.
1: in, apply to incoming traffic only.
2: out, apply to outgoing traffic only.
3: both, apply to both incoming and outgoing traffic.
Default is enable (for outgoing traffic).
-i <bandwidth> It means to set inbound bandwidth in kbps (Ethernet WAN only)
The available setting is from 1 to 100000.
-o <bandwidth> It means to set outbound bandwidth in kbps (Ethernet WAN only).
The available setting is from 1 to 100000.
-r <index:ratio> It means to set ratio for class index, in %.
-u <mode> It means to enable bandwidth control for UDP.
0: disable
1: enable
Default is disable.
-p <ratio> It means to enable bandwidth limit ratio for UDP.
-t <mode> It means to enable/disable Outbound TCP ACK Prioritize.
0: disable
1: enable
-V Show all the settings.
-I <bandwith> Minimum available non-VoIP Inbound Bandwidth when VoIP is
detected (Kbps).
Default value: half of WAN inbound bandwidth.
-O <bandwidth> Minimum available non-VoIP Outbound Bandwidth when VoIP is
detected (Kbps).
Default value: half of WAN outbound bandwidth.
-v 0 It means Auto bandwidth adjustment. Adjust to minimum In/Out
bandwidth setting (or half QoS bandwidth).
-v 1 When VoIP detected, QoS In/Out bandwidth adjusted to minimum
values.
-D Set all to factory default (for all WANs).
[…] It means that you can type in several commands in one line.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
298
> qos setup -m 3 -i 9500 -o 8500 -r 3:20 -u 1 -p 50 -t 1
WAN1 QOS mode is both
Wan 1 is XDSL model ,don,t need to set up
Wan 1 is XDSL model ,don,t need to set up
WAN1 class 3 ratio set to 20
WAN1 udp bandwidth control set to enable
WAN1 udp bandwidth limit ratio set to 50
WAN1 Outbound TCP ACK Prioritizel set to enable
QoS WAN1 set complete; restart QoS
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
q
q
o
o
s
s
c
c
l
l
a
a
s
s
s
s
This command allows user to set QoS class.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
qos class -c [no] –[a|e|d] [no][-<command> <parameter> | ... ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
[<command>
<parameter>|…]
The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one line.
-h Type it to display the usage of this command.
-c <no> Specify the inde number for the class.
Available value for <no> contains 1, 2 and 3. The default setting is
class 1.
-n <name> It means to type a name for the class.
-a It means to add rule for specified class.
-e <no> It means to edit specified rule.
<no>: type the index number for the rule.
-d <no> It means to delete specified rule.
<no>: type the index number for the rule.
-m <mode> It means to enable or disable the specified rule.
0: disable,
1: enable
-l <addr> Set the local address.
Addr1 – It means Single address. Please specify the IP address
directly, for example, “-l 172.16.3.9”.
addr1:addr2 – It means Range address. Please specify the IP
addresses, for example, “-l 172.16.3.9: 172.16.3.50.”
addr1:subnet – It means the subnet address with start IP address.
Please type the subnet and the IP address, for example, “-l
172.16.3.9:255.255.0.0”.0
any – It means Any address. Simple type “-l” to specify any address
for this command.
-r <addr> Set the remote address.
addr1 – It means Single address. Please specify the IP address
directly, for example, “-l 172.16.3.9”.
addr1:addr2 – It means Range address. Please specify the IP
addresses, for example, “-l 172.16.3.9: 172.16.3.50.”
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
299
addr1:subnet – It means the subnet address with start IP address.
Please type the subnet and the IP address, for example, “-l
172.16.3.9:255.255.0.0”.0
any – It means Any address. Simple type “-l” to specify any address
for this command.
-p <DSCP id> Specify the ID.
-s <Service type> Specify the service type by typing the number. The available types
are listed as below:
1:ANY 2:DNS 3:FTP 4:GRE 5:H.323
6:HTTP 7:HTTPS 8:IKE 9:IPSEC-AH 10:IPSEC-ESP
11:IRC 12:L2TP 13:NEWS 14:NFS 15:NNTP
16:PING 17:POP3 18:PPTP 19:REAL-AUDIO 20:RTSP
21:SFTP 22:SIP 23:SMTP 24:SNMP 25:SNMP-TRAPS
26:SQL-NET 27:SSH 28:SYSLOG 29:TELNET 30:TFTP
-S <d/s> Show the content for specified DSCP ID/Service type.
-V <1/2/3> Show the rule in the specified class.
[…] It means that you can type in several commands in one line.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> qos class -c 2 -n draytek -a -m 1 -l 192.168.1.50:192.168.1.80
Following setting will set in the class2
class 2 name set to draytek
Add a rule in class2
Class2 the 1 rule enabled
Set local address type to Range, 192.168.1.50:192.168.1.80
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
300
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
q
q
o
o
s
s
t
t
y
y
p
p
e
e
This command allows user to configure protocol type and port number for QoS.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
qos type [-a <service name> | -e <no> | -d <no>].
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
-a <name> It means to add rule.
-e <no> It means to edit user defined service type. “no” means the index
number. Available numbers are 1~40.
-d <no> It means to delete user defined service type. “no” means the index
number. Available numbers are 1~40.
-n <name> It means the name of the service.
-t <type> It means protocol type.
6: tcp(default)
17: udp
0: tcp/udp
<1~254>: other
-p <port> It means service port. The typing format must be [start:end] (ex.,
510:330).
-l List user defined types. “no” means the index number. Available
numbers are 1~40.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> qos type -a draytek -t 6 -p 510:1330
service name set to draytek
service type set to 6:TCP
Port type set to Range
Service Port set to 510 ~ 1330
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
q
q
o
o
s
s
v
v
o
o
i
i
p
p
This command allows user to enable or disable the QoS for VoIP and RTP.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
qos voip [on/off]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
on/off On – Enable the QoS for VoIP.
Off – Disable th QoS for VoIP.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> qos voip off
QoS for VoIP: Disable; SIP Port: 5060
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
301
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
q
q
u
u
i
i
t
t
This command can exit the telnet command screen.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
h
h
o
o
w
w
l
l
a
a
n
n
This command displays current status of LAN IP address settings.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> show lan
The LAN settings:
Status IP Mask DHCP Start IP Pool Gateway
-------- --------------- --------------- ---- --------------- ---- --
[V]LAN1 192.168.1.1 255.255.255.0 V 192.168.1.10 200 192.168.1.1
[X]LAN2 192.168.2.1 255.255.255.0 V 192.168.2.10 100 192.168.2.1
[X]LAN3 192.168.3.1 255.255.255.0 V 192.168.3.10 100 192.168.3.1
[X]LAN4 192.168.4.1 255.255.255.0 V 192.168.4.10 100 192.168.4.1
[X]Route 192.168.0.1 255.255.255.0 V 0.0.0.0 0 192.168.0.1
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
h
h
o
o
w
w
d
d
m
m
z
z
This command displays current status of DMZ host.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> show dmz
% WAN1 DMZ mapping status:
Index Status WAN1 aux IP Private IP
----------------------------------------------------
1 Disable 0.0.0.0
2 Disable 192.168.1.56
% WAN2 DMZ mapping status:
Index Status WAN2 aux IP Private IP
----------------------------------------------------
1 Disable 0.0.0.0
% WAN3 DMZ mapping status:
Index Status WAN3 aux IP Private IP
----------------------------------------------------
1 Disable 0.0.0.0
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
302
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
h
h
o
o
w
w
d
d
n
n
s
s
This command displays current status of DNS setting.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> show dns
%% Domain name server settings:
% LAN1 Primary DNS: [Not set]
% LAN1 Secondary DNS: [Not set]
% LAN2 Primary DNS: [Not set]
% LAN2 Secondary DNS: [Not set]
% LAN3 Primary DNS: [Not set]
% LAN3 Secondary DNS: [Not set]
% LAN4 Primary DNS: [Not set]
% LAN4 Secondary DNS: [Not set]
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
h
h
o
o
w
w
o
o
p
p
e
e
n
n
p
p
o
o
r
r
t
t
This command displays current status of open port setting.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> show openport
Index Status Comment Local IP Address
********************************************************
1. Enable TEST 192.168.1.110
Total 1 items listed.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
303
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
h
h
o
o
w
w
n
n
a
a
t
t
This command displays current status of NAT.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> show nat
Port Redirection Running Table:
Index Protocol Public Port Private IP Private Port
1 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
2 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
3 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
4 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
5 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
6 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
7 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
8 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
9 0 0
0.0.0.0 0
10 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
11 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
12 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
13 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
14 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
15 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
16 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
17 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
18 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
19 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
20 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
--- MORE
--- ['q': Quit, 'Enter': New Lines, 'Space Bar': Next Page]
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
h
h
o
o
w
w
p
p
o
o
r
r
t
t
m
m
a
a
p
p
This command displays the table of NAT Active Sessions.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> show portmap
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Private_IP:Port Pseudo_IP:Port Peer_IP:Port [Timeout/Protocol/Flag]
------------------------------------------------------------------------
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
h
h
o
o
w
w
p
p
m
m
t
t
i
i
m
m
e
e
This command displays the reuse time of NAT session.
Level0: It is the default setting.
Level1: It will be applied when the NAT sessions are smaller than 25% of the default setting.
Level2: It will be applied when the NAT sessions are smaller than the eighth of the default
setting.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> show pmtime
Level0 TCP=86400001 UDP=300001 ICMP=10001
Level1 TCP=600000 UDP=90000 ICMP=7000
Level2 TCP=60000 UDP=30000 ICMP=5000
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
304
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
h
h
o
o
w
w
s
s
e
e
s
s
s
s
i
i
o
o
n
n
This command displays current status of current session.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> show session
% Maximum Session Number: 30000
% Maximum Session Usage: 0
% Current Session Usage: 0
% Current Session Used(include waiting for free): 0
% WAN1 Current Session Usage: 0
% WAN3 Current Session Usage: 0
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
h
h
o
o
w
w
s
s
t
t
a
a
t
t
u
u
s
s
This command displays current status of LAN and WAN connections.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> show status
System Uptime:25:40:53
LAN Status
Primary DNS:8.8.8.8 Secondary DNS:8.8.4.4
IP Address:192.168.1.1 Tx Rate:21417 Rx Rate:15413
WAN 1 Status: Disconnected
Enable:Yes Line:Fiber Name:
Mode:PPPoE Up Time:0:00:00 IP:--- GW IP:---
TX Packets:0 TX Rate(bps):0 RX Packets:0 RX Rate(bps):0
WAN 2 Status: Disconnected
Enable:Yes Line:Ethernet Name:
Mode:DHCP Client Up Time:0:00:00 IP:--- GW IP:---
TX Packets:0 TX Rate(bps):0 RX Packets:0 RX Rate(bps):0
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
305
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
h
h
o
o
w
w
t
t
r
r
a
a
f
f
f
f
i
i
c
c
This comman can display traffic graph for WAN1, transmitted bytes, receivied bytes and
sessions.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
show traffic [wan1] [tx/rx] [weekly]
show traffic session [weekly]
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> show traffic session weekly0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,
0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0
,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0
,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,
,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0
,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,
,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0
,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,2 ,1 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,
,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,1 ,3 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,2 ,15 ,5 ,4 ,1 ,0 ,0 ,
,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 0 ,0 ,0 ,0
> show traffic wan1 tx weekly0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,
0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0
,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0
,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,
0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0
,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0
,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,
0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0
,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0
,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,
,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0
,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,
0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0 ,0
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
h
h
o
o
w
w
s
s
t
t
a
a
t
t
i
i
s
s
t
t
i
i
c
c
This command displays statistics for WAN interface.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
show statistic
show statistic reset [interface]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
reset It means to reset the transmitted/received bytes to Zero.
interface It means to specify WAN1 interface for displaying related statistics.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> show statistic
WAN1 total TX: 0 Bytes ,RX: 0 Bytes
>
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
306
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
307
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
2
2
This command is used to enable DCHP2 server.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
srv dhcp dhcp2 [-<command> <parameter> | ... ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
[<command>
<parameter>|…]
The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one line.
-l<enable> It menas to enable the LAN port to public DHCP.
0: Disenable
1: Enable
-m<enable> It menas to enable MAC address to public DHCP.
0: Disenable
1: Enable
-e<id> It menas to turn on the flag of LAN port 1/2/3/4.
-d<id> It menas to turn off the flag of LAN port 1/2/3/4.
-v It menas to view current status.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv dhcp dhcp2 -l 1 -e 1
> srv dhcp dhcp2 -v
2nd DHCP server flag status --
Server works on specified MAC address: ON
Server works on specified LAN port: ON
Port 1 flag: ON
Port 2 flag: ON
Port 3 flag: OFF
Port 4 flag: OFF
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
p
p
u
u
b
b
l
l
i
i
c
c
This command allows users to configure DHCP server for second subnet.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
srv dhcp public start [IP address]
srv dhcp public cnt [IP counts]
srv dhcp public status
srv dhcp public add [MAC Addr XX-XX-XX-XX-XX-XX]
srv dhcp public del [MAC Addr XX-XX-XX-XX-XX-XX/all/ALL]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
start It means the starting point of the IP address pool for the DHCP
server.
IP address It means to specify an IP address as the starting point in the IP
address pool.
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
308
cnt It means the IP count number.
IP counts It means to specify the number of IP addresses in the pool. The
maximum is 10.
status It means the execution result of this command.
add It means creating a list of hosts to be assigned.
del It means removing the selected MAC address.
MAC Addr It means to specify MAC Address of the host.
all/ALL It means all of the MAC addresses.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> ip route add 192.168.1.56 255.255.255.0 192.168.1.12 3 default
> srv dhcp public status
Index MAC Address
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
d
d
n
n
s
s
1
1
This command allows users to set Primary IP Address for DNS Server in LAN.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
srv dhcp dns1 [?]
srv dhcp dns1 [LAN1/LAN2/LAN3/LAN4][DNS IP address]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
? It means to display current IP address of DNS 1 for the DHCP server.
LAN1/LAN2/LAN3/LAN4 It means to specify the LAN interface.
DNS IP address It means the IP address that you want to use as DNS1.
Note: The IP Routed Subnet DNS must be the same as NAT Subnet
DNS).
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv dhcp dns1 lan1 168.95.1.1
% srv dhcp dns1 lan1 <DNS IP address>
% Now: 168.95.1.1
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
309
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
d
d
n
n
s
s
2
2
This command allows users to set Secondary IP Address for DNS Server in LAN.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
srv dhcp dns2 [?]
srv dhcp dns2 [LAN1/LAN2/LAN3/LAN4][DNS IP address]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
? It means to display current IP address of DNS 2 for the DHCP server.
LAN1/LAN2/LAN3/LAN4 It means to specify the LAN interface.
DNS IP address It means the IP address that you want to use as DNS2.
Note: The IP Routed Subnet DNS must be the same as NAT Subnet
DNS).
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv dhcp dns2 lan1 168.95.1.1
% srv dhcp dns2 lan1 <DNS IP address>
% Now: 168.95.1.1
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
f
f
r
r
c
c
d
d
n
n
s
s
m
m
a
a
n
n
l
l
This command can force the router to invoke DNS Server IP address.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
srv dhcp frcdnsmanl [on]
srv dhcp frcdnsmanl [off]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
? It means to display the current status.
on It means to use manual setting for DNS setting.
Off It means to use auto settings acquired from ISP.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv dhcp frcdnsmanl on
% Domain name server now is using manual settings!
> srv dhcp frcdnsmanl off
% Domain name server now is using auto settings!
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
310
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
g
g
a
a
t
t
e
e
w
w
a
a
y
y
This command allows users to specify gateway address for DHCP server.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
srv dhcp gateway [?]
srv dhcp gateway [Gateway IP]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
? It means to display current gateway that you can use.
Gateway IP It means to specify a gateway address used for DHCP server.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv dhcp gateway 192.168.2.1
This setting will take effect after rebooting.
Please use "sys reboot" command to reboot the router.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
i
i
p
p
c
c
n
n
t
t
This command allows users to specify IP counts for DHCP server.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
srv dhcp ipcnt [?]
srv dhcp ipcnt [IP counts]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
? It means to display current used IP count number.
IP counts It means the number that you have to specify for the DHCP server.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv dhcp ipcnt ?
% srv dhcp ipcnt <IP counts>
% Now: 150
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
o
o
f
f
f
f
This function allows users to turn off DHCP server. It needs rebooting router, please type "sys
reboot" command to reboot router.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
o
o
n
n
This function allows users to turn on DHCP server. It needs rebooting router, please type "sys
reboot" command to reboot router.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
r
r
e
e
l
l
a
a
y
y
This command allows users to set DHCP relay setting.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
srv dhcp relay servip [server ip]
srv dhcp relay subnet [index]
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
311
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
server ip It means the IP address that you want to used as DHCP server.
Index It means subnet 1 or 2. Please type 1 or 2. The router will invoke
this function according to the subnet 1 or 2 specified here.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv dhcp relay servip 192.168.1.46
> srv dhcp relay subnet 2
> srv dhcp relay servip ?
% srv dhcp relay servip <server ip>
% Now: 192.168.1.46
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
s
s
t
t
a
a
r
r
t
t
i
i
p
p
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
srv dhcp startip [?]
srv dhcp startip [IP address]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
? It means to display current used start IP address.
IP address It means the IP address that you can specify for the DHCP server as
the starting point.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv dhcp startip 192.168.1.53
This setting will take effect after rebooting.
Please use "sys reboot" command to reboot the router.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
s
s
t
t
a
a
t
t
u
u
s
s
This command can display general information for the DHCP server, such as IP address, MAC
address, leased time, host ID and so on.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv dhcp status
LAN1 : DHCP Server On IP Pool: 192.168.1.10 ~ 192.168.1.209
Default Gateway: 192.168.1.1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------
Index IP Address MAC Address Leased Time HOST ID
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------
LAN1
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
312
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
l
l
e
e
a
a
s
s
e
e
t
t
i
i
m
m
e
e
This command can set the lease time for the DHCP server.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
srv dhcp leasetime [?]
srv dhcp leasetime [Lease Time (sec)]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
? It means to display current leasetime used for the DHCP server.
Lease Time (sec) It means the lease time that DHCP server can use. The unit is
second.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv dhcp leasetime ?
% srv dhcp leasetime <Lease Time (sec.)>
% Now: 86400
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
n
n
o
o
d
d
e
e
t
t
y
y
p
p
e
e
This command can set the node type for the DHCP server.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
srv dhcp nodetype <count>
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
count It means to specify a type for node.
1. B-node
2. P-node
4. M-node
8. H-node
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv dhcp nodetype 1
> srv dhcp nodetype ?
%% srv dhcp nodetype <count>
%% 1. B-node 2. P-node 4. M-node 8. H-node
% Now: 1
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
313
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
p
p
r
r
i
i
m
m
W
W
I
I
N
N
S
S
This command can set the primary IP address for the DHCP server.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
srv dhcp primWINS [WINS IP address]
srv dhcp primWINS clear
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
WINS IP address It means the IP address of primary WINS server.
clear It means to remove the IP address settings of primary WINS server.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv dhcp primWINS 192.168.1.88
> srv dhcp primWINS ?
%% srv dhcp primWINS <WINS IP address>
%% srv dhcp primWINS clear
% Now: 192.168.1.88
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
s
s
e
e
c
c
W
W
I
I
N
N
S
S
This command can set the secondary IP address for the DHCP server.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
srv dhcp secWINS [WINS IP address]
srv dhcp secWINS clear
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
WINS IP address It means the IP address of secondary WINS server.
clear It means to remove the IP address settings of second WINS server.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv dhcp secWINS 192.168.1.180
> srv dhcp secWINS ?
%% srv dhcp secWINS <WINS IP address>
%% srv dhcp secWINS clear
% Now: 192.168.1.180
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
314
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
e
e
x
x
p
p
R
R
e
e
c
c
y
y
c
c
l
l
e
e
I
I
P
P
This command can set the time to check if the IP address can be assigned again by DHCP
server or not.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
srv dhcp expRecycleIP <sec time>
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
sec time It means to set the time (5~300 seconds) for checking if the IP can be
assigned again or not.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv dhcp expRecycleIP 250
% DHCP expRecycleIP = 250
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
t
t
f
f
t
t
p
p
This command can set the TFTP server as the DHCP server.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
srv dhcp tftp <TFTP server name>
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
TFTP server name It means to type the name of TFTP server.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv dhcp tftp TF123
> srv dhcp tftp ?
%% srv dhcp tftp <TFTP server name>
% Now: TF123
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
t
t
f
f
t
t
p
p
d
d
e
e
l
l
This command can remove the name defined for the TFTP server.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
srv dhcp tftpdel
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv dhcp tftp TF123
> srv dhcp tftp ?
%% srv dhcp tftp <TFTP server name>
% Now: TF123
> srv dhcp tftpdel
% The TFTP Server Name had been deleted !!!
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
315
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
d
d
h
h
c
c
p
p
o
o
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
This command can set the custom option for the DHCP server.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
srv dhcp option -e [1 or 0] -i [lan number] -s [Next Server IP Address]
srv dhcp option -e [1 or 0] -i [lan number] -c [option number] -v [option value]
srv dhcp option -e [1 or 0] -i [lan number] -c [option number] -x [option value]
srv dhcp option -e [1 or 0] -i [lan number] -c [option number] -a [option value]
srv dhcp option -u [idx number]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
-h It means to display usage of this command.
-l It means to display all the user defined DHCP options.
-d It means to delete the option number by specifying its index number.
-e [1 or 0] It means to enable/disable custom option feature.
1:enable
0:disable
-i [lan number] It means to specify the LAN interface.
1: lan1,
a: all lan,
r: routed subnet
s [Next Server IP
Address]
It means to specify the IP address for the server.
option number It includes –a, -c, -v and –x.
-a: It means to set the option value by specifying the IP address.
-c: It means to set option number. Available number ranges from 0 to 255.
-v: It means to set option number by typing string.
-x: It means to set option number with the format of Hexadecimal characters.
-u It means to update the option value of the sepecified index.
idx number It means the index number of the option value.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv dhcp option -e 1 -i 1/2 -s 8.8.8.8
> srv dhcp option -e 1 -i 1/2 -c 18 -x 2f70617468
> srv dhcp option -e 1 -i 2/r -c 44 -a 192.168.1.10,192.168.1.20
> srv dhcp option -u 2 -i 1 -c 60 -v class_id
> srv dhcp option -l
% state idx interface opt type data
% enable 1 LAN1/2 0 SIAddr 8.8.8.8
% enable 2 LAN1 60 ASCII class_id
% enable 3 LAN2/r 44 Address 192.168.1.10 ,192.168.1.20 ,
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
316
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
n
n
a
a
t
t
d
d
m
m
z
z
This command allows users to set DMZ host. Before using this command, please set WAN IP
Alias first.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
srv nat dmz n m [-<command> <parameter> | … ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
n It means to map selected WAN IP to certain host.
1: wan1
m [index] It means the index number (1 ~ 32) of the DMZ host.
Default setting is “1” (WAN 1). It is only available for Static IP
mode. If you use other mode, you can set in this field. If WAN IP
alias has been configured, then the number of DMZ host can be
added more.
[<command>
<parameter>|…]
The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one line.
-e It means to enable/disable such feature.
1:enable
0:disable
-i It means to specify the private IP address of the DMZ host.
-r It means to remove DMZ host setting.
-v It means to display current status.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv nat dmz 1 1 -i 192.168.1.96
> srv nat dmz -v
% WAN1 DMZ mapping status:
Index Status WAN1 aux IP Private IP
----------------------------------------------------
1 Disable 0.0.0.0 192.168.1.96
2 Disable 192.168.1.56
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
n
n
a
a
t
t
i
i
p
p
s
s
e
e
c
c
p
p
a
a
s
s
s
s
This command allows users to enable or disable IPSec ESP tunnel passthrough and IKE source
port (500) preservation.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
srv nat ipsecpass [options]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
[options] The available commands with parameters are listed below.
on It means to enable IPSec ESP tunnel passthrough and IKE source port
(500) preservation.
off It means to disable IPSec ESP tunnel passthrough and IKE source
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
317
port (500) preservation.
status It means to display current status for checking.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv nat ipsecpass status
%% Status: IPsec ESP pass-thru and IKE src_port:500 preservation is OFF.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
n
n
a
a
t
t
o
o
p
p
e
e
n
n
p
p
o
o
r
r
t
t
This command allows users to set open port settings for NAT server.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
srv nat openport n m [-<command> <parameter> | … ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
n It means the index number for the profiles. The range is from 1 to
40.
m It means to specify the sub-item number for this profile. The range
is from 1 to 10.
[<command>
<parameter>|…]
The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one line.
-a <enable> It means to enable or disable the open port rule profile.
0: disable
1:enable
-c <comment> It means to type the description (less than 23 characters) for the
defined network service.
-i <local ip> It means to set the IP address for local computer.
Local ip: Type an IP address in this field.
-w <widx> <ipidx> It means to specify the public IP.
widx – means the WAN interface. In which,
1: WAN1 Default, 2: WAN1 Alias 1,….. 255: all WANs.
ipidx – means the index number (1 ~ 32) for all Alias IPs.
-p <protocol> Specify the transport layer protocol.
Available values are TCP, UDP and ALL.
-s<start port> It means to specify the starting port number of the service offered
by the local host. The range is from 0 to 65535.
-e<end port> It means to specify the ending port number of the service offered by
the local host.
The range is from 0 to 65535.
-v It means to display current settings.
-r <remove> It means to delete the specified open port setting.
remove: Type the index number of the profile.
-f <flush> It means to return to factory settings for all the open ports profiles.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv nat openport 1 1 -a 1 -c games -i 192.168.1.56 -w 1 1 -p TCP -s 23 -
e
83
> Set WAN Port ok!!
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
318
> srv nat openport 1 1 -v
%% Status: Enable
%% Comment: games
%% WAN Interface: WAN1
%% Private IP address: 192.168.1.56
Index Protocal Start Port End Port
*****************************************************************
1. TCP 23 83
2. TCP/UDP 0 0
3. TCP/UDP 0 0
4. TCP/UDP 0 0
5. TCP/UDP 0 0
6. TCP/UDP 0 0
7. TCP/UDP 0 0
8. TCP/UDP 0 0
9. TCP/UDP 0 0
10. TCP/UDP 0 0
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
n
n
a
a
t
t
p
p
o
o
r
r
t
t
m
m
a
a
p
p
This command allows users to set port redirection table for NAT server.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
srv nat portmap add [idx][serv name][proto][pub port][src ip idx][pri ip][pri
port][wan1~wan3][alias IP]
srv nat portmap del [idx]
srv nat portmap disable [idx]
srv nat portmap enable [idx] [proto]
srv nat portmap flush
srv nat portmap table
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
Add[idx] It means to add a new port redirection table with an index number.
Available index number is from 1 to 40.
serv name It means to type one name as service name.
proto It means to specify TCP or UDP or All (tcp/udp/all) as the protocol.
pub port It means to specify which port (0~65535) can be redirected to the
specified Private IP and Port of the internal host.
src ip idx It means the index number of source IP object.
pri ip It means to specify the private IP address of the internal host
providing the service.
pri port It means to specify the private port number (0~65535)of the service
offered by the internal host.
wan1~wan3 It means to specify WAN interface for the port redirection.
del [idx] It means to remove the selected port redirection setting.
disable [idx] It means to inactivate the selected port redirection setting.
enable [idx] It means to activate the selected port redirection setting.
flush It means to clear all the port mapping settings.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
319
table It means to display Port Redirection Configuration Table.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv nat portmap add 1 name tcp 100 0 192.168.1.10 200 wan1 1
> srv nat portmap table
NAT Port Redirection Configuration Table:
Index Service Name Protocol Public Port Private IP Private Port ifno
1 game 6 80 192.168.1.10 200 -1
2 0 0 0 -2
3 0 0 0 -2
4 0 0 0 -2
5 0 0 0 -2
6 0 0 0 -2
7 0 0 0 -2
8 0 0 0 -2
9 0 0 0 -2
10 0 0 0 -2
11 0 0 0 -2
12 0 0 0 -2
13 0 0 0 -2
14 0 0 0 -2
15 0 0 0 -2
16 0 0 0 -2
17 0 0 0 -2
18 0 0 0 -2
19 0 0 0 -2
20 0 0 0 -2
Protocol: 0 = Disable, 6 = TCP, 17 = UDP
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
n
n
a
a
t
t
s
s
t
t
a
a
t
t
u
u
s
s
This command allows users to view NAT Port Redirection Running Table.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv nat status
NAT Port Redirection Running Table:
Index Protocol Public Port Private IP Private Port
1 6 80 192.168.1.11 100
2 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
3 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
4 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
5 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
6 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
7 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
8 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
9 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
10 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
11 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
320
12 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
13 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
14 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
15 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
16 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
17 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
18 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
19 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
20 0 0 0.0.0.0 0
--- MORE --- ['q': Quit, 'Enter': New Lines, 'Space Bar': Next Page] ---
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
n
n
a
a
t
t
t
t
r
r
i
i
g
g
g
g
e
e
r
r
This command allows users to set port setting for triggering or return to factory default
settings of port.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
srv nat trigger setdefault
srv nat trigger view
srv nat trigger n [-<command> <parameter> | ... ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
srv nat trigger setdefault It means to set to factory default.
srv nat trigger view It will show all port trigger settings.
n It means the rule number for the profiles.
[<command>
<parameter>|…]
The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one line.
-c Type text as a comment.
-e Enable/disable this emety [1/0].
-P Specify the protocol [1-TCP, 2-UDP, 3-All] for triggering.
-t Specify the number of trigger port.
-P Specify the protocol [1-TCP, 2-UDP, 3-All] for incoming data.
-i Specify the number of incoming port.
-d Delete the specified trigger profile.
-v [n] Show port trigger setting by specifying the rule number.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv nat trigger 1 -c test -e 1 -s 2 -p 1 -t 85 -P 2 -i 190
> srv nat trigger view
%% Port Trigger Rule status:
Index Status Comment TProto TPort IProto IPort
-----------------------------------------------------
1 Enable test TCP 85 UDP 190
2 Disable
3 Disable
4 Disable
5 Disable
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
321
6 Disable
7 Disable
8 Disable
9 Disable
10 Disable
11 Disable
12 Disable
13 Disable
14 Disable
15 Disable
16 Disable
17 Disable
18 Disable
19 Disable
20 Disable
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
r
r
v
v
n
n
a
a
t
t
s
s
h
h
o
o
w
w
a
a
l
l
l
l
This command allows users to view a summary of NAT port redirection setting, open port and
DMZ settings.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> srv nat showall
Index Proto WAN IP:Port Private IP:Port Act
*************************************************************************
****
R01 TCP 0.0.0.0:100 192.168.1.10:200 Y
O01 TCP 0.0.0.0:23~83 192.168.1.56:23~83 Y
O01 --- 0.0.0.0:0~0 192.168.1.56:0~0 Y
O01 --- 0.0.0.0:0~0 192.168.1.56:0~0 Y
O01 --- 0.0.0.0:0~0 192.168.1.56:0~0 Y
O01 --- 0.0.0.0:0~0 192.168.1.56:0~0 Y
O01 --- 0.0.0.0:0~0 192.168.1.56:0~0 Y
O01 --- 0.0.0.0:0~0 192.168.1.56:0~0 Y
O01 --- 0.0.0.0:0~0 192.168.1.56:0~0 Y
O01 --- 0.0.0.0:0~0 192.168.1.56:0~0 Y
O01 --- 0.0.0.0:0~0 192.168.1.56:0~0 Y
D01 All 0.0.0.0 192.168.1.96 Y
R:Port Redirection, O:Open Ports, D:DMZ
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
w
w
i
i
t
t
c
c
h
h
-
-
i
i
This command is used to obtain the TX (transmitted) or RX (received) data for each connected
switch.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
switch -i [switch idx_no] [option]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
switch idx_no It means the index number of the switch profile.
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
322
option The available commands with parameters are listed below.
cmd
acc
traffic [on/off/status/tx/rx]
cmd It means to send command to the client.
acc It means to set the client authentication account and password.
traffic
[on/off/status/tx/rx]
It means to turn on/off or display the data transmission from the
client.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> switch -i 1 traffic on
External Device NO. 1 traffic statistic function is enable
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
w
w
i
i
t
t
c
c
h
h
s
s
t
t
a
a
t
t
u
u
s
s
This command is used to display current status for external devices.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> switch status
External Device auto discovery status : Disable
No Respond to External Device : Enable
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
w
w
i
i
t
t
c
c
h
h
n
n
o
o
t
t
_
_
r
r
e
e
s
s
p
p
o
o
n
n
d
d
This command is used to detect the external device automatically and display on this page.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
switch not_respond 0
switch not_respond 1
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
0 Disable the option of "No Respond to External Device packets".
1 Enable the option of "No Respond to External Device packets".
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> switch not_respond 1
slave not respond!
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
w
w
i
i
t
t
c
c
h
h
o
o
n
n
This command is used to turn on the auto discovery for external devices.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> switch on
Enable Extrnal Device auto discovery!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
w
w
i
i
t
t
c
c
h
h
o
o
f
f
f
f
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
323
This command is used to turn off the auto discovery for external devices.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> switch off
Disable External Device auto discovery!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
w
w
i
i
t
t
c
c
h
h
l
l
i
i
s
s
t
t
This command is used to display the connection status of the switch.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> switch list
No. Mac IP status Dur Time Model_Name
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
--
[1] 00-50-7f-cd-07-48 192.168.1.3 On-Line 00:01:01 Vigor2920
Series
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
w
w
i
i
t
t
c
c
h
h
c
c
l
l
e
e
a
a
r
r
This command is used to reset the switch table and reboot the router.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
switch clear [idx]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
idx It means the index number of each item shown on the table.
The range is from 1 to 8.
-f It means to clear all of the data.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> switch clear 1
Switch Data clear successful
> switch clear -f
Switch Data clear successful
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
w
w
i
i
t
t
c
c
h
h
q
q
u
u
e
e
r
r
y
y
/
/
s
s
y
y
s
s
l
l
o
o
g
g
This command is used to enable or disable the switch query / syslog.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> switch query on
Extern Device status query is Enable
> switch query off
Extern Device status query is Disable
> switch syslog on
External Device syslog is Enable
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
a
a
d
d
m
m
i
i
n
n
This command is used for RD engineer to access into test mode of Vigor router.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
a
a
d
d
m
m
i
i
n
n
u
u
s
s
e
e
r
r
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
324
This command is used to create user account and specify LDAP server. The server will
authenticate the local user who wants to access into the web user interface of Vigor router.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
sys adminuser [option]
sys adminuser edit [index] username password
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
option Available options includes:
Local [0-1]
edit [INDEX]
delete [INDEX]
view [INDEX]
Local [0-1] 0 – Disable the local user.
1 – Enable the local user.
edit [INDEX] username
password
Edit an existed user account or create a new local user account.
[INDEX] – 1 ~8. There are eight profiles to be added / edited.
Username – Type a new name for local user.
Password – Type a password for local user.
delete [INDEX] Delete a local user account.
view [INDEX] Show the user account/password detail information.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys adminuser Local 1
Local User has enabled!
> sys adminuser edit 1 carrie test123
Updated!
>> sys adminuser view 1
Index:1
User Name:carrie
User Password:test123
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
b
b
o
o
a
a
r
r
d
d
This command is used to disable/enable the function of default or wireless LAN button.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
sys board button [def/wlan [on/off]]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
def It is used to disable/enable bonjour service (0: disable, 1: enable).
wlan It is used to disable/enable http (web) service (0: disable, 1:
enable).
on/off On – enable the button function.
Off – disable the button function.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
325
> sys board button def on
> default button is on now.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
c
c
f
f
g
g
This command reset the router with factory default settings. When a user types this command,
all the configuration will be reset to default setting.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
sys cfg default
sys cfg status
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
default It means to reset current settings with default values.
status It means to display current profile version and status.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys cfg status
Profile version: 3.0.0 Status: 1 (0x4845af2c)
> sys cfg default
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
c
c
m
m
d
d
l
l
o
o
g
g
This command displays the history of the commands that you have typed.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys cmdlog
[1] ?
[2] sys ?
[3] sys adminuser ?
[4] sys board ?
[5] sys board button ?
[6] sys board button def on
[7] sys cfg ?
[8] sys cfg status
[9] sys /
[10] sys cmdlog ?
[11] sys cmdlog
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
f
f
t
t
p
p
d
d
This command displays current status of FTP server.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
sys ftpd on
sys ftpd off
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
326
on It means to turn on the FTP server of the system.
off It means to turn off the FTP server of the system.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys ftpd on
% sys ftpd turn on !!!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
d
d
o
o
m
m
a
a
i
i
n
n
n
n
a
a
m
m
e
e
This command can set and remove the domain name of the system when DHCP mode is
selected for WAN.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
sys domainname [wan1] [Domain Name Suffix]
sys domainname [wan1] clear
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
wan1 It means to specify WAN interface for assigning a name for it.
Domain Name Suffix It means the name for the domain of the system. The maximum
number of characters that you can set is 39.
clear It means to remove the domain name of the system.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys domainname wan1 clever
> sys domainname wan2 intellegent
> sys domainname ?
% sys domainname <wan1 > <Domain Name Suffix (max. 39 characters)>
% sys domainname <wan1 > clear
% Now: wan1 == clever
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
i
i
f
f
a
a
c
c
e
e
This command displays the current interface connection status (UP or Down) with IP address,
MAC address and Netmask for the router.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys iface
Interface 0 Ethernet:
Status: UP
IP Address: 192.168.1.1 Netmask: 0xFFFFFF00 (Private)
IP Address: 0.0.0.0 Netmask: 0xFFFFFFFF
MAC: 00-50-7F-00-00-00
Interface 4 Ethernet:
Status: DOWN
IP Address: 0.0.0.0 Netmask: 0x00000000
MAC: 00-50-7F-00-00-02
Interface 5 Ethernet:
Status: DOWN
IP Address: 0.0.0.0 Netmask: 0x00000000
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
327
MAC: 00-50-7F-00-00-03
Interface 6 Ethernet:
Status: DOWN
IP Address: 0.0.0.0 Netmask: 0x00000000
MAC: 00-50-7F-00-00-04
Interface 7 Ethernet:
Status: DOWN
IP Address: 0.0.0.0 Netmask: 0x00000000
MAC: 00-50-7F-00-00-05
Interface 8 Ethernet:
Status: DOWN
IP Address: 0.0.0.0 Netmask: 0x00000000
MAC: 00-50-7F-00-00-06
--- MORE --- ['q': Quit, 'Enter': New Lines, 'Space Bar': Next Page] ---
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
n
n
a
a
m
m
e
e
This command can set and remove the name for the router when DHCP mode is selected for
WAN.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
sys name [wan1] [ASCII string]
sys name [wan1] clear
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
wan1 It means to specify WAN interface for assigning a name for it.
ASCII string It means the name for router. The maximum character that you can
set is 39.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys name wan1 drayrouter
> sys name ?
% sys name <wan1> <ASCII string (max. 39 characters)>
% sys name <wan1 > clear
% Now: wan1 == drayrouter
Note: Such name can be used to recognize router’s identification in SysLog dialog.
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
328
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
p
p
a
a
s
s
s
s
w
w
d
d
This command allows users to set password for the administrator.
sys passwd [old password] [new passoword: ASCII string]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
old password It means the old password for administrator.
new passoword: ASCII string It means the password for administrator. The maximum character
that you can set is 83.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys passwd admin admin123
> Password change successful !!!
> sys passwd admin123 admin
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
r
r
e
e
b
b
o
o
o
o
t
t
This command allows users to restart the router immediately.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys reboot
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
a
a
u
u
t
t
o
o
r
r
e
e
b
b
o
o
o
o
t
t
This command allows users to restart the router automatically within a certain time.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
sys autoreboot [on/off/hour(s)]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
on/off On – It means to enable the function of auto-reboot.
Off – It means to disable the function of auto-reboot.
hours It means to set the time schedule for router reboot.
For example, if you type “2” in this field, the router will reboot
with an interval of two hours.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys autoreboot on
autoreboot is ON
> sys autoreboot 2
autoreboot is ON
autoreboot time is 2 hour(s)
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
c
c
o
o
m
m
m
m
i
i
t
t
This command allows users to save current settings to FLASH. Usually, current settings will be
saved in SRAM. Yet, this command will save the file to FLASH.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
329
> sys commit
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
t
t
f
f
t
t
p
p
d
d
This command can turn on TFTP server for upgrading the firmware.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys tftpd
% TFTP server enabled !!!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
v
v
e
e
r
r
s
s
i
i
o
o
n
n
This command can display current version for the system.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys version
Router Model: Vigor160ac Version: 3.8.5_RC4a English
Profile version: 3.0.0 Status: 1 (0x4845af2c)
Router IP: 192.168.1.1 Netmask: 255.255.255.0
Firmware Build Date/Time: Mar 30 2017 17:42:06
Router Name: DrayTek
Revision: 63880 V385
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
q
q
r
r
y
y
b
b
u
u
f
f
This command can display the system memory status and leakage list.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys qrybuf
System Memory Status and Leakage List
Buf sk_buff ( 224B), used#: 2808, cached#: 27
Buf KMC4088 (4088B), used#: 1155, cached#: 5
Buf KMC2552 (2552B), used#: 1671, cached#: 420
Buf KMC1016 (1016B), used#: 13, cached#: 3
Buf KMC504 ( 504B), used#: 148, cached#: 4
Buf KMC248 ( 248B), used#: 374, cached#: 26
Buf KMC120 ( 120B), used#: 1200, cached#: 80
Buf KMC56 ( 56B), used#: 27, cached#: 37
Buf KMC24 ( 24B), used#: 1061, cached#: 91
Dynamic memory: 26214400B; 10034208B used; 1156064B/0B in level 1/2 cache.
FLOWTRACK Memory Status
# of free = 32000
# of maximum = 0
# of flowstate = 32000
# of lost by siganture = 0
# of lost by list = 0
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
p
p
o
o
l
l
l
l
b
b
u
u
f
f
This command can turn on or turn off polling buffer for the router.
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
330
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
sys pollbuf [on]
sys pollbuf [off]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
on It means to turn on pulling buffer.
off It means to turn off pulling buffer.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys pollbuf on
% Buffer polling is on!
> sys pollbuf off
% Buffer polling is off!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
b
b
r
r
i
i
t
t
a
a
s
s
k
k
This command can improve triple play quality.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
sys britask [on]
sys britask [off]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
on It means to turn on the bridge task for improving the triple play
quality.
off It means to turn off the bridge task.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys britask on
% bridge task is ON, now
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
331
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
t
t
r
r
0
0
6
6
9
9
This command can set CPE settings for applying in VigorACS.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
sys tr069 get [parm] [option]
sys tr069 set [parm] [value]
sys tr069 getnoti [parm]
sys tr069 setnoti [parm] [value]
sys tr069 log
sys tr069 debug [on/off]
sys tr069 save
sys tr069 inform [event code]
sys tr069 port [port num]
sys tr069 cert_auth [on/off]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
get [parm] [option] It means to get parameters for tr-069.
option=<nextlevel>: only gets nextlevel for GetParameterNames.
set [parm] [value] It means to set parameters for tr-069.
getnoti [parm] It means to get parameter notification value.
setnoti [parm] [value] It means to set parameter notification value.
log It means to display the TR-069 log.
debug [on/off] on: turn on the function of sending debug message to syslog.
off: turn off the function of sending debug message to syslog.
save It means to save the parameters to the flash memory of the router.
Inform [event code] It means to inform parameters for tr069 with different event codes.
[event code] includes:
0-"0 BOOTSTRAP",
1-"1 BOOT",
2-"2 PERIODIC",
3-"3 SCHEDULED",
4-"4 VALUE CHANGE",
5-"5 KICKED",
6-"6 CONNECTION REQUEST",
7-"7 TRANSFER COMPLETE",
8-"8 DIAGNOSTICS COMPLETE",
9-"M Reboot"
port [port num] It means to change tr069 listen port number.
cert_auth [on/off] on: turn on certificate-based authentication.
off: turn off certificate-based authentication.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys tr069 get Int. nextlevel
Total number of parameter is 24
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
332
Total content length of parameter is 915
InternetGatewayDevice.LANDeviceNumberOfEntries
InternetGatewayDevice.WANDeviceNumberOfEntries
InternetGatewayDevice.DeviceInfo.
InternetGatewayDevice.ManagementServer.
InternetGatewayDevice.Time.
InternetGatewayDevice.Layer3Forwarding.
InternetGatewayDevice.LANDevice.
InternetGatewayDevice.WANDevice.
InternetGatewayDevice.Services.
InternetGatewayDevice.X_00507F_InternetAcc.
InternetGatewayDevice.X_00507F_LAN.
InternetGatewayDevice.X_00507F_NAT.
InternetGatewayDevice.X_00507F_Firewall.
InternetGatewayDevice.X_00507F_Bandwidth.
InternetGatewayDevice.X_00507F_Applications.
InternetGatewayDevice.X_00507F_VPN.
InternetGatewayDevice.X_00507F_VoIP.
InternetGatewayDevice.X_00507F_WirelessLAN.
InternetGatewayDevice.X_00507F_System.
InternetGatewayDevice.X_00507F_Status.
InternetGatewayDevice.X_00507F_Diagnostics.
--- MORE --- ['q': Quit, 'Enter': New Lines, 'Space Bar': Next Page] ---
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
a
a
l
l
g
g
This command can turn on/off ALG (Application Layer Gateway) for traversal.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
sys alg [1]
sys alg [0]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
1 It means to turn on ALG.
0 It means to turn off ALG.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys sip_alg ?
Usage: sys alg <command> <parameter>
-e: enable ALG (0:disable, 1:enable)
Current ALG status
-ALG Master Switch: Disabled
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
s
s
i
i
p
p
_
_
a
a
l
l
g
g
This command can turn on/off ALG (Application Layer Gateway) for SIP.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
sys sip_alg <command> <parameter>
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
333
Parameter Description
[<command><parameter>|…
]
The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one line.
-p 0/1 Set the listening port (1~65535) for SIP ALG.
-u 0/1 Enable (1) or disable (0) the listening along UDP path.
-t 0/1 Enable (1) or disable (0) the listening along TCP path.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys sip_alg -p 65535
Current listening port: 65535
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
r
r
t
t
s
s
p
p
_
_
a
a
l
l
g
g
This command can turn on/off SIP ALG (Application Layer Gateway) for RTSP
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
sys rtsp_alg <command> <parameter>
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
[<command><parameter>|…
]
The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one line.
-e 0/1 Enable (1) or disable (0) the function of RTSP ALG.
-p 0/1 Set the listening port (1~65535) for RTSP ALG.
-u 0/1 Enable (1) or disable (0) the listening along UDP path.
-t 0/1 Enable (1) or disable (0) the listening along TCP path.
-v Display RTP and RTCP portmap information of RTSP ALG.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys rtsp_alg -e 1
Auto enable ALG Master Switch
Enable RTSP ALG
> sys rtsp_alg -p 85
Current listening RTSP Port: 85
> sys rtsp_alg ?
Usage: sys rtsp_alg <command> <parameter>
-e: enable RTSP ALG (0:disable, 1:enable)
-p: set your listening port for RTSP ALG
-u: enable listen along UDP path (0:disable, 1:enable)
-t: enable listen along TCP path (0:disable, 1:enable)
-v: show rtp and rtcp portmap information of RTSP ALG
Current RTSP ALG status
-ALG Master Switch: Enabled
-RTSP ALG: Enabled
-Listen along UDP path: Yes
-Listen along TCP path: Yes
-Listening Port: 85
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
334
-Max RTSP session num: 256
-Remain RTSP session num: 256
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
l
l
i
i
c
c
e
e
n
n
s
s
e
e
This command can process the system license.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
sys license licmsg
sys license licauth
sys license regser
sys license licera
sys license licifno
sys license lic_wiz [set/reg/qry]
sys license trigger [-e/-d/-s]
sys license dev_chg
sys license dev_key
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
licmsg It means to display license message.
licauth It means the license authentication time setting.
regser It means the license register server setting.
licera It means to erase license setting.
licifno It means license and signature download interface setting.
lic_wiz [set/reg/qry] It means the license wizard setting.
qry: query service support status
set [idx] [trial] [service type] [sp_id] [start_date] [License Key]
reg: register service in portal
trigger[-e/-d/-s] It means to trigger the license automatically to update on boot
time.
-e – Enable the license trigger to update.
-d – Disable the license trigger to update.
-s – Display license status.
dev_chg It means to change the device key.
dev_key It means to show device key.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys license licifno
License and Signature download interface setting:
licifno [AUTO/WAN#]
Ex: licifno wan1
Download interface is "auto-selected" now.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
335
> sys license lic_trigger -e
Trigger the license to update, value=1
> sys license lic_trigger -d
Don't trigger the license to update, value=0
> sys license lic_trigger -s
License update state=0 (0:disable, 1:enable)
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
d
d
a
a
y
y
l
l
i
i
g
g
h
h
t
t
s
s
a
a
v
v
e
e
This command is used to configure daylight save setting.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
sys daylightsave [-<command> <parameter> | ... ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
[<command><parameter>|…
]
The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one line.
-v Display the daylight saving settings.
-r Set to factory default setting.
-e [1/0] Enable (1) / disable (0) daylight saving.
-t [0/1/2] Specify the saving type for daylight setting.
0 – Default
1 – Time range
2 - Yearly
-s <year> <month> <day>
<hour>
Set the detailed settings of the starting day for time range type.
year – must be the year after 2013.
month - 1 ~ 12
day – 1 ~ 31
hour – 0 ~ 23
e.g., sys daylightsave -s 2014 3 10 12
-d <year> <month> <day>
<hour>
Set the detailed settings of the ending day for time range type.
year – After 2013.
month - 1 ~ 12
day – 1 ~ 31
hour – 0 ~ 23
e.g., sys daylightsave -d 2014 9 10 12
-y <month> <th weekday>
<day in week> <hour>
Set the detailed settings of the starting day for yearly type.
month - 1 ~ 12
th weekday – 1 ~ 5, 9: last week
day in week - 0:Sun, 1:Mon, 2:Tue, 3:Wed, 4:Thu, 5: Fri, 6:Sat
hour – 0 ~ 23
e.g, sys daylightsave -y 9 1 0 14
-z <month> <th weekday>
<day in week> <hour>
Set the detailed settings of the ending day for yearly type.
month - 1 ~ 12
th weekday – 1 ~ 5, 9: last week
day in week - 0:Sun, 1:Mon, 2:Tue, 3:Wed, 4:Thu, 5: Fri, 6:Sat
hour – 0 ~ 23
e.g, sys daylightsave -z 3 1 6 14
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
336
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys daylightsave -y 9 1 0 14
% Start: Yearly on Sep 1th Sun 14:00
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
d
d
n
n
s
s
C
C
a
a
c
c
h
h
e
e
T
T
b
b
l
l
This command is used to configure TTL settings which will be displayed in DNS Cache table.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
sys dnsCacheTbl [<command><parameter>|…]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
[<command><parameter>|…
]
The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one line.
-l Display DNS IPv4 entry in the DNS cache table.
-s Display DNS IPv6 entry in the DNS cache table.
-v Display the TTL limit value in the DNS cache table.
-t < 0/n > Set the TTL limit value in the DNS cache table.
0- No limit
N – Greater than or equal to 5.
-c Clear the DNS cache table.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys dnsCacheTbl -l
%DNS Cache Table List
> sys dnsCacheTbl -t 65
% Set TTL limit: 65 seconds.
% When TTL larger than 65s , delete the DNS entry in the router's DNS cache
tabl
e.
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
s
s
y
y
s
s
l
l
o
o
g
g
This command is used to enable / disable syslog.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
sys syslog -a <enable> [-<command> <parameter> | ... ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
[<command><parameter>|…
]
The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one line.
-a <1/0> Enable (1) or disable (0) Syslog Access Setup.
-s <1/0> Enable (1) or disable (0) Syslog Save to Syslog Server.
-i <IP address> Define the IP address of the Syslog server.
-d <port number> Define the port number (1 ~ 65535) as the destination port.
-u <1/0> Enable (1) or disable (0) Syslog Save to USB Disk.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
33
7
-m <1/0> Enable (1) or disable (0) Mail Syslog.
-f <1/0> Enable (1) or disable (0) Filewall Log.
-v <1/0> Enable (1) or disable (0) VPN Log.
-e <1/0> Enable (1) or disable (0) User Access Log.
-c <1/0> Enable (1) or disable (0) Call Log.
-w <1/0> Enable (1) or disable (0) WAN Log.
-r <1/0> Enable (1) or disable (0) Router/DSL Information.
-t <1/0> Enable (1) or disable (0) AlertLog Setup.
-o <port number> Define the port number (1 ~ 65535) for AlertLog.
-p Update the IP address of the server.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys syslog -a 1 -s 1 -i 192.168.1.25 -d 514
> sys syslog –p
> Updating server IP address..
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
m
m
a
a
i
i
l
l
a
a
l
l
e
e
r
r
t
t
This command is used to configure settings for mail alert function.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
sys mailalert [<command><parameter>|…]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
[<command><parameter>|…
]
The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one line.
-e <0/1> Enable (1) or disable (0) the mail alert function.
-i <SMTP Server IP> Set the SMTP sever IP address.
-o <SMTP Server Port> Set the port number (1~65535) for SMTP server.
-a <Mail Address> Set Alert Mail Reciver E-maiil Address.
-r <Mail Address> Set Mail Return E-mail Address.
-s <0/1> Enable/Disable Use SSL.
-h <0/1> Enable/Disable SMTP Authentication.
-u <Username> Set Username for SMTP Authentication.
-p <Password> Set Password for SMTP Authentication.
-l <type> <0 /1 > "0 <0/1>" : Set Enable/Disable Mail Alert of the DoS Attack.
"1 <0/1>" : Set Enable/Disable Mail Alert of the APPE.
"2 <0/1>" : Set Enable/Disable Mail Alert of the VPN Log.
"3 <0/1>" : Set Enable/Disable Mail Alert of the APPE Signature.
"6 <0/1>" : Set Enable/Disable Mail Alert of the Reboot Debug Log.
-f Reset Mail Alert Setting to factory default.
-v Show Current Mail Alert Setting.
-R <0/1> Set Mail Alert Reboot Debug Log Mode.
0: Limited Mode, 1: Unlimited Mode.
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
338
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys mailalert -e 1
> sys mailalert -i 172.16.3.168
> sys mailalert -o 886
> sys mailalert -a john@draytek.com
> sys mailalert -v
------ Current setting for Mail Alert ------
Mail Alert: Enable
SMTP Server IP Address: 172.16.3.168
SMTP Server Port: 886
Alert Mail Reciver E-maiil Address: john@draytek.com
Mail Return E-mail Address:
Use SSL: Disable
SMTP Authentication: Disable
Username for SMTP Authentication:
Password for SMTP Authentication:
Mail Alert for DoS Attack: Enable.
Mail Alert for APPE: Enable.
Mail Alert for VPN Log: Enable.
Mail Alert for APPE Signature: Disable.
Mail Alert for Reboot Debug Log: Disable, Mode: Limited.
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
t
t
i
i
m
m
e
e
This command is used to configure system time and date.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
sys time server [domain]
sys time inquire
sys time show
sys time wan [option]
sys time zone [index]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
domain Type the domain name of the time server. The maximum length is
39 characters.
Option [0/1/2/3] Select WAN interface for applying the time server.
0 - Auto
1 - WAN1
2 - WAN2
3 - WAN3
index Different number means different time zone.
1 - GMT-12:00 Eniwetok, Kwajalein
2 - GMT-11:00 Midway Island, Samoa
3 - GMT-10:00 Hawaii
4 - GMT-09:00 Alaska
5 - GMT-08:00 Pacific Time (US & Canada)
6 - GMT-08:00 Tijuana
7 - GMT-07:00 Mountain Time (US & Canada)
8 - GMT-07:00 Arizona
9 - GMT-06:00 Central Time (US & Canada)
10 - GMT-06:00 Saskatchewan
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
339
11 - GMT-06:00 Mexico City, Tegucigalpa
12 - GMT-05:00 Eastern Time (US & Canada)
13 - GMT-05:00 Indiana (East)
14 - GMT-05:00 Bogota, Lima, Quito
15 - GMT-04:00 Atlantic Time (Canada)
16 - GMT-04:00 Caracas, La Paz
17 - GMT-04:00 Santiago
18 - GMT-03:30 Newfoundland
19 - GMT-03:00 Brasilia
20 - GMT-03:00 Buenos Aires, Georgetown
21 - GMT-02:00 Mid-Atlantic
22 - GMT-01:00 Azores, Cape Verde Is.
23 - GMT Greenwich Mean Time : Dublin
24 - GMT Edinburgh, Lisbon, London
25 - GMT Casablanca, Monrovia
26 - GMT+01:00 Belgrade, Bratislava
27 - GMT+01:00 Budapest, Ljubljana, Prague
28 - GMT+01:00 Sarajevo, Skopje, Sofija
29 - GMT+01:00 Warsaw, Zagreb
30 - GMT+01:00 Brussels, Copenhagen
31 - GMT+01:00 Madrid, Paris, Vilnius
32 - GMT+01:00 Amsterdam, Berlin, Bern
33 - GMT+01:00 Rome, Stockholm, Vienna
34 - GMT+02:00 Bucharest
35 - GMT+02:00 Cairo
36 - GMT+02:00 Helsinki, Riga, Tallinn
37 - GMT+02:00 Athens, Istanbul, Minsk
38 - GMT+02:00 Jerusalem
39 - GMT+02:00 Harare, Pretoria
40 - GMT+03:00 Volgograd
41 - GMT+03:00 Baghdad, Kuwait, Riyadh
42 - GMT+03:00 Nairobi
43 - GMT+03:00 Moscow, St. Petersburg
44 - GMT+03:30 Tehran
45 - GMT+04:00 Abu Dhabi, Muscat
46 - GMT+04:00 Baku, Tbilisi
47 - GMT+04:30 Kabul
48 - GMT+05:00 Ekaterinburg
49 - GMT+05:00 Islamabad, Karachi, Tashkent
50 - GMT+05:30 Bombay, Calcutta
51 - GMT+05:30 Madras, New Delhi
52 - GMT+06:00 Astana, Almaty, Dhaka
53 - GMT+06:00 Colombo
54 - GMT+07:00 Bangkok, Hanoi, Jakarta
55 - GMT+08:00 Beijing, Chongqing
56 - GMT+08:00 Hong Kong, Urumqi
57 - GMT+08:00 Singapore
58 - GMT+08:00 Taipei
59 - GMT+08:00 Perth
60 - GMT+09:00 Seoul
61 - GMT+09:00 Osaka, Sapporo, Tokyo
62 - GMT+09:00 Yakutsk
63 - GMT+09:30 Darwin
64 - GMT+09:30 Adelaide
65 - GMT+10:00 Canberra, Melbourne, Sydney
66 - GMT+10:00 Brisbane
67 - GMT+10:00 Hobart
68 - GMT+10:00 Vladivostok
69 - GMT+10:00 Guam, Port Moresby
70 - GMT+11:00 Magadan, Solomon Is.
71 - GMT+11:00 New Caledonia
72 - GMT+12:00 Fiji, Kamchatka, Marshall Is.
73 - GMT+12:00 Auckland, Wellington
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys time zone 8
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
340
Set Time Zone OK
> sys time show
*************** System Time ***************
Current System Time: [2000 Jan 01 Sat 02:09:29]
Time Server: [pool.ntp.org]
Time Zone Index: [8]. GMT-07:00
*********************************************
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
s
s
y
y
s
s
d
d
a
a
s
s
h
h
b
b
o
o
a
a
r
r
d
d
This command is used to display or hidden the information displayed on the dashboard.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
sys dashboard show
sys dashboard -[<command> <value> [-<command> <value> | ... ]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
[<command><parameter>|…
]
The available commands with parameters are listed below.
[…] means that you can type in several commands in one line.
command 0 : Front Panel
1 : System Information
2 : IPv4 LAN Information
3 : IPv4 Internet Access
4 : IPv6 Internet Access
5 : Interface
6 : Security
7 : System Resource
8 : LTE Status
9 : Quick Access
a : VoIP
value 1 : Enable
0 : Disable
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> sys dashboard -1 1 -2 0
System Information enabled
IPv4 LAN Information disabled
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
t
t
e
e
s
s
t
t
m
m
a
a
i
i
l
l
This command is used to display current settings for sending test mail.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> testmail
Send out test mail
Mail Alert:[Disable]
SMTP_Server:[0.0.0.0]
Mail to:[]
Return-Path:[]
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
u
u
p
p
n
n
p
p
o
o
f
f
f
f
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
341
This command can close UPnP function.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
>upnp off
UPNP say bye-bye
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
u
u
p
p
n
n
p
p
o
o
n
n
This command can enable UPnP function.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
>upnp on
UPNP start.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
u
u
p
p
n
n
p
p
n
n
a
a
t
t
This command can display IGD NAT status.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> upnp nat ?
****************** IGD NAT Status ****************
((0))
InternalClient >>192.168.1.10<<, RemoteHost >>0.0.0.0<<
InternalPort >>21<<, ExternalPort >>21<<
PortMapProtocol >>TCP<<
The tmpvirtual server index >>0<<
PortMapLeaseDuration >>0<<, PortMapEnabled >>0<<
Ftp Example [MICROSOFT]
((1))
InternalClient >>0.0.0.0<<, RemoteHost >>0.0.0.0<<
InternalPort >>0<<, ExternalPort >>0<<
PortMapProtocol >><NULL><<
The tmpvirtual server index >>0<<
PortMapLeaseDuration >>0<<, PortMapEnabled >>0<<
PortMapProtocol >><NULL><<
The tmpvirtual server index >>0<<
PortMapLeaseDuration >>0<<, PortMapEnabled >>0<<
0<<
--- MORE --- ['q': Quit, 'Enter': New Lines, 'Space Bar': Next Page] ---
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
u
u
p
p
n
n
p
p
s
s
e
e
r
r
v
v
i
i
c
c
e
e
This command can display the information of the UPnP service. UPnP service must be enabled
first.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> upnp on
UPNP start.
> upnp service
>>>>> SERVICE TABLE1 <<<<<
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
342
serviceType urn:schemas-microsoft-com:service:OSInfo:1
serviceId urn:microsoft-com:serviceId:OSInfo1
SCPDURL /upnp/OSInfo.xml
controlURL /OSInfo1
eventURL /OSInfoEvent1
UDN uuid:774e9bbe-7386-4128-b627-001daa843464
>>>>> SERVICE TABLE2 <<<<<
serviceType urn:schemas-upnp-org:service:WANCommonInterfaceConfig:1
serviceId urn:upnp-org:serviceId:WANCommonIFC1
SCPDURL /upnp/WComIFCX.xml
controlURL /upnp?control=WANCommonIFC1
eventURL /upnp?event=WANCommonIFC1
UDN uuid:2608d902-03e2-46a5-9968-4a54ca499148
.
.
.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
u
u
p
p
n
n
p
p
s
s
u
u
b
b
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
b
b
e
e
This command can show all UPnP services subscribed.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> upnp on
UPNP start.
> upnp subscribe
>>>> (1) serviceType urn:schemas-microsoft-com:service:OSInfo:1
>>>> (2) serviceType
urn:schemas-upnp-org:service:WANCommonInterfaceConfig:1
>>>> (3) serviceType urn:schemas-upnp-org:service:WANPOTSLinkConfig:1
>>>> (4) serviceType urn:schemas-upnp-org:service:WANPPPConnection:1
>>>> (5) serviceType urn:schemas-upnp-org:service:WANIPConnection:1
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
u
u
p
p
n
n
p
p
t
t
m
m
p
p
v
v
s
s
This command can display current status of temp Virtual Server of your router.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
Vigor> upnp tmpvs
****************** Temp virtual server status ****************
((0))
real_addr >>192.168.1.10<<, pseudo_addr >>172.16.3.229<<
real_port >>0<<, pseudo_port >>0<<
hit_portmap_index >>0<<
The protocol >>TCP<<
time >>0<<
((1))
real_addr >>0.0.0.0<<, pseudo_addr >>0.0.0.0<<
real_port >>0<<, pseudo_port >>0<<
hit_portmap_index >>0<<
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
343
The protocol >>0<<
time >>0<<
--- MORE --- ['q': Quit, 'Enter': New Lines, 'Space Bar': Next Page] ---
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
u
u
p
p
n
n
p
p
w
w
a
a
n
n
This command is used to specify WAN interface to apply UPnP.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
upnp wan [n]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
n It means to specify WAN interface to apply UPnP.
n=0, it means to auto-select WAN interface.
n=1, WAN1
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> upnp wan 1
use wan1 now.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
u
u
s
s
b
b
d
d
e
e
v
v
s
s
t
t
a
a
t
t
This command is use to display the information about the brand name and model name of the
USB modems which are supported by Vigor router.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> usb devstat
USB Port1: No device
USB Port2: No device
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
u
u
s
s
b
b
u
u
s
s
e
e
r
r
This command is used to set profiles for FTP/SMB users.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
usb user add [Index] [Username] [Password] [Permission] [Home path]
usb user rm [Index]
usb user enable [Index]
usb user disable [Index]
usb user list
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
add Add a new user profile.
rm Delete an existed user profile.
enable Enable a user profile.
disable Disable a user profile.
list Display all of the user profile.
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
344
index It means the index number of the user profile. There are 16 profiles
allowed to be configured. So the range of such option is 1 ~ 16.
Username Type a text (maximum 11 characters) as the username for the user
profile.
Password Type a text (maximum 11 characters) as the password for the user
profile.
Permission Specify the action (RWDLCR) permitted. If one of the actions is not
allowed, simple type “-” instead.
R – Read File.
W – Write File.
D – Delete File.
L – List directory.
C – Create directory.
R – Remove selected directory.
Home path Set the path (maximum 159 characters) for the USB user profile.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> usb user add 1 root 1234 R-DLCR /usr
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
i
i
g
g
b
b
r
r
g
g
s
s
e
e
t
t
This command is to configure specified WAN as bridge mode.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
vigbrg set -v [IP version] -w [WAN_idx] -l [LAN_idx] -e [0/1] -f [0/1]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
-v [IP version] Indicate the IP version for the IP address.
4 – IPv4.
6 – IPv6.
-w [WAN_idx] WAN_idx – Indicate the WAN interface.
1 – WAN1
-l [LAN_idx] LAN_idx – Indicate the LAN interface.
1 – LAN1
2 – LAN2
3 – LAN3
4 – LAN4
e [0/1] Enable (1) or disable (0) the Vigor Bridge for WAN or/and LAN.
f [0/1] Enable (1) or disable (0) the firewall functions.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vigbrg set -v 4 -w 1 -l 1 -e 1
[WAN1] IPv4 bridge is enable. Set subnet[LAN1]
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
i
i
g
g
b
b
r
r
g
g
s
s
t
t
a
a
t
t
u
u
s
s
This command can show whether the Vigor Bridge Function is enabled or disabled.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
345
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vigbrg status
Show gConfig setting of bridge mode
[WAN1] IPv4 bridge is enable [LAN1].
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
i
i
g
g
b
b
r
r
g
g
c
c
f
f
g
g
i
i
p
p
This command allows users to transfer a bridge modem into ADSL router by accessing into and
adjusting specified IP address. Users can access into Web UI of the router to manage the
router through the IP address configured here.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
vigbrg cfgip [IP Address]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
IP Address It means to type an IP address for users to manage the router.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vigbrg cfgip 192.168.1.15
> vigbrg cfgip ?
% Vigor Bridge Config IP,
% Now: 192.168.1.15
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
i
i
g
g
b
b
r
r
g
g
w
w
a
a
n
n
s
s
t
t
a
a
t
t
u
u
s
s
This command can display the existed WAN connection status for the modem (change from
ADSL router into bridge modem), including index number, MAC address, Stamp Time, PVC,
VLAN port for Vigor Bridge Function..
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vigbrg wanstatus
Vigor Bridge: Running
WAN mac table:
Index MAC Address Stamp Time PVC VLan Port
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
v
v
i
i
g
g
b
b
r
r
g
g
w
w
l
l
a
a
n
n
s
s
t
t
a
a
t
t
u
u
s
s
This command can display the existed WLAN connection status for the modem (change from
router into bridge modem), including index number, MAC address, Stamp Time, PVC, VLAN
port for Vigor Bridge Function.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> vigbrg wlanstatus
Vigor Bridge: Running
WAN mac table:
Index MAC Address Stamp Time PVC VLan Port
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
a
a
n
n
p
p
p
p
p
p
_
_
m
m
r
r
u
u
This command allows users to adjust the size of PPP LCP MRU. It is used for specific
network.
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
346
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
wan ppp_mru <WAN interface number> <MRU size >
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
<WAN interface number> Type a number to represent the physical interface. For Vigor130,
the number is 1 (which means WAN1).
<MRU size > It means the number of PPP LCP MRU. The available range is from
1400 to 1600.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
>wan ppp_mru 1 ?
% Now: 1492
> wan ppp_mru 1 1490
>
> wan ppp_mru 1 ?
% Now: 1490
> wan ppp_mru 1 1492
> wan ppp_mru 1 ?
% Now: 1492
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
a
a
n
n
m
m
t
t
u
u
This command allows users to adjust the size of MTU for WAN1.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
wan mtu [value]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
value It means the number of MTU for PPP. The available range is from
1000 to 1500.
For Static IP/DHCP, the maximum number will be 1500.
For PPPoE, the maximum number will be 1492.
For PPTP/L2TP, the maximum number will be 1460.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wan mtu 1100
> wan mtu ?
Static IP/DHCP (Max MSS: 1500)
PPPoE(Max MSS: 1492)
PPTP/L2TP(Max MSS: 1460)
% wan ppp_mss <MSS size: 1000 ~ 1500>
% Now: 1100
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
a
a
n
n
d
d
n
n
s
s
This command allows you to configure the DNS server.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
wan dns <wan_no> <dns_select> <ipv4_addr>
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
34
7
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
wan_no It means to indicate the WAN interface.
1: WAN1
dns_select It means to set primary or secondary DNS server.
ipv4_addr It means to type the IPv4 address for the DNS server.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wan dns 1 pri 192.168.1.126
% Set WAN1 primary DNS done.
% Now: 192.168.1.126
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
a
a
n
n
D
D
F
F
_
_
c
c
h
h
e
e
c
c
k
k
This command allows you to enable or disable the function of DF (Don’t fragment)
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
wan DF_check [on]
wan DF_check [off]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
on/off It means to enable or disable DF.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wan DF_check on
%DF bit check enable!
> wan DF_check off
%DF bit check disable (reset DF bit)!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
a
a
n
n
d
d
i
i
s
s
a
a
b
b
l
l
e
e
This command allows you to disable WAN connection.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wan disable WAN
%WAN disabled.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
a
a
n
n
e
e
n
n
a
a
b
b
l
l
e
e
This command allows you to disable wan connection.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wan enable WAN
%WAN1 enabled.
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
a
a
n
n
f
f
o
o
r
r
w
w
a
a
r
r
d
d
This command allows you to enable or disable the function of WAN forwarding. The packets
are allowed to be transmitted between different WANs.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
348
wan forward [on]
wan forward [off]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
on/off It means to enable or disable WAN forward.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wan forward ?
%WAN forwarding is Disable!
> wan forward on
%WAN forwarding is enable!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
a
a
n
n
s
s
t
t
a
a
t
t
u
u
s
s
This command allows you to display the status of WAN connection, including connection mode,
TX/RX packets, DNS settings and IP address.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wan status
WAN1: Offline, stall=N
Mode: ---, Up Time=00:00:00
IP=---, GW IP=---
TX Packets=0, TX Rate(Bps)=0, RX Packets=0, RX Rate(Bps)=0
Primary DNS=0.0.0.0, Secondary DNS=0.0.0.0
PVC_WAN3: Offline, stall=N
Mode: ---, Up Time=00:00:00
IP=---, GW IP=---
TX Packets=0, TX Rate(Bps)=0, RX Packets=0, RX Rate(Bps)=0
PVC_WAN4: Offline, stall=N
Mode: ---, Up Time=00:00:00
IP=---, GW IP=---
TX Packets=0, TX Rate(Bps)=0, RX Packets=0, RX Rate(Bps)=0
PVC_WAN5: Offline, stall=N
Mode: ---, Up Time=00:00:00
IP=---, GW IP=---
TX Packets=0, TX Rate(Bps)=0, RX Packets=0, RX Rate(Bps)=0
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
a
a
n
n
d
d
e
e
t
t
e
e
c
c
t
t
This command allows you to configure WAN connection detection. When Ping Detection is
enabled (for Static IP or DHCP or PPPoE mode), Router pings specified IP addresses to detect
the WAN connection.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
wan detect <wan1> <on/off/always_on>
wan detect <wan1> <off> -t <time>
wan detect <wan1> <off> -i <Interval>
wan detect <wan1> target <ip addr>
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
349
wan detect <wan1> ttl <1-255>
wan detect <wan1> target2 <ip addr>
wan detect <wan1> target_gw <1/0>
wan detect <wan1> interval <interval>
wan detect <wan1> retry <retry>
wan detect status
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
on Enable ping detection. The IP address of the target shall be set.
off Enable ARP detection (default).
always_on Disable link detect, always connected(only support static IP)
-t <time> Set the time setting. The default value is “30” and the range shall
be 1 to 255.
-i <Interval> Type the interval for the system to execute the PING operation. The
default value is “5” and it shall be smaller than time setting.
target <ip addr> Set the IP address for ping target.
target2 <ip addr> Set the secondary ping target.
target_gw <1/0> Set whether to use gateway as ping target. (1: yes 0: no)
Note that USB WAN (PPP mode) cannot support PING gateway
ttl <1-255> It means to set the ping TTL value (work as trace route)
If you do not set any value for ttl here or just type 0 here, the
system will use default setting (255) as the ttl value.
interval<Interval> Set the interval between each ping operation. Available setting is
between 1 and 3600. The unit is second.
interval: Type a value.
retry <retry> Set how many ping operations are retried before the Router judges
that the WAN connection is disconnected. Available setting is
between 1 and 255. The unit is times.
retry : Type a number.
status It means to show the current status.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> DrayTek> wan detect status
WAN1: off, send time=30, Interval = 5
WAN2: off, send time=30, Interval = 5
WAN3: off, send time=30, Interval = 5
WAN4: off, send time=30, Interval = 5
WAN5: off, send time=30, Interval = 5
WAN6: off, send time=30, Interval = 5>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
a
a
n
n
m
m
v
v
l
l
a
a
n
n
This command allows you to configure multi-VLAN for WAN and LAN. It supports pure bridge
mode (modem mode) between Ethernet WAN and LAN port 2~4.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
wan mvlan [pvc_no/status/save/enable/disable] [on/off/clear/tag tag_no] [service
type/vlan priority] [px ... ]
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
350
wan mvlan keeptag[pvc_no][on/off]
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
pvc_no It means index number of PVC. There are 10 PVC, 0(Channel-1) to
9(Channel-9) allowed to be configured.
However, bridge mode can be set on PVC number 2 to 9.
status It means to display the whole Bridge status.
save It means to save the configuration into flash of Vigor router.
enable/disable It means to enable/disable the Multi-VLAN function.
on/off It means to turn on/off bridge mode for the specific channel.
clear It means to turn off/clear the port.
tag tag_no It means to tag a number for the VLAN.
-1: No need to add tag number.
1-4095: Available setting numbers used as tagged number.
service type It means to specify the service type for VLAN.
0: Normal.
1: IGMP.
vlan priority It means to specify the priority for the VALN setting.
Range is from 0 to 7.
px It means LAN port. Available setting number is from 2 to 4. Port
number 1 is locked for NAT usage.
keeptag It means Multi-VLAN packets will keep their VLAN headers to LAN.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
PVC 7 will map to LAN port 2/3/4 in bridge mode; service type is Normal. No tag added.
> wan mvlan 7 on p2 p3 p4
PVC Bridge p1 p2 p3 p4 Service Type Tag Priority Keep Tag
------------------------------------------------------------------
7 ON 0 0 1 1 Normal 0(OFF) 0 OFF
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
a
a
n
n
m
m
u
u
l
l
t
t
i
i
f
f
n
n
o
o
This command allows you to specify a channel (in Multi-PVC/VLAN) to make bridge connection
to a specified WAN interface.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
wan multifno [channel #] [WAN interface #]
wan multifno status
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
channel # There are 4 (?) channels including VLAN and PVC.
Available channel range: 4 ~ 10.
WAN interface # Type a number to indicate the WAN interface.
1=WAN1
status It means to display current bridge status.
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
351
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wan multifno 5 1
% Configured channel 5 uplink to WAN1
> wan multifno status
% Channel 4 uplink ifno: 3
% Channel 5 uplink ifno: 3
% Channel 6 uplink ifno: 3
% Channel 7 uplink ifno: 3
% Channel 8 uplink ifno: 3
% Channel 9 uplink ifno: 3
>
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
a
a
n
n
v
v
l
l
a
a
n
n
This command allows you to configure the VLAN tag of WAN1.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
wan vlan wan [#] tag [value]
wan vlan wan [#] [enable/disable]
wan vlan wan [#] pri [value]
wan vlan stat
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
wan [#] Specify which WAN interface will be tagged.
tag [value] Type a number for tagging on WAN interface.
enable/disable Enable: Specified WAN interface will be tagged.
Disable: Disable the function of tagging on WAN interface.
pri [value] It means the priority for such VLAN.
The value shall be 0 ~ 7.
stat Display current VLAN status.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wan vlan stat
% Interface Pri Tag Enabled
% ======================================
% WAN1 0 0
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
a
a
n
n
d
d
e
e
t
t
e
e
c
c
t
t
_
_
m
m
t
t
u
u
This command allows you to run a WAN MTU Discovery. The user can specify an IPv4 target to
ping and find the suitable MTU size of the WAN interface.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
wan detect_mtu -i <Host/IP address> -s <mtu_size> -d <decrease size> -w <1> -c <1-10>
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
-I [Host/IP address] Specify the IPv4 target to detect. If can be an IPv4 address or
domain name.
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
352
Host/IP address: Type the IP address/domain name of the target.
-s [mtu_size] Set the MTU size base for Discovery.
base_size: Available setting is 1000 ~ 1500.
-d [decrease size] Set the MTU size to decrease between detections.
decrease size: Available setting is 1 ~ 100.
-w Specify the WAN interface to be detected.
-c [count] Set the times that you want to send the ping packets out.
count: Available settings are 1 ~ 10. Default value is 3.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wan detect_mtu -w 1 -i 8.8.8.8 -s 1500 -d 30 -c 10
detecting mtu size:1500!!!
mtu size:1470!!!
T
T
e
e
l
l
n
n
e
e
t
t
C
C
o
o
m
m
m
m
a
a
n
n
d
d
:
:
w
w
a
a
n
n
d
d
e
e
t
t
e
e
c
c
t
t
_
_
m
m
t
t
u
u
6
6
This command allows you to run a WAN MTU Discovery. The user can specify an IPv6 target to
ping and find the suitable MTU size of the WAN interface.
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
wan detect_mtu6 -i <Host/IP address> -s <mtu_size> -w <1>
S
S
y
y
n
n
t
t
a
a
x
x
D
D
e
e
s
s
c
c
r
r
i
i
p
p
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
Parameter Description
-I [Host/IP address] Specify the IPv6 target to detect. If can be an IPv4 address or
domain name.
Host/IP address: Type the IP address/domain name of the target.
-s [mtu_size] Set the MTU size base for Discovery.
base_size: Available setting is 1280 ~ 1500.
-w Specify the WAN interface to be detected.
E
E
x
x
a
a
m
m
p
p
l
l
e
e
> wan detect_mtu6 -w 2 -i 2404:6800:4008:c06::5e -s 1500
>
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
353
I
I
n
n
d
d
e
e
x
x
６
6rd Mode, 39
6rd Prefix, 39
6rd Prefix Length, 39
Ａ
Administrator Password, 137
Advance Mode, 105
Always On, 34, 35, 36, 37, 39
Applications, 72
ARP Cache Table, 177
ARP Detect, 26, 28
ARP Table, 59
Auth Type, 75
Auto Logout, 6
Auto-Update interval, 73
Aux. WAN IP, 70
Ｂ
Backup, 60
Backup MX, 75
Bind IP to MAC, 59
Bridge mode, 46
Bridge Mode, 29, 35, 37
Bridge Subnet, 29
Ｃ
Call Filter, 98
Channel, 41
Choose IP, 67
Codepage, 102
Comment, 60, 69
Config Backup, 11
Configuration Backup, 138
Connection Type, 75
Connectivity, 21
CSM, 121
CSV file, 158, 171
Current System Time, 76
Ｄ
Data Filter, 98
Data Flow Monitor, 183
Daylight Saving, 144
Days in a week, 77
Default Lifetime, 57
Default Preference, 57
Default Rule, 102
Details-IPv6-6in4 Static Tunnel, 37
Details-IPv6-6rd, 39
Details-Ipv6-AICCU, 34
Details-IPv6-DHCPv6 Client, 35
Details-IPv6-PPP, 31
Details-IPv6-Static IPv6, 36
Details-IPv6-TSPC, 32
Details-LAN-DMZ, 54
Details-LAN-Ethernet, 51
Determine Real WAN IP, 75
DHCP Table, 179
DHCPv6 (Stateful), 55
DHCPv6 Server, 56
Diagnostics, 174, 175
Dial-out Triggering, 175
Display Name, 23
DMZ Host, 66
DNS Cache Table, 181
DNS Server IP Address, 53
DNS Server IPv6 Address, 56
DoS Defense, 99, 113
DoS Flood Table, 187
DrayTek Banner, 111
Dynamic DNS, 72, 73
Dynamic DNS Account, 74
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
354
Ｅ
End IPv6 Address, 56
End Port, 71
Event Code, 135
Extension WAN, 57
Ｆ
File Extension Object, 169
Filter Setup, 104
Firewall, 98
Firmware Upgrade, 152
Force Update, 73
Ｇ
General Setup, 23
Group ID, 81
GUI Map, 9, 10
Ｈ
Hardware Installation, 3
Ｉ
IGMP, 80
IGMP Proxy, 80
IGMP Snooping, 80
Indicators and Connectors, 2
Installation, i
Internet Access, 25, 27, 31
IP (Internet Protocol), 22
IP Bind List, 60
IP Filters, 98
IP Object, 155
IPTV, 43
IPv4 Border Relay, 39
IPv4 Mask Length, 39
IPv6 Address, 36
IPv6 Gateway Address, 36
IPv6 Group, 161
IPv6 Neighbour Table, 178
IPv6 Object, 159
IPv6 TSPC Status, 186
ISP Access Setup, 26
Ｋ
Keep Alive Period, 136
Keyword Group, 168
Keyword Object, 166
Ｌ
LAN, 48
LAN- General Setup, 50
LAN Routed Prefix, 37
Local IP Address, 70
Log, 124
Login, 19
Login Name, 75
Logout, 11
Ｍ
Mail Extender, 75
Main Screen, 6
Management, 131, 145
Min/Max Interval Time, 57
MTU, 57
Multi-VLAN, 41
Ｎ
NAT, 61
NAT Sessions Table, 180
NAT Traversal, 79
Network Interface, 96
NS Detect, 35, 36, 37, 39
Ｏ
Objects Settings, 154
Open Ports, 69
Ｐ
Password, 26, 33, 34
Physical Connection, 11
Physical Members, 46
Vigor160 Series User’s Guide
355
Physical Mode, 23
Ping Detect, 26, 28, 35, 36, 37, 39
Ping Diagnosis, 182
Ping Gateway IP, 26, 28
Ping Interval, 26, 28
Ping IP/Hostname, 35, 36, 37, 39
Ping Retry, 26, 28
Port Redirection, 62
Port Triggering, 71
PPPoE, 15
PPPoE Pass-through, 26
PPTP/L2TP, 18
Prefix Len, 96
Prefix Length, 36
Primary DNS Sever, 56
Primary IP Address, 53
Primary/Secondary Ping IP, 26, 28
Priority, 24
Private IP, 64
Private IP Address, 22
Private Port, 64
Production Registration, 19
Provider Host, 75
Public IP Adderss, 22
Public Port, 64
Ｑ
Quick Access, 8
Quick Start Wizard, 14
Ｒ
Reboot System, 151
Registering Vigor Router, 19
Remote Endpoint IPv4 Address, 37
Restore, 60
Router Advertisement Configuration, 57
Router Name, 141
Routing, 91
Routing Information Protocol, 49
Routing Table, 176
Ｓ
Schedule, 72, 76
Secondary DNS Server, 56
Secondary IP Address, 53
Security, 97
Self-Signed Certificate, 148
Server Response, 75
Service API, 75
Service Name, 64
Service Provider, 74
Service Type Group, 164
Service Type Object, 162
Sessions Control, 102
Set to Factory Default, 73, 76, 92
SLAAC(stateless), 55
SMS/Mail Service Object, 171
Source IP, 64, 70
SPI, 99
Start IPv6 Address, 56
Start Port, 70
Static Route, 91, 92
Static Route for IPv6, 95
Strict Bind, 59
Strict Security Firewall, 101
STUN Settings, 136
Subnet Prefix, 34
Syslog/Mail Alert, 141
System Maintenance, 132
System Status, 133
System time set, 76
Ｔ
Tag value, 24
Time and Date, 144
Time Server, 144
Time Zone, 144
TR-069, 135
Trace Route, 185
Troubleshooting, 173
TSPC, 32
TTL (Time to Live), 26, 28, 35, 36, 37, 39
Tunnel Broker, 33, 34
Vigo160 Series User’s Guide
356
Tunnel ID, 34
Tunnel TTL, 37
Ｕ
Unique Local Address (ULA), 55
UPnP, 72, 79
URL Access Control, 124
URL Content Filter, 102, 121
URL Content Filter Profile, 122
Username, 26, 33, 34
Ｖ
Virtual WAN, 13
VLAN Tag, 41
VLAN Tag insertion, 24
Ｗ
WAN, 22
WAN Connection Detection, 26, 28, 35, 36, 37, 39
WAN Interface, 64, 70
WAN Type, 41
Web Console, 10
Web Feature, 125
Wildcard, 75
Wizard Mode, 105
… 363 …

Hulp nodig? Stel uw vraag in het forum

Spelregels

Misbruik melden

Gebruikershandleiding.com neemt misbruik van zijn services uitermate serieus. U kunt hieronder aangeven waarom deze vraag ongepast is. Wij controleren de vraag en zonodig wordt deze verwijderd.

Product:

Bijvoorbeeld antisemitische inhoud, racistische inhoud, of materiaal dat gewelddadige fysieke handelingen tot gevolg kan hebben.

Bijvoorbeeld een creditcardnummer, een persoonlijk identificatienummer, of een geheim adres. E-mailadressen en volledige namen worden niet als privégegevens beschouwd.

Spelregels forum

Om tot zinvolle vragen te komen hanteren wij de volgende spelregels:

Belangrijk! Als er een antwoord wordt gegeven op uw vraag, dan is het voor de gever van het antwoord nuttig om te weten als u er wel (of niet) mee geholpen bent! Wij vragen u dus ook te reageren op een antwoord.

Belangrijk! Antwoorden worden ook per e-mail naar abonnees gestuurd. Laat uw emailadres achter op deze site, zodat u op de hoogte blijft. U krijgt dan ook andere vragen en antwoorden te zien.

Abonneren

Abonneer u voor het ontvangen van emails voor uw Draytek Vigor 160 bij:


U ontvangt een email met instructies om u voor één of beide opties in te schrijven.


Ontvang uw handleiding per email

Vul uw emailadres in en ontvang de handleiding van Draytek Vigor 160 in de taal/talen: Engels als bijlage per email.

De handleiding is 3,81 mb groot.

 

U ontvangt de handleiding per email binnen enkele minuten. Als u geen email heeft ontvangen, dan heeft u waarschijnlijk een verkeerd emailadres ingevuld of is uw mailbox te vol. Daarnaast kan het zijn dat uw internetprovider een maximum heeft aan de grootte per email. Omdat hier een handleiding wordt meegestuurd, kan het voorkomen dat de email groter is dan toegestaan bij uw provider.

Stel vragen via chat aan uw handleiding

Stel uw vraag over deze PDF

Uw handleiding is per email verstuurd. Controleer uw email

Als u niet binnen een kwartier uw email met handleiding ontvangen heeft, kan het zijn dat u een verkeerd emailadres heeft ingevuld of dat uw emailprovider een maximum grootte per email heeft ingesteld die kleiner is dan de grootte van de handleiding.

Er is een email naar u verstuurd om uw inschrijving definitief te maken.

Controleer uw email en volg de aanwijzingen op om uw inschrijving definitief te maken

U heeft geen emailadres opgegeven

Als u de handleiding per email wilt ontvangen, vul dan een geldig emailadres in.

Uw vraag is op deze pagina toegevoegd

Wilt u een email ontvangen bij een antwoord en/of nieuwe vragen? Vul dan hier uw emailadres in.



Info